TW200416214A - Phenethylamino sulfamic acids - Google Patents

Phenethylamino sulfamic acids Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200416214A
TW200416214A TW92123654A TW92123654A TW200416214A TW 200416214 A TW200416214 A TW 200416214A TW 92123654 A TW92123654 A TW 92123654A TW 92123654 A TW92123654 A TW 92123654A TW 200416214 A TW200416214 A TW 200416214A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
phenyl
ethyl
acid
substituted
sulfonylamino
Prior art date
Application number
TW92123654A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Jeffrey Lyle Gray
Matthew Brian Maier
Sean Rees Klopfenstein
David Robert Jones
Kevin Gene Peters
Matthew Eugene Pokross
Artem Gennady Evdokimov
Original Assignee
Procter & Gamble
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Procter & Gamble filed Critical Procter & Gamble
Publication of TW200416214A publication Critical patent/TW200416214A/en

Links

Abstract

Compounds of formula (I): are effective in the treatment of protein tyrosine phosphatase (PTPase) mediated disorders such as diabetes.

Description

200416214 (1) 玖、發明說明 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係有關可用於治療蛋白質酪胺酸磷酸酶相關的 疾病之苯乙胺基-胺基磺酸類化合物。 【先前技術】 活體內之蛋白質酪胺酸磷酸化作用的調節係藉由蛋白 質酪胺酸激酶(PTKs)和蛋白質酪胺酸磷酸酶(PTPases)的 對抗作用而調停。細胞內蛋白質之蛋白質酪胺酸磷酸化作 用的程度係由 PTKs和 PTPases之平衡的活性而決定 (Hunter,Cell 8 0: 22 5 -23 6 ( 1 9 95))。當上述活性不平衡時 ’可能產生疾病狀態。根據合理的推衍,酪胺酸激酶/磷 酸酶間平衡的調節可用以治療由上述不平衡所產生的疾病 〇 例如’胰島素作用的機制嚴格地決定於胰島素訊息傳 導級聯中數個蛋白質之酪胺酸基團的磷酸化作用。使蛋白 質去磷酸化的酵素,即PTPases,對胰島素的作用而言是 極爲重要的調節劑。因此,使用PTPases抑制劑在治療方 面上可增強胰島素的作用。 PTPases與胰島素受體訊息傳導途徑有關。胰島素是 不同代謝途徑之重要的調節劑,在控制血液中的葡萄糖方 面扮演重要的角色。胰島素的合成和訊息傳導的失敗將導 致糖尿病。胰島素與其受體的結合導致胰島素受體之細胞 內的部份(β次單元)中之數個酪胺酸基團的(自體)磷酸化。 (2) 200416214 三個位置相近的酪胺酸基團(酪胺酸-1 1 5 0區)必須均磷酸 化以得到胰島素受體酪胺酸激酶(IRTK)之完整的活性,其 利用其他細胞基質(包含胰島素受體基質-1 (IRS-1))之酪 胺酸磷酸化作用而再傳導訊息至下游(W i 1 d e n e t a I.,J . Biol. C h e m. 267: 16660-16668 ( 1 9 92 ); Myers and White, Diabetes 42: 643-650 (1993); Lee and Pilch, Am. J.200416214 (1) 发明. Description of the invention [Technical field to which the invention belongs] The present invention relates to phenethylamino-aminosulfonic acid compounds that can be used to treat diseases related to protein tyrosine phosphatase. [Prior art] The regulation of protein tyrosine phosphorylation in vivo is mediated by the counteracting effects of protein tyrosine kinases (PTKs) and protein tyrosine phosphatases (PTPases). The extent of protein tyrosine phosphorylation of intracellular proteins is determined by the balanced activity of PTKs and PTPases (Hunter, Cell 8 0: 22 5 -23 6 (19 95)). When the above-mentioned activity is not balanced, a disease state may occur. Based on reasonable derivation, the regulation of the tyrosine kinase / phosphatase balance can be used to treat the diseases caused by the above imbalance. For example, the mechanism of insulin action is strictly determined by the case of several proteins in the insulin signaling cascade. Phosphorylation of amino acid groups. Enzymes that dephosphorylate proteins, namely PTPases, are extremely important regulators of insulin action. Therefore, the use of PTPases inhibitors can enhance the effect of insulin on treatment. PTPases are involved in the insulin receptor signaling pathway. Insulin is an important regulator of different metabolic pathways and plays an important role in controlling glucose in the blood. Failure of insulin synthesis and signaling will lead to diabetes. The binding of insulin to its receptor results in the (auto) phosphorylation of several tyrosine groups in the intracellular part (beta subunit) of the insulin receptor. (2) 200416214 Three similar tyrosine groups (tyrosine-1 150) must be phosphorylated to obtain the full activity of the insulin receptor tyrosine kinase (IRTK), which uses other cells Matrix (including insulin receptor matrix-1 (IRS-1)) is tyrosine phosphorylated and retransmits downstream (W i 1 deneta I., J. Biol. C he m. 267: 16660-16668 ( 1 9 92); Myers and White, Diabetes 42: 643-650 (1993); Lee and Pilch, Am. J.

Physiol. 266: C319-C3 44 ( 1 994); White et al.? J. Biol.Physiol. 266: C319-C3 44 (1 994); White et al.? J. Biol.

Chem. 2 63 : 2 969-2 9 8 0 ( 1 98 8 ))。最近已經由 IRTK 之 X-射 線結晶光譜硏究(顯示其酪胺酸-1 1 5 0自體抑制於未磷酸化 狀態)而得到酪胺酸三聯體的功能之結構上的根據 (Hubbard et al.,Nature 372:746-754 ( 1 9 94)) 〇Chem. 2 63: 2 969-2 9 8 0 (1 98 8)). The structural basis of the function of the tyrosine triad has recently been studied from the X-ray crystallographic spectrum of IRTK (which shows that its tyrosine-1 150 is autoinhibited in an unphosphorylated state) (Hubbard et al ., Nature 372: 746-754 (1 9 94)).

數個硏究已明白顯示自體磷酸化的IRTK的活性可藉 由活體外去磷酸化而逆轉(評論參見 Goldstein, Receptor 3: 1-15 ( 1 9 9 3 ); Mooney and Anderson, J. Biol. Chem. 264: 6 8 5 0-6 8 5 7 ( 1 9 8 9)),與二和單磷酸化的形態相比較,三磷 酸化的酪胺酸-1 1 50區係爲蛋白質酪胺酸磷酸酶(PTP as es) 之最敏感的標的(King et al·,Biochem. J. 275: 413-418 (1 99 1 ))。因此,推測此酪胺酸三聯體功能爲IRTK活性之 控制開關。事實上,IRTK顯示緊密地被PTP-相關的活體 內去磷酸化作用而調節(K h a n e t a 1.,J . B i ο 1. c h e m . 2 6 4 : 1 2 93 1 - 1 2 940 ( 1 98 9); Faure et al.? J. Biol. Che m. 2 67: 11215-11221 (1992); Rot hen berg et al.? J. Biol. Chem. 2 66·· 8 3 02- 8 3 1 1 ( 1 99 1 ))。此外,PTPases 與胰島素訊息傳 導途徑間的親密結合亦藉由發現胰島素調節老鼠肝癌細胞 -6 - (3) 200416214 內(Meyer ovitch et al·, Bioc he mist l. y 31: 10338-10344 (1 992))和四氧嘧啶(alloxan)糖尿病鼠的肝臟內(Boyl an et al.,J. Clin. Invest. 90: 1 74- 1 7 9 ( 1 9 92))之 PTPase 活性有 所區別而再次被證實。此外,當將強PTPase抑制劑過釩 酸鹽加入整個細胞內時,可於脂肪細胞內(Fantus et al., Biochemistry 28: 8864-8871 ( 1 9 8 9); Erikssen et al·,Several studies have shown that the activity of autophosphorylated IRTK can be reversed by in vitro dephosphorylation (for reviews see Goldstein, Receptor 3: 1-15 (1 9 9 3); Mooney and Anderson, J. Biol Chem. 264: 6 8 5 0-6 8 5 7 (1 9 8 9)), compared with the di- and mono-phosphorylated forms, the tri-phosphorylated tyrosine-1 1 50 region is protein tyramine The most sensitive target of acid phosphatase (PTP as es) (King et al., Biochem. J. 275: 413-418 (1 99 1)). Therefore, it is speculated that this tyrosine triad function is a control switch for IRTK activity. In fact, IRTK has been shown to be tightly regulated by PTP-related in vivo dephosphorylation (Khaneta 1., J. B i ο 1. chem. 2 6 4: 1 2 93 1-1 2 940 (1 98 9); Faure et al.? J. Biol. Che m. 2 67: 11215-11221 (1992); Rot hen berg et al.? J. Biol. Chem. 2 66 ·· 8 3 02- 8 3 1 1 (1 99 1)). In addition, the intimate association between PTPases and insulin signaling pathways has also been shown to regulate insulin in mouse liver cancer cells-6-(3) 200416214 (Meyer ovitch et al., Bioc he mist l. Y 31: 10338-10344 (1 992 )) And alloxan diabetic mice (Boyl an et al., J. Clin. Invest. 90: 1 74- 1 7 9 (1 9 92)) have different PTPase activities in the liver and are again Confirmed. In addition, when a strong PTPase inhibitor pervanadate is added to whole cells, it can be used in adipocytes (Fantus et al., Biochemistry 28: 8864-8871 (1 9 8 9); Erikssen et al.,

Diabetologia 3 9: 2 3 5 -242 ( 1 9 9 5))和骨骼肌肉內(Leighton et al.,Biochem. J. 276: 2 8 9 -2 92 ( 1 9 9 1 ))產生幾乎全部的 胰島素反應。由上述說明可知,對於鑑定可用於治療胰島 素受體酪胺酸激酶相關的疾病之PTPase抑制劑仍有需求 另--例子是,酸性磷酸酶/PTPase可能涉及成骨細胞 增殖之負調節。因此,使用 PTPase抑制劑在治療方面上 可增進成骨細胞的增殖因而治療骨病。 骨形成的速率決定於成骨細胞的數量和活性,因而其 決定於成骨細胞的原始細胞的增殖和分化的速率。組織形 態學硏究顯示成骨細胞的數量是人類骨形成速率的主要決 定因素(Gruber et al·,Mineral Electrolyte Metab. 1 2: 246-254 (1987);評論參見 Lau et al·,Biochem. J. 257: 23-36 ( 1 9 8 9))。酸性磷酸酶/PTPase可能涉及成骨細胞增殖之負 調節。因此,具有磷酸酶抑制活性的氟化物已經發現可藉 由增進成骨細胞增殖而增進骨質疏鬆患者的脊椎骨密度 (Lau et al·,見上文)。與上述發現一致地,具有PTPase 活性之成骨細胞酸性磷酸酶已經發現對氟化物的有絲分裂 -7- (4) (4)200416214 濃度具高度敏感性(L a u e t a 1 ·,J · B i ο · C h e m . 2 6 0 : 4 6 5 3 -4 6 6 0 ( 1 9 8 5 ); L a υ et a 1., J. Bio. Che m. 2 6 2: 1389-1397 ( 1 9 8 7 ); L au e t al.5 A d v. Protein Phosphatases 4: 165-198 (1 9 8 7 ))。有趣的是,最近發現,與未塗覆的組織培養盤 相比較,當成骨細胞類細胞系UMR 1 06.06生長於膠原第 I型基質中時,細胞膜結合的PTPase活性的濃度顯著地 增加。由於於密度依賴性生長停止的纖維母細胞中觀察到 PTPase 活性顯著地增加(Pallen and Tong5 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 8 8 : 6 9 9 6-7 000 ( 1 99 1 )),故可推測 P T P a s e 活性 的增加直接抑制細胞生長。因此,氟化物和其他磷酸酶抑 制劑(鉬酸鹽和釩酸鹽)的有絲分裂作用可由負調節成骨細 胞的細胞增殖之酸性磷酸酶/PTPase的抑制作用而加以解 釋。最近鑑定出之表現於骨骼和睪九中之新穎的經副甲狀 腺素調節的似受體的 PTPase (OST-PTP)進一步建議 PTPase涉及骨形成的複雜性質(Main_o et al.,J. Bio. Che m. 26 9: 3 06 5 9- 3 0667 ( 1 9 94))。OST-PTP 是在主要的成 骨細胞的分裂和基質形成後向上調節及接著在於培養基中 活性地使骨骼最小化之成骨細胞中向下調節。可假設 PTPase抑制劑可經由抑制0ST-PTP或其他PTPase而防止 分化如此導致繼續增殖。此與上述之氟化物的作用及所觀 察到之酪胺酸磷酸酶抑制劑原釩酸鹽明顯地增進成骨細胞 增殖和基負形成的現象相符合(Lau et al.,Endocrinology 1 1 6 : 2 4 6 3 - 2 4 6 8 ( 1 9 8 8 ))。此外,最近發現釩酸鹽、氧釩根 和過釩酸鹽均可增進似成骨細胞的細胞系UMR ] 06的生 (5) 200416214 長(Cortizo et al., Mol. Cell. Biochem. 1 4 5: 97 - 1 02 ( 1 9 9 5 ))。 另一個例子是,酸性磷酸酶/PTPase可能涉及血管生 成和組織血流量的調節。因此,使用P T P a s e抑制劑可用 於治療與血管生成相關的疾病。Diabetologia 3 9: 2 3 5 -242 (1 9 9 5)) and intramuscular (Leighton et al., Biochem. J. 276: 2 8 9 -2 92 (1 9 9 1)) produce almost all insulin reaction. From the above description, there is still a need for identifying PTPase inhibitors useful for the treatment of insulin receptor tyrosine kinase-related diseases. Another example is that acid phosphatase / PTPase may be involved in the negative regulation of osteoblast proliferation. Therefore, the use of PTPase inhibitors can enhance the proliferation of osteoblasts and thus treat bone diseases. The rate of bone formation depends on the number and activity of osteoblasts, and therefore it depends on the rate of proliferation and differentiation of the osteoblast's original cells. Histomorphological studies have shown that the number of osteoblasts is a major determinant of human bone formation rate (Gruber et al., Mineral Electrolyte Metab. 1 2: 246-254 (1987); for review see Lau et al., Biochem. J 257: 23-36 (1 9 8 9)). Acid phosphatase / PTPase may be involved in the negative regulation of osteoblast proliferation. Therefore, fluorides with phosphatase inhibitory activity have been found to increase vertebral bone density in patients with osteoporosis by increasing osteoblast proliferation (Lau et al., Supra). Consistent with the above findings, osteoblast acid phosphatase with PTPase activity has been found to be highly sensitive to fluoride mitosis-7- (4) (4) 200416214 concentration (L aueta 1 ·, J · B i ο · C hem. 2 6 0: 4 6 5 3 -4 6 6 0 (1 9 8 5); L a υ et a 1., J. Bio. Che m. 2 6 2: 1389-1397 (1 9 8 7 ); Lau et al. 5 A d v. Protein Phosphatases 4: 165-198 (19 8 7)). Interestingly, it was recently found that the concentration of cell membrane-bound PTPase activity was significantly increased when the osteoblast-like cell line UMR 1 06.06 was grown in collagen type I matrix compared to uncoated tissue culture dishes. Since a significant increase in PTPase activity was observed in density-dependent growth-stopped fibroblasts (Pallen and Tong5 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 8 8: 6 9 9 6-7 000 (1 99 1)), It is speculated that an increase in PTPase activity directly inhibits cell growth. Therefore, the mitotic effect of fluoride and other phosphatase inhibitors (molybdate and vanadate) can be explained by the inhibitory effect of acid phosphatase / PTPase, which negatively regulates cell proliferation of osteoblasts. The recently identified novel parathyroid hormone-regulated receptor-like PTPase (OST-PTP), which is expressed in bone and 睪 九 Further suggests that PTPase involves the complex nature of bone formation (Main_o et al., J. Bio. Che m. 26 9: 3 06 5 9- 3 0667 (1 9 94)). OST-PTP is up-regulated after major osteoblast division and matrix formation and then down-regulated in osteoblasts that actively minimize bone in the culture medium. It can be hypothesized that PTPase inhibitors can prevent differentiation by inhibiting OST-PTP or other PTPases such that they continue to proliferate. This is in accordance with the above-mentioned effects of fluoride and the observed phenomenon that the tyrosine phosphatase inhibitor orthovanadate significantly enhances osteoblast proliferation and basal formation (Lau et al., Endocrinology 1 16: 2 4 6 3-2 4 6 8 (1 9 8 8)). In addition, it has recently been discovered that vanadate, vanadate, and pervanadate can all promote the growth of osteoblast-like cell lines UMR] 06 (5) 200416214 (Cortizo et al., Mol. Cell. Biochem. 1 4 5: 97-1 02 (1 9 9 5)). As another example, acid phosphatase / PTPase may be involved in the regulation of angiogenesis and tissue blood flow. Therefore, the use of PT Paase inhibitors can be used to treat angiogenesis-related diseases.

內皮細胞形成血管的保護襯及對多種調節血管系統的 形式和功能之刺激產生反應。類似於胰島素受體’內皮 PTKs的活性同樣地被內皮PTPs所調節。爲支持此論點, 數種P T P s已經顯示表現於內皮細胞內(F a c h i n g e r e t a 1., Oncogene 18: 5948-5953 (1999); Huang et al.? J. Bio.Endothelial cells form a protective lining of blood vessels and respond to a variety of stimuli that regulate the form and function of the vascular system. Activity similar to insulin receptor 'endothelial PTKs is likewise regulated by endothelial PTPs. To support this argument, several P T P s have been shown to be expressed in endothelial cells (F a c h i n g e r e t a 1., Oncogene 18: 5948-5953 (1999); Huang et al.? J. Bio.

Che m. 274: 38183-38188 ( 1 999); Bianchi et al.,Exp. Cell Res. 24 8 : 329-338 (1999); Gaits et al.? Biochem. J. 311: 97-103 (1995); Borges et al.5 Circ. Res. 79: 570-580 (1996))。上述磷酸酶中之一,UCPTPA,已經顯示與血管 內皮生長因子(VEGF)受體,VEGFR2,相互作用且阻斷其 活化,而該VEGFR2抑制與VEGF相關的向下訊息傳導和 血管生成(Huang et al.,J. Bio· Che m. 274: 38183-38188 (1999))。另一種磷酸酶,ΗΡΤΡβ,與血管生成素 1 (An g 1 )和血管生成素2 (Ang 2),Tie2,的受體的活化有關且減 弱其活化(Fach in ger et al·,Oncogene 18: 5948-5953 (1 999))。上述硏究顯示標的內皮磷酸酶將調節內皮PTKs 的活化及提供可調節血管生成和功能之新的標的治療劑。 許多證據證明數種PTKs於成人組織之新血管生成中 所扮演的角色。例如,於癌症的動物模式中發現抑制 -9 - (6) (6)200416214 VEGF或血管生成素的作用可抑制腫瘤血管生成及抑制腫 瘤生成(Millauer et al.5 Cancer Res. 56: 1615-1620 ( 1 9 9 6); Dias et al.? Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 9 8: 1 0 8 5 7 - 1 0 8 6 2 (2 0 0 1 ); Lin et al.? Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 9 5:8 8 2 9 -8 8 3 4 ( 1 9 9 8 ))。反之,於閉塞性心血管疾病的動物模式中 發現投服外源性V E G F及/或A n g 1增進側枝循環系統的 發展和改良輸送至缺血組織之血流量(W i t z e n b i c h I e r e t al.? Am. J. of Pathol. 1 5 3: 3 8 1 - 3 94 ( 1 9 9 8 ); Pearlman et al.? Nature Medicine 10: 1085-1089 (1995); Banai et al.? Circulation 89: 2 1 8 3 -2 1 8 9 ( 1 9 94); Shyu et al.,98: 2 0 8 1 -2087 (1998); Chae et al.? Arteriosclero. Thro mb. Vase.Che m. 274: 38183-38188 (1 999); Bianchi et al., Exp. Cell Res. 24 8: 329-338 (1999); Gaits et al.? Biochem. J. 311: 97-103 (1995) Borges et al. 5 Circ. Res. 79: 570-580 (1996)). One of the above-mentioned phosphatases, UCPTPA, has been shown to interact with and block the activation of vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) receptor, VEGFR2, which inhibits downward signaling and angiogenesis associated with VEGF (Huang et al. al., J. Bio. Che m. 274: 38183-38188 (1999)). Another phosphatase, HPTPβ, is involved in and attenuates the activation of angiopoietin 1 (An g 1) and angiopoietin 2 (Ang 2), Tie2, receptors (Fach in ger et al., Oncogene 18: 5948-5953 (1 999)). The above studies show that the target endothelial phosphatase will regulate the activation of endothelial PTKs and provide a new target therapeutic agent that can regulate angiogenesis and function. Much evidence exists for the role of several PTKs in neoangiogenesis in adult tissues. For example, in animal models of cancer, inhibition of -9-(6) (6) 200416214 was found to inhibit tumor angiogenesis and tumorigenesis by the effects of VEGF or angiopoietin (Millauer et al. 5 Cancer Res. 56: 1615-1620 (1 9 9 6); Dias et al.? Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 9 8: 1 0 8 5 7-1 0 8 6 2 (2 0 0 1); Lin et al.? Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 9 5: 8 8 2 9 -8 8 3 4 (1 9 9 8)). Conversely, in animal models of occlusive cardiovascular disease, administration of exogenous VEGF and / or A ng 1 was found to improve the development of collateral circulation and improve blood flow to ischemic tissue (Witzenbich I eret al.? Am J. of Pathol. 1 5 3: 3 8 1-3 94 (1 9 9 8); Pearlman et al.? Nature Medicine 10: 1085-1089 (1995); Banai et al.? Circulation 89: 2 1 8 3 -2 1 8 9 (1 9 94); Shyu et al., 98: 2 0 8 1 -2087 (1998); Chae et al.? Arteriosclero. Thro mb. Vase.

Biol· 20: 25 7 3 -2 5 7 8 (200 0))。總而言之,上述硏究不只證 明PTKs於新血管生成中所扮演的角色,且其亦證明調節 內皮PTKs的功能使於許多疾病中對於血管生成和組織血 流量之調節提供新穎的治療方法。增進血管發展是有利的 疾病包含(但不限於)閉塞性動脈硬化心血管疾病、冠狀動 脈疾病、末稍血管疾病、腦血管疾病(中風)、Berger氏病 、糖尿病性血管病、和創傷性血管損害。抑制新血管生成 是有利的疾病包含(但不限於)癌症、關節炎、糖尿病性視 網膜病變、黃斑變性、牛皮癖和子宮內膜組織異位。由上 說明可知,對於鑑識可用於治療血管生成相關的疾病之方 法中的PTPase抑制劑仍有需求。 另一例子是,酸性磷酸酶/PTPase可能涉及血管張力 的調節。除了新血管生成和血管重建之外,PTKs的活化 (7) (7)200416214 可影響血管功能的一些變數。因此,使用PTPase抑制劑 可用於治療與血管張力相關的疾病。 血管張力可由內皮所調節,而調節血管張力的內皮因 子可由內皮P T K訊息傳導所調節。灌食v E G F的藥團引 發低血壓反應,部份是由於與V E G F相關之一氧化氮(Ν Ο ) 合成的活化及接著由內皮形成有利的血管鬆弛劑N 0所致 (Hariawala et al.5 J Surgical Res. 63: 7 7 - 82 ( 1 996);Biol. 20: 25 7 3 -2 5 7 8 (200 0)). All in all, the above studies not only demonstrated the role of PTKs in neoangiogenesis, but they also demonstrated that regulating the function of endothelial PTKs has provided novel therapeutic approaches to the regulation of angiogenesis and tissue blood flow in many diseases. Diseases that are beneficial to promote vascular development include (but are not limited to) occlusive arteriosclerosis, cardiovascular disease, coronary artery disease, terminal vascular disease, cerebrovascular disease (stroke), Berger's disease, diabetic vascular disease, and traumatic blood vessels damage. Diseases that are beneficial for inhibiting neoangiogenesis include, but are not limited to, cancer, arthritis, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, psoriasis, and endometrial tissue ectopic. From the above description, there is still a need for identifying PTPase inhibitors in a method that can be used to treat angiogenesis-related diseases. As another example, acid phosphatase / PTPase may be involved in the regulation of vascular tone. In addition to neoangiogenesis and vascular reconstruction, activation of PTKs (7) (7) 200416214 can affect some variables of vascular function. Therefore, the use of PTPase inhibitors can be used to treat diseases related to vascular tone. Vascular tone can be regulated by the endothelium, and endothelial factors that regulate vascular tone can be regulated by the endothelial P T K signaling. The administration of v EGF bolus elicited a hypotensive response, in part due to the activation of nitric oxide (NO) synthesis associated with VEGF and subsequent formation of a favorable vascular relaxant N 0 by the endothelium (Hariawala et al. 5 J Surgical Res. 63: 7 7-82 (1 996);

Ogasawara et al·,Hypertension 39: 815-820 (2002))° 投 服纖維母細胞生長因子(FGF)對血壓而言具有類似於 V E GF的功效,而此對血壓的功效亦可藉由增加內皮一氧 化氮的生產而加以調節(Garcia-Calvo et al.,Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 93:1 1 99 6- 1 200 1 ( 1 996); Wu et al.? Am. J.Ogasawara et al., Hypertension 39: 815-820 (2002)) ° Administration of fibroblast growth factor (FGF) has similar effects to VE GF on blood pressure, and this effect on blood pressure can also be increased by increasing the endothelium Nitric oxide production is regulated (Garcia-Calvo et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 93: 1 1 99 6- 1 200 1 (1 996); Wu et al.? Am. J.

Physiol. 27 1: H 1 0 8 7 - 1 09 3 ( 1 9 96); Cuevas et al.5Physiol. 27 1: H 1 0 8 7-1 09 3 (1 9 96); Cuevas et al. 5

Science 2 5 4: 1 2 0 8 - 1 2 1 0 ( 1 9 9 1 ))。因此,調節 PTK 活化和 向下訊息傳導提供新穎之治療以血管張力的變化爲特徵之 疾病的方法。降低血管張力是有利的疾病包含原發性高血 壓' 繼發性高血壓(即腎血管或內分泌疾病相關的高血壓) '肺動脈高血壓和門靜脈高血壓。由上說明可知,對於鑑 識可用於治療血管張力相關的疾病之方法中的P T P a s e抑 制劑仍有需求。 另一例子是,酸性磷酸酶/PTPase可能涉及血管滲透 性的調節。內皮PTKs的活化已經顯示影響血管滲透性, 因此,使用 PTPase抑制劑可用於治療血管滲透性相關的 疾病。 -11 - (8) (8)200416214 VEGF起先是以增進血管滲透性的因子單離出(Senger et al., Cancer Metastasis Rev· 12: 303-324 (1993))。 VEGF引發的血管滲透性可由調節VEGF的其他作用(即血 管生成和血管鬆弛)之相同高親和力受體PTKs而引發 (Gomez et a 1.5 Endocrinology 1 43: 4339-4348 (2 0 02);Science 2 5 4: 1 2 0 8-1 2 1 0 (1 9 9 1)). Therefore, modulating PTK activation and downward signaling provide novel approaches to treating diseases characterized by changes in vascular tone. Diseases that are beneficial for lowering vascular tone include primary hypertensive blood pressure 'secondary hypertension (ie hypertension associated with renal vascular or endocrine disease)' pulmonary hypertension and portal hypertension. As can be seen from the above description, there is still a need for identifying a P T Pa s e inhibitor in a method that can be used to treat vascular tone-related diseases. As another example, acid phosphatase / PTPase may be involved in the regulation of vascular permeability. Activation of endothelial PTKs has been shown to affect vascular permeability, so the use of PTPase inhibitors can be used to treat vascular permeability-related diseases. -11-(8) (8) 200416214 VEGF was first isolated as a factor that enhances vascular permeability (Senger et al., Cancer Metastasis Rev. 12: 303-324 (1993)). VEGF-induced vascular permeability can be triggered by the same high-affinity receptor PTKs that regulate other effects of VEGF (ie, angiogenesis and vascular relaxation) (Gomez et a 1.5 Endocrinology 1 43: 4339-4348 (2 0 02);

Murohara et al·,Circulation 97: 99-107 (1998))。不同於 VEGF的滲透功效,Ang 1經由其高親和力受體,Tie 2, 利用各種試劑(包含 VEGF)而阻斷血管滲透性的增力口 (Thurston et a 1. ? Science 2 86: 251 1-2514 ( 1 999); Thurston et al·,Nature Medicine 6: 460-463 (2 000))。上述數據證 明內皮PTKs的活化和訊息傳導可增進或降低血管滲透性 ,及證明專一性地調節內皮PTK活化和訊息傳導的方法 對於以血管漏出的變化爲特徵的病理狀態提供一種新穎治 療方法。降低血管滲透性是有利的疾病包含(但不限於)中 風、敗血性休克、燒傷、RDS (呼吸窘迫徵候群)和充血性 心臟衰竭。由上說明可知,對於鑑識可用於治療血管滲透 性相關的疾病之方法中的PTPase抑制劑仍有需求。 另一例子是,酸性磷酸酶/PTPase可能涉及VEGF的 調節,因此,使用PTPase抑制劑可用於治療VEGF相關 的疾病。 除了直接影響血管系統的形成和功能之外,調節內皮 PTKs之訊息傳導的活性已經顯示對其他組織產生間接的 有利功效。例如,降低心肌中之VEGF的表現導致缺血性 心肌症的發展(Carmeliet et al.,Nat. Med. 5: 4 9 5 -502 -12- (9) 200416214Murohara et al., Circulation 97: 99-107 (1998)). Unlike the osmotic effect of VEGF, Ang 1 uses various high-affinity receptors, Tie 2, to use a variety of reagents (including VEGF) to block the vascular permeability enhancer (Thurston et a 1.? Science 2 86: 251 1- 2514 (1 999); Thurston et al., Nature Medicine 6: 460-463 (2 000)). The above data demonstrate that activation and signal transduction of endothelial PTKs can increase or decrease vascular permeability, and demonstrate a method for specifically regulating endothelial PTK activation and signal transduction, providing a novel treatment for pathological conditions characterized by changes in vascular leakage. Diseases that are beneficial in reducing vascular permeability include, but are not limited to, stroke, septic shock, burns, RDS (respiratory distress syndrome), and congestive heart failure. From the above description, there is still a need for identifying PTPase inhibitors in a method that can be used to treat vascular permeability-related diseases. Another example is that acid phosphatase / PTPase may be involved in the regulation of VEGF, so the use of PTPase inhibitors can be used to treat VEGF-related diseases. In addition to directly affecting the formation and function of the vascular system, the activity of regulating the signaling of endothelial PTKs has been shown to have indirect beneficial effects on other tissues. For example, reducing the expression of VEGF in the myocardium leads to the development of ischemic cardiomyopathy (Carmeliet et al., Nat. Med. 5: 4 9 5 -502 -12- (9) 200416214

( 1 9 99))。反之,於心臟衰竭和心肌梗塞的動物模式中, VEGF之外源性輸入改良心臟功能(Suzuki et al., Circulation 104 [suppl I]: I-207-I-212 (2001); Leotta et al.5 J. T h o r a c . Cardiovasc. Sui. g. 1 2 3: 110 1 - 1 1 1 3 ( 2 0 02)) 。越來越多的證據顯示VEGF可直接和間接地影響末稍神 經系統(Car meliet et al·,Semin. Cell. Dev. Biol. 13: SPSS (2002)) 。 外源性 VEGF 的 輸入可 逆轉實 驗的糖 尿病性 神經病,且早期由小型臨床試驗所得的證據建議此方法可 推衍至罹患糖尿病性神經病的患者(S c h r a t z b e 1· g e r e t a 1., J· Clin. Invest. 1 0 7: 1083-1092 (200 1 ); Veves et a 1. ? J.(1 9 99)). Conversely, in animal models of heart failure and myocardial infarction, exogenous VEGF input improves cardiac function (Suzuki et al., Circulation 104 [suppl I]: I-207-I-212 (2001); Leotta et al. 5 J. T horac. Cardiovasc. Sui. G. 1 2 3: 110 1-1 1 1 3 (2 0 02)). There is increasing evidence that VEGF can directly and indirectly affect the nervous system (Car meliet et al., Semin. Cell. Dev. Biol. 13: SPSS (2002)). The input of exogenous VEGF can reverse experimental diabetic neuropathy, and early evidence from small clinical trials suggests that this method can be extended to patients with diabetic neuropathy (S chratzbe 1.gereta 1., J. Clin. Invest 1 0 7: 1083-1092 (200 1); Veves et a 1.? J.

Clin. Invest. 1 07: 1 2 1 5 - 1 2 1 8 (200 1 ); Hum. Gene Ther. 12: 1 5 93 - 1 5 94 (200 1 ))。目前有力的證據顯示VEGF在骨骼發 展上扮演重要的角色且外源性V E G F的輸入增進骨骼的痊 癒(Zelzer et a 1. ? Development 1 2 9: 1893-1904 (2 002);Clin. Invest. 1 07: 1 2 1 5-1 2 1 8 (200 1); Hum. Gene Ther. 12: 1 5 93-1 5 94 (200 1)). There is strong evidence that VEGF plays an important role in bone development and that exogenous V E G F input promotes bone healing (Zelzer et a 1.? Development 1 2 9: 1893-1904 (2 002);

Maes et al.,Mech Dev 111: 61-73 (2002); Gerber et al., Nat· Med. 5 : 623 -628 ( 1 999); Peng et al.,J. Clin. Invest. 110: 751-759 (2002); Street et al.? Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 99: 965 6- 9 66 1 (2002))。除了骨折痊癒之外,最近的證據 亦建議增進VEGF訊息傳導亦加速皮膚傷口痊癒,即使是 在傷口痊癒被延誤之糖尿病的動物模式(Di peppe et al., Gene Ther. 9: 1271-1277 (2002))。最後,VEGF 和 VEGF 受體係表現於毛囊,而毛囊中之VEGF的基因轉殖輸入增 進毛髮生長,其實抑制VEGF作用減弱毛髮生長(Yano et al·,J· Clin. Invest· l〇7·· 409-4 1 7 (200 1 ))。因此,增進內 -13- (10)200416214 皮 PTKs 療心臟衰 能其他的 和毛髮減 VEGF 相 I; 因此 相關的疾 【發明內 發明總論 本發 病之苯乙 本發 包含其所 之鹽: 其中: A) Ri 是 _ a ) L 、-OCO2 CON(R8)-代的c, - c 及(特別是)VEGF受體的活化代表一種新穎之治 竭、心肌梗塞、糖尿病性和缺血性神經病(和可 神經性病症)、骨質疏鬆、骨折痊癒、傷口痊癒 少的方法。由上說明可知,對於鑑識可用於治療 圍的疾病之PTPase抑制劑仍有需求。 ,由上說明可知,對於鑑識可用於治療PTP as e 病之PTPase抑制劑仍有需求。 容】 明藉由鑑識和提供有效於治療PTPase相關的疾 胺基-胺基磺酸類化合物而符合上述的需求。 明之第一方面係有關如下式(I)所示之化合物, 有的鏡像異構型和非鏡像異構型和藥學上可接受Maes et al., Mech Dev 111: 61-73 (2002); Gerber et al., Nat. Med. 5: 623 -628 (1 999); Peng et al., J. Clin. Invest. 110: 751- 759 (2002); Street et al.? Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 99: 965 6- 9 66 1 (2002)). In addition to fracture healing, recent evidence suggests that increased VEGF signaling also accelerates skin wound healing, even in animal models of diabetes where wound healing is delayed (Di peppe et al., Gene Ther. 9: 1271-1277 (2002 )). Finally, VEGF and VEGF receptors are expressed in the hair follicles, and the gene transfection input of VEGF in the hair follicles promotes hair growth. In fact, inhibition of VEGF attenuates hair growth (Yano et al ·, J · Clin. Invest · 107 ·· 409 -4 1 7 (200 1)). Therefore, the enhancement of internal -13- (10) 200416214 skin PTKs for the treatment of heart failure and other hair loss VEGF phase I; therefore the related diseases [invention of the invention, the general summary of the disease, phenethylbental hair contains its salt: where : A) Ri is _ a) L, -OCO2 CON (R8) -generation c,-c and (especially) activation of VEGF receptor represents a novel cure, myocardial infarction, diabetic and ischemic neuropathy (And neurological disorders), osteoporosis, healing of fractures, and less healing of wounds. From the above description, there is still a need for identifying PTPase inhibitors that can be used to treat the surrounding diseases. From the above description, there is still a need for identifying PTPase inhibitors that can be used to treat PTP as e disease. Content] The above needs are met by identifying and providing amine-aminosulfonic acid compounds effective in treating PTPase-related diseases. The first aspect of the invention relates to the compounds represented by the following formula (I), some of which are mirror image isomers and non mirror image isomers and are pharmaceutically acceptable

lMc^r^r’ur7,其中: ,1 是選自共價鍵、-〇-、-S-、-N-、-CO2-、-CO_ -、-SO-、-S02-、-CSN(R8)-、-C0N(R8)0_、-、-0C0N(R8)-;其中R8是氫或經取代或未經取 :5院基 ; -14 - (11) 200416214 b ) R6a和R6b分別是 C〇2r9、-C〇n(r9)2、_NHC0r9 )2 ' HC〇2R、=NR9、 9 及其混合物;其中各個R9分 r r k自氫、經取代或未經耳 代的CA i:元基、和經取代或未 ^ 其· 1 一個 9 代的方基或伸烷基5 基,或一個R可一起形成經取代或去施κ $未I取代之含有3 3 7個碳原子的碳環或雜環; ^ c) m是選自〇至5之數字; 經取代或未經取代的 l 1 _ 。雜烷基、經取代或 取代的雜環基、經取代戥 經取代或未經取代的雜芳lMc ^ r ^ r'ur7, where: 1 is selected from covalent bonds, -〇-, -S-, -N-, -CO2-, -CO_-, -SO-, -S02-, -CSN ( R8)-, -C0N (R8) 0_,-, -0C0N (R8)-; where R8 is hydrogen or substituted or unselected: 5 courtyards; -14-(11) 200416214 b) R6a and R6b are C〇2r9, -C〇n (r9) 2, _NHC0r9) 2 'HC〇2R, = NR9, 9 and mixtures thereof; wherein each R9 is rrk from hydrogen, substituted or unearthed CA i: the radical , And substituted or un ^^ · 1 a 9-generation square or alkylene 5 group, or an R may together form a substituted or unapplied carbocyclic ring containing 3 3 7 carbon atoms Or a heterocyclic ring; ^ c) m is a number selected from 0 to 5; substituted or unsubstituted l 1 _. Heteroalkyl, substituted or substituted heterocyclyl, substituted 戥 substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl

d) R7是不存在或選自氫、 C ! 〇院基、經取代或未經取代的 未經取代的烴基、經取代或未經 未經取代的芳基或伸烷基芳基、 基或伸院基雜芳基;或 e ) R 7和一個R9可一起形成經 人t取代或未經取代之含有 3至7個碳原子的碳環或雜環; 8)&2是-(^^2).丨42-[0(111“11川);^】2,其中: a)j是選自〇至5之數字; b ) L2是選自共價鍵、 、_〇C〇2- 、 -SO- 、 -S02-、 C〇N(R10)0·、-〇C〇N(Rl〇)-經取代的Cl-C5院基; ' ~N- ' -C〇2- λ ~C〇 CSN(R]V、-C〇N(R1()) 其中R1G是氫或經取代或朱d) R7 is absent or is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C0o, substituted or unsubstituted unsubstituted hydrocarbyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or alkylenearyl, or Hexyl heteroaryl; or e) R 7 and one R 9 may together form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring containing 3 to 7 carbon atoms substituted by human t; 8) & 2 is-(^ ^ 2). 丨 42- [0 (111 "11 川); ^] 2, where: a) j is a number selected from 0 to 5; b) L2 is selected from a covalent bond, _〇C〇2 -, -SO-, -S02-, C〇N (R10) 0 ·, -〇CO〇N (Rl〇)-substituted Cl-C5 courtyard; '~ N-' -C〇2- λ ~ C〇CSN (R) V, -C〇N (R1 ()) where R1G is hydrogen or substituted or

氫、、0R]3、-N(R13)2、 、、Nhco2R13、=NR13、 c ) R 1 1 a和R 1 1 b分別是選自Hydrogen,, 0R] 3, -N (R13) 2,, Nhco2R13, = NR13, c) R 1 1 a and R 1 1 b are each selected from

M 013 …CON(R13)2、-NHCOR13 C〇2 KM 013… CON (R13) 2, -NHCOR13 C〇2 K

R】3、及其混合物 未經取代的C 1 _ C 其中各個R 13 烷基、和經取代 分別選自氫、經取代或 或未經取代的芳基或伸 一 15、 (12) 200416214 烷基芳其·,_ , t ’或-個R13可—起形卿 有3至7個 代次朱經取代之含 1U如原于的碳環或雜環; d)g是選自0至5之數字; 疋不存在或選自氫、經取代〜 C】0烷基、終Iv件寸土 p 次朱經取代的C !- 取代或未經取代的烴基、押g· 的雜環基、_取代1 φ f l取代或未經取代 代或未經取代的雜芳其1 ^ k基方基、經取 1飞日0雑方基或伸烷基雜芳基;或 和個H 13可一起形成經取 有3至7 m ^ 丨、4禾經取代之含 们碳原子的碳環或雜環; C) R3 是-((:Η2)Ι1ϋ6,其中: a ) 11是選自0至5之數字; M L3是選自共價鍵…〇…I、I、 、、〇C〇 - 、 ~C〇2- > -c〇.R] 3, and mixtures thereof, unsubstituted C 1 _ C wherein each R 13 alkyl group, and substituted are respectively selected from hydrogen, substituted or or unsubstituted aryl group, or (15), (12) 200416214 alkyl group Fangqi ·, _, t 'or-R13 can be-Qi Xingqing has 3 to 7 generations of Zhu Jing substituted 1U as the original carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; d) g is selected from 0 to 5 Number; 疋 does not exist or is selected from hydrogen, substituted ~ C] 0 alkyl, terminal Iv, p, C, substituted C!-Substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbyl, heterocyclic group g, substituted 1 φ fl substituted or unsubstituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl with 1 ^ k radical, 1 azimuth or alkylene heteroaryl radical; or with H 13 may form together Take 3 to 7 m ^, 4 and substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings containing our carbon atoms; C) R3 is-((: Η2) Ι1) 6, where: a) 11 is a number selected from 0 to 5 ; M L3 is selected from covalent bonds ... 〇 ... I, I, ,, 〇Co-, ~ C〇2- > -c〇.

”、-so …-s〇2-、-CSNH-、-CONH -〇C〇NH-; 是選自氫、經取代或未經取代的e 、繂百\7你·^ 1 1 L】。ί元基 代的芳其:代的Cl_C]°雜院基、經取代或未經取 方基或伸院基芳基、經取代或未經取代的雜環基、經 或未經取代的雜芳基或伸烷基雜芳基; £〜R 、和R5是分別選自氫或取代單元;或 R 矛D R 4 a 、 P 4 a 壬门·ρ 4 b 、 p 1 ^ ι R和R R和R2、或R1和R3可一 成經取伴t t fl> 。 代或未經取代之含有3至7個碳原子的碳環或雜環 本發明另一方面係提供〜種藥學組成物, 和有丄一 一巴曰女全 @效劑量之上述的化合物及藥學上可接受之載體。 本發明另一方面係提供〜種投服安全和有效劑量之上 -16- (13) (13)200416214 述的化合物於患者以治療PTPase相關的疾病之方法。 熟悉此項技術人士將由下文之說明和申請專利範圍而 對上述以及其他之目標、特徵和優點有更明確的了解。 發明之詳細說明 1 · 名詞和定義 以下係本文中所用名詞的定義: 本文中之“烴基”乙辭意指包含碳原子和氫原子之任何 有機單元或基團。烴基的定義中包含下文所述之雜環。各 種未經取代的非雜環烴基包含戊基、3 -乙基辛基、1,3 -二 甲基苯基、環己基、順-3-己基、7,7_二甲基雙環[2.2.1] 庚-卜基、和萘-2-基。 “烴基”的定義中包含芳香族碳環(芳基)和非芳香族碳 環’其非限定的例子包含環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己 基、環己烯基、環庚基、雙環[0.1.1] 丁基、雙環[0.1 .2]戊 基、雙環[0.1.3]己基(thujanyl)、雙環[0.2.2]己基、雙環 [0.1.4]庚基(caranyl)、雙環[2.2.1]庚基(原冰片基)、雙環 [〇· 2.4]辛基(石竹烯基)、螺戊基、二環戊螺烷基、萘烷基 、苯基、苄基、萘基、茚基、2H-茚基、莫基(azulenyl)、 菲基、蒽基、芴基、苊烯基、1,2,3,4-四氫萘基等。 “雜環基”乙辭包含芳香族雜環(雜芳基)和非芳香族雜 環,其非限定的例子包含吡咯基、2H-吡咯基、3H-吡咯基 、吡唑基、2 Η -咪唑基、1,2 5 3 -三唑基、1 , 2,4 -三唑基、異 噁唑基、噁唑基、1 5 2,4 -噁二唑基、2 Η -吡喃基、4 Η -吡喃 -17- (14) 200416214 基、2 Η - D[;t喃_ 2 -酮-基、D(t Π定基、噠嗪基、嘴[]定基、吼嗪 基、哌嗪基、s-三嗪基、4Η-1,2-噁嗪基、41^153_嚼嗦基 、1,4-嚼嗪基、嗎啉基、氮雜罩基、氧氮雜鸢基、川」2_ 二氮雜罩基、茚基、2H-茚基、苯並呋喃基、異苯並p夫喃 基、吲哚基、3H-吲哚基、1H-吲哚基、苯並噁唑基、2H_ 1-苯並吡喃基、D奎啉基、異D奎啉基、D奎唑啉基、2η_1 4· 苯並H惡嗪基、吡咯烷基、吡咯啉基、喹噁啉基、咲喃其、", -So ...- s〇2-, -CSNH-, -CONH-〇CO〇NH-; is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted e, 繂 100 \ 7you · ^ 1 1 L]. Basic aryl radicals: Cl_C] ° heterocyclic radicals, substituted or unselected radicals or extended radicals, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic radicals, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic radicals Aryl or alkylheteroaryl; £ ~ R, and R5 are selected from hydrogen or substituted units, respectively; or R DR 4 a, P 4 a 门 · ρ 4 b, p 1 ^ R and RR and R2, or R1 and R3 may be taken as a whole with tt fl >. Substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring containing 3 to 7 carbon atoms. Another aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition, and丄 一一 巴 曰 女 全 @ Effective dose of the above compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Another aspect of the present invention is to provide a safe and effective dose above -16- (13) (13) 200416214 The compounds are used in patients to treat PTPase-related diseases. Those skilled in the art will have a clearer understanding of the above and other objectives, features and advantages from the following description and the scope of patent applications. Detailed explanation of the name 1 · Nouns and definitions The following are the definitions of the terms used in this article: The term "hydrocarbyl" in this text means any organic unit or group containing carbon and hydrogen atoms. The definition of hydrocarbyl includes the following Heterocyclic. Various unsubstituted non-heterocyclic hydrocarbon groups include pentyl, 3-ethyloctyl, 1,3-dimethylphenyl, cyclohexyl, cis-3-hexyl, 7,7-dimethylbicyclo [2.2.1] Heptyl- and naphthyl-2-yl. The definition of "hydrocarbon group" includes aromatic carbocyclic (aryl) and non-aromatic carbocyclic rings. Non-limiting examples include cyclopropyl, ring Butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, bicyclo [0.1.1] butyl, bicyclo [0.1 .2] pentyl, bicyclo [0.1.3] hexyl (thujanyl), bicyclo [ 0.2.2] hexyl, bicyclic [0.1.4] heptyl (caranyl), bicyclic [2.2.1] heptyl (orthobornyl), bicyclic [〇 · 2.4] octyl (caryophyllyl), spiropentyl, Bicyclopentylspiroalkyl, naphthylalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, naphthyl, indenyl, 2H-indenyl, azulenyl, phenanthryl, anthracenyl, fluorenyl, pinenyl, 1, 2 , 3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl and the like. The term "heterocyclyl" includes aromatic heterocyclic rings (heteroaryl) and non-aromatic heterocyclic rings. Non-limiting examples include pyrrolyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, 3H-pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, and 2 Η-imidazole. Base, 1, 2 5 3 -triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, 1 5 2,4-oxadiazolyl, 2 fluorene -pyranyl, 4 Hydrazone -pyran-17- (14) 200416214 group, 2 hydrazone-D [; tran_ 2 -one-keto-group, D (t hydrazyl, pyridazinyl, hydrazine, hydrazinyl, piperazinyl , S-triazinyl, 4'-1,2-oxazinyl, 41 ^ 153_methylammonyl, 1,4-methylpyrazinyl, morpholinyl, azamask, oxaziridine, 2_diazamoyl, indenyl, 2H-indenyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzo-p-furanyl, indolyl, 3H-indolyl, 1H-indolyl, benzoxazolyl, 2H_ 1-benzopyranyl, D quinolinyl, isoD quinolinyl, D quinazolinyl, 2η_1 4 · BenzoHoxazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyrene Mum,

嗦吩基、苯並咪唑基等,而上述各基團可經取代或未,經取 代。 ’ “伸烷基芳基,,乙辭所定義的單元的一例子是如下式所 不之苄基單元:Fluorenyl, benzimidazolyl, etc., and each of the above groups may be substituted or unsubstituted. "" An alkylaryl group, an example of a unit defined by ethyl is a benzyl unit of the formula:

例子是如下 而“伸烷基雜芳基,,乙辭所定義的單元的〜 式所示之2 -吡啶甲基單元: —CH2An example is the following: "Alkylheteroaryl, a 2-pyridylmethyl unit of the formula defined by the ~ unit: -CH2

“經取代,,乙辭使用於整個說明書內。本文中“經取代,, 乙辭係定義爲“包含可取代烴基中之一個氫原子、二個氫 原子或三個氫原子的基團或單元”,經取代亦包含“取代二 個相鄰的碳原子上的氫原子以形成一新的基團或單元,,。 例如,需要一個氫原子的取代之經取代的單元包含鹵素、 羥基等。二個氫原子的取代包含碳基、羥亞胺基等。相鄰 碳原子之二個氫原子的取代包含環氧基等。三個氫原子的 取代包含氰基等。環氧基單元是爲需要相鄰碳原子的氫原 -18- (15) 十的取代之取代篇、 乙辭以表μ基(特Γ二!;整個說明書內使用“輕取代 氫原子被取代其#疋方曰族王哀、垸基鏈)可卜 代基所取代。當其阃w ρ__ ^多侣 何數量的氫原u —‘峰經取代,,時, 代的方香族暖環 L基本基是“經取 C8院基單元,,,3,其丙 辛基是“經取代的"Substituted, ethyl is used throughout the specification." Substituted, ethyl is defined herein as "a group or unit containing one hydrogen atom, two hydrogen atoms, or three hydrogen atoms in a replaceable hydrocarbon group." ", Substituted also includes" replaces a hydrogen atom on two adjacent carbon atoms to form a new group or unit, "for example, a substituted unit that requires a hydrogen atom includes halogen, hydroxyl, and the like. The substitution of two hydrogen atoms includes a carbon group, a hydroxyimino group, etc. The substitution of two hydrogen atoms of an adjacent carbon atom includes an epoxy group, etc. The substitution of three hydrogen atoms includes a cyano group, etc. The epoxy unit is Requires hydrogen atom of adjacent carbon atom -18- (15) Substitute of substitution, the phrase is expressed in μ (special Γ !!; throughout the description, "lightly substituted hydrogen atom is replaced by ## 方 方 族 family Wang Ai, Yanji Chain) can be replaced by Bu Deji. When the 阃 w ρ__ ^ number of hydrogen atoms u — 'peaks are replaced by,, the basic base of the Fangxiang family warm ring L is "C8, which is taken as the basic unit, and 3, its acryl Is "replaced

2姻吼陡基是“::丙基是“經取代〜基單元,,,及 元被標示爲,取:取代的雜芳基單元,,。以下是當煙基單 單元的非限定例代”時可作爲氫原子的取代基之經取代的 ϋ ) ώ ) iv ) v ) vi ) vii ) viii ) [C(R 5)2]p(CH = CH)qR15 ; 、[c(r15)2]pc(z)r15 ; ]c(rI5)2]pc(z)2r15 ;2 An acryl group is ":: propyl is" a substituted ~ base unit, and, and the unit is marked as, taking: a substituted heteroaryl unit ,. The following is a non-limiting example of a nicotyl single unit "when substituted as a substituent of a hydrogen atom:)) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) [C (R 5) 2] p (CH = CH) qR15;, [c (r15) 2] pc (z) r15;] c (rI5) 2] pc (z) 2r15;

[C(Rl5)2]pC(Z)CH = CH2 ; '[C(Rl5)2]pC(Z)N(R】5)2 ; ^C(Rl5)2]pC(Z)NR15N(R15)2 ; ]C(R】5)2]PCN ; -[C(R15)2]pCN〇 ; iX -[C(RI5)2]pCF3, -[C(R15)2]pCC13, -[C(R-)2]pCBr3 x ) -[C(R】5h]pN(R〗5)2 ; xi) -[c(R】5)2]pnr15cn ; xii ) -[C(R15)2]pNR15C(Z)R15 ; xiii ) -[C(Rl5)2]pNR15C(Z)N(R15)2 ; xiv ) -[C(R】5)2]pNHN(R】5)2 ; -19- (16)200416214 xv ) -[C(R15)2]PNHOR15 ; xvi ) [C(R】 5)2]pNHS03M ; xvii ) [C(R] 5)2]PNCS ; xviii ) -[C(R,5)2]pN02 ; xix ) -[C(R15)2]P〇R15 ; xx ) -[C(R15)2]P〇CN ;[C (Rl5) 2] pC (Z) CH = CH2; '[C (Rl5) 2] pC (Z) N (R) 5) 2; ^ C (Rl5) 2] pC (Z) NR15N (R15) 2;] C (R) 5) 2] PCN;-[C (R15) 2] pCN〇; iX-[C (RI5) 2] pCF3,-[C (R15) 2] pCC13,-[C (R -) 2] pCBr3 x)-[C (R) 5h] pN (R〗 5) 2; xi)-[c (R) 5) 2] pnr15cn; xii)-[C (R15) 2] pNR15C (Z ) R15; xiii)-[C (Rl5) 2] pNR15C (Z) N (R15) 2; xiv)-[C (R) 5) 2] pNHN (R) 5) 2; -19- (16) 200416214 xv)-[C (R15) 2] PNHOR15; xvi) [C (R] 5) 2] pNHS03M; xvii) [C (R] 5) 2] PNCS; xviii)-[C (R, 5) 2] pN02; xix)-[C (R15) 2] P〇R15; xx)-[C (R15) 2] P〇CN;

xxi) -[C(R】5)2]pOCF3,-[C(R〗5)2]P0CC13, -[C(R15)2]pOCBr3 ; xxii) -[C(R15)2]PF,-[C(R】5)2]PC1,-[C(RM)2]pBr, -[C(R15)2]PI,及其混合物; xxiii ) -[C(R15)2]PSCN ; xxiv ) -[C(R15)2]PS03M ; xxv) -[C(R15)2]p〇S03M ; xxvi ) - [C(R15)2]pS02N(R】5)2 ; xxvii ) [C(R15)2]PS02NH(R15);xxi)-[C (R] 5) 2] pOCF3,-[C (R〗 5) 2] P0CC13,-[C (R15) 2] pOCBr3; xxii)-[C (R15) 2] PF,-[ C (R) 5) 2] PC1,-[C (RM) 2] pBr,-[C (R15) 2] PI, and mixtures thereof; xxiii)-[C (R15) 2] PSCN; xxiv)-[ C (R15) 2] PS03M; xxv)-[C (R15) 2] p〇S03M; xxvi)-[C (R15) 2] pS02N (R) 5) 2; xxvii) [C (R15) 2] PS02NH (R15);

xxviii ) -[C(R15)2]PS02NHC0R15 ; xxix ) -[C(R】5)2]pS02NHC00R】5 ; xxx ) -[C(R] 5)2]pS02R15 ; xxxi ) -[C(R15)2]pP(0)H2 ; xxxii ) - [C(R】 5)2]pP02 ; xxxiii ) -[C(R15)2]pP(〇)(〇H)2 ; xxxiv ) -[C(R15)2]pC02M ; xxxv ) -[C(R15)2]pSR15 ; xxxvi)及其混合物; -20- (17) 200416214 其中,R15是氫、經取代或未經取代的C]_C2()直鏈、 支_或環狀丨元基、C 6 - C 2 〇芳基、C 7 _ c 2 G伸烷基芳基、及其 混合物;Μ是氫或形成鹽的陽離子;z是=〇、= s、= n R 15 及其混合物;ρ是0至12; q是〇至]2。適合之形成鹽的 陽離子包含鈉、鋰、鉀、纟弓、鎂、錢等。 II. 化合物 本發明第一方面係有關如下式所示之化合物:xxviii)-[C (R15) 2] PS02NHC0R15; xxix)-[C (R) 5) 2] pS02NHC00R】 5; xxx)-[C (R] 5) 2] pS02R15; xxxi)-[C (R15) 2] pP (0) H2; xxxii)-[C (R) 5) 2] pP02; xxxiii)-[C (R15) 2] pP (〇) (〇H) 2; xxxiv)-[C (R15) 2] pC02M; xxxv)-[C (R15) 2] pSR15; xxxvi) and mixtures thereof; -20- (17) 200416214 where R15 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C] _C2 () straight chain, Branched or cyclic group, C 6 -C 2 〇aryl, C 7 _ c 2 G alkylene aryl, and mixtures thereof; M is hydrogen or a salt-forming cation; z is = 〇, = s , = N R 15 and mixtures thereof; ρ is 0 to 12; q is 0 to] 2. Suitable cations to form salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, iron bow, magnesium, money, and the like. II. Compounds The first aspect of the invention relates to compounds represented by the formula:

義。 以下是各種非限定性的較佳基團,然而並不用於限制 本文所例示之重覆的內容和實施例。Righteousness. The following are various non-limiting preferred groups, but are not intended to limit the repeated content and examples exemplified herein.

A) 式(I)之單一的磺酸胺基基團(H0S02NH-)係連結 至苯乙胺基架構之第4、5、6、7或8的位置。常用的編 號係如下所示: 5 6 於一體系中,磺酸胺基基團係在架構的第5或6位置 。另一體系中,磺酸胺基基團係在架構的第6位置° B) R】是- L】-[C(R6aR6b)]mR7。L】是選自共價鍵、 -21 - (18) 200416214 、_S- 、 _N- 、 _C〇2· 、 、 _〇C〇2- 、 _SO· 、 - s 0 2 ^ CSN(R8)·、-CON(R8)_、_c〇N(R8)0-、-〇c〇N(R8)-;其中 R8是氫或經取代或未經取代的C ! - C 5院基。另一體系中, L1 是選自共價鍵、-c〇2_、-CO-、-S02-、和- cois^R8) 另一體系中,L】是選自-C02-、-CO-、_S〇2•、和 C0N(R8)-。另一體系中,l1是-CONH-。另一體系中,】 L/ 是共價鍵。A) A single sulfonic acid amine group (H0S02NH-) of formula (I) is linked to the 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 position of the phenethylamine structure. The commonly used numbers are as follows: 5 6 In a system, the sulfonamido group is at the 5 or 6 position of the structure. In another system, the sulfonic acid amine group is at the 6th position of the structure. B) R] is-L]-[C (R6aR6b)] mR7. L] is selected from a covalent bond, -21-(18) 200416214, _S-, _N-, _C〇2 ·,, _〇C〇2-, _SO ·,-s 0 2 ^ CSN (R8) ·, -CON (R8) _, _coon (R8) 0-, -〇coon (R8)-; where R8 is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted C! -C5 courtyard. In another system, L1 is selected from the group consisting of covalent bonds, -co-2_, -CO-, -S02-, and -cois ^ R8) In another system, L] is selected from the group consisting of -C02-, -CO-, _SO2 •, and CON (R8)-. In another system, l1 is -CONH-. In another system,] L / is a covalent bond.

R6a 和 R6b 分別是選自氫、_0R9、_n(r9)2、<0^9、 CON(R9)2、-NHC0R9、_NHC〇2R9、=nr9、_R9、及其涫么 物;其中各個R9分別選自氫、經取代或未經取代的c 烷基、和經取代或未經取代的芳基或伸烷基 乃空,琢< 二個 R9可-起形成經取代或未經取代之含冑3至7個碳 的碳環或雜環。 ^ ^ ^ 2 K 。另〜 系中’R“和⑼分別是氫。另—體系中,r6、r6、 是未經取代的芳基。另一體系中,Rea 曰〕R6a and R6b are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, _0R9, _n (r9) 2, < 0 ^ 9, CON (R9) 2, -NHC0R9, _NHC〇2R9, = nr9, _R9, and their compounds; each R9 Selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted c alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl or alkylene, respectively, and two R9 may be taken together to form a substituted or unsubstituted Carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring containing 3 to 7 carbon atoms. ^ ^ ^ 2 K. In the ~ system, 'R "and ⑼ are hydrogen, respectively. In the other system, r6, r6, are unsubstituted aryl groups. In another system, Rea is called]

。另一髀玄出 , 一尺疋-NHC. Another Xuan Chuan, one foot 疋 -NHC

力體系中,R “或R6b是-NHc〇r9 的烷基。另—髀系由6 〃中R是經耳] II系中,R6a是未經取 經取代的烷其,甘士 」方基,而R6b " 其中取代單元是至少一個細& # 基。 個邀自羧酸根或 功是選自0至5之數字 體系中,m是】。 另 體系中,m是〇 另 院基、經取代或未二自氫的―經取代或未經取代的CK" 、签基、經取代或未經取代的雜 - 22- (19) 環基、經取代或 未經取代的雜2 的芳基或伸院基芳基、經取代或 選自經取代或未;Γ申院基雜芳基。於一體系巾’汉7是 代的芳基、終取二s代的C1-C1°院基、經取代或未經取 代的伸院其;其 取代的雜芳基、經取代或未經取 、 土、及經取代或未經取代的伸烷基雜芳基。 、體系中,R7是經取代或未經取代的c 1 。另-體系中,R7是未經取代的一院基,其中;;; 是支鍵院基。S 一,玄rh 7 力體系中,R7是第三丁基。另一體系中In the force system, R "or R6b is -NHc0r9 alkyl group. In addition-髀 is from 6 R R is via the ear] In the II series, R6a is an unsubstituted alkyl, Ganshi" square group, And R6b " where the substitution unit is at least one fine &# radical. The number of carboxylates or functions is selected from a number system of 0 to 5, where m is]. In the other system, m is 0, a substituted or unsubstituted hydrogen-substituted or unsubstituted CK ", a signature group, a substituted or unsubstituted hetero- 22- (19) ring group, Substituted or unsubstituted hetero 2 aryl or phenylene aryl, substituted or selected from substituted or unsubstituted; Γ henyl heteroaryl. In the first system, Han 7 is a substituted aryl group, a second-generation C1-C1 ° group, a substituted or unsubstituted extension group, and a substituted heteroaryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted group, , Earth, and substituted or unsubstituted alkylene heteroaryl. In the system, R7 is substituted or unsubstituted c 1. In the other-system, R7 is an unsubstituted courtyard, where ;;; is a branched courtyard. S1. In the rh7 force system, R7 is the third butyl group. In another system

’ R7 是選自-ch3、_CH2CH3、_CH2CH2CH3、(cH2)3⑶: (CH2)4CH3 > -(CH2)5CH3 ^ -C(CH3)3 ' -cH2C(CH3)3 ,. CH2C(CH3)2CH2CH3 > -C(CH3)2CH2CH3 ' -CH(CH3)CH2CH, 、和-ch2ch(ch2ch3)2。 另一體系中,R7是經取代的c]_Ci()烷基,其中取代 單元是-[C(R】5)2]pC(Z)N(Ri5)2。另—體系中,尺7是經取代 的CVC5烷基,其中取代單元是_c〇NH2。'R7 is selected from -ch3, _CH2CH3, _CH2CH2CH3, and (cH2) 3. (CH2) 4CH3 >-(CH2) 5CH3 ^ -C (CH3) 3' -cH2C (CH3) 3, .CH2C (CH3) 2CH2CH3 & gt -C (CH3) 2CH2CH3 '-CH (CH3) CH2CH, and -ch2ch (ch2ch3) 2. In another system, R7 is a substituted c] _Ci () alkyl, wherein the substituted unit is-[C (R) 5) 2] pC (Z) N (Ri5) 2. In addition, in the system, ruler 7 is a substituted CVC5 alkyl group, wherein the substitution unit is -coon2.

另一體系中,R7是雜烷基。另一體系中,r7是含至 少一個雜原子之C^C5雜院基。另—體系中,R7是雜院基 ,其中雜原子至少是s。 於一體系中,R7是經取代或未經取代的伸烷基芳其 。另一體系中,R7是經取代或未經取代的c!2伸烷其 芳基。另一體系中,R7是選自 ch2ch2(c6h5) ' -(ch2)3c6h5、-(CH2)4c6:HU、 ‘ 】〇H7) 、-CH2CH2(C】〇H7)、 (CH2)3C】〇H7、和 r 2)4C】〇H7、及 其混合物。另一體系中,R7是經取代的伸烷基芳其·其 -23- (20) 200416214 中取代單元是選自-[C(R】5)2]pS〇2N(R15)2 、- [C(R]5)2]pS02NH(R15)、-[c(R15)2]pS02NHC0R15、和-[C(R15)2]pS02NHC00R15,及其混合物;於另一體系中, 該取代單元係選自-S〇2NH2 、 -S02NHC00CH3 、-SO2NHCOOCH2CH3、-S02NHC0CH3、-SO2NHCOCH2CH3 、_S02NHC0C(CH3)3、-S02NH(C6H5)、-so2nhco(c6h5) 、-S〇2NHCOCH2(C6H5)、和-S02NHC0CH2CH2(C0H5),及 其混合物。In another system, R7 is heteroalkyl. In another system, r7 is a C ^ C5 heteroalkyl group containing at least one heteroatom. In addition, in the system, R7 is a heteroatom group, in which the heteroatom is at least s. In one system, R7 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene. In another system, R7 is substituted or unsubstituted c! 2 butane and its aryl group. In another system, R7 is selected from ch2ch2 (c6h5) '-(ch2) 3c6h5,-(CH2) 4c6: HU,'] 〇H7), -CH2CH2 (C) 〇H7), (CH2) 3C] 〇H7 , And r 2) 4C] OH7, and mixtures thereof. In another system, R7 is a substituted alkylene aryl. Its -23- (20) 200416214 is a substituted unit selected from-[C (R) 5) 2] pS〇2N (R15) 2,-[ C (R) 5) 2] pS02NH (R15),-[c (R15) 2] pS02NHC0R15, and-[C (R15) 2] pS02NHC00R15, and mixtures thereof; in another system, the substitution unit is selected from -S〇2NH2, -S02NHC00CH3, -SO2NHCOOCH2CH3, -S02NHC0CH3, -SO2NHCOCH2CH3, _S02NHC0C (CH3) 3, -S02NH (C6H5), -so2nhco (c6h5), -S02NHCH2, C0H2C, and And its mixture.

另一體系中,R7是經取代或未經取代的芳基。另一 體系中,R7是經取代的芳基,其中取代單元是至少一個 選自-CH3、-CH2CH3 …ch2ch2ch3 …C(CH3)3、〇CH3、 R7是經取代的芳 OCH2CH3、及其混合物。另一體系中 基’其中取代單元是一鹵素。 另一體系中,RI是胍基或脒基。另—體系中,L1是 共價鍵;R7不存在;m是丨;及R“是=NR9,及是冰9In another system, R7 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. In another system, R7 is a substituted aryl group, wherein the substituted unit is at least one selected from the group consisting of -CH3, -CH2CH3 ... ch2ch2ch3 ... C (CH3) 3, 0CH3, and R7 are substituted aryl OCH2CH3, and mixtures thereof. In another system, the radical '' in which the substituted unit is a halogen. In another system, RI is guanidyl or fluorenyl. In addition, in the system, L1 is a covalent bond; R7 does not exist; m is 丨; and R "is = NR9, and is ice 9

或-n(R9)2,其中-n(r9)2宜爲_nhr9。另—體 =曰 共價鍵;R7不存在;m是丨;及R6a 、 9 9 处1 iNK ,及 R6b 是-R9 〆N (R ) 2,其中一個R 9 一起形成經 ^ . ^ n或未經取代之含 有3至7個碳原子的碳環或雜環。 B) R2 是-(CHJj-LMc^R】 laR】 】b)·! R 】2 壬s々齡〜 Ί Js 。j是選自ο 至 之d子。L是選自共價鍵、-〇_、、 Ί、-CO”、- CO-…〇C〇2— -S〇_ s 、_c c〇NfRl0,〇 )-、-C0N(R,_、_ C〇N(R )0 …〇c〇N(Ri v。Rl0 是 代的C r ^ 取代或未經取 代勺1 c5 i:元基。R】〗a和R丨丨b分別 叱k目氫、-O R】3、- -24- (21)200416214 N(R】3)2、 Γ(ΊΡ13 r, -c〇2r 、-con(rI3)2、·ΝΗί:οκ13 …NR13 n]3 ^ _ INHC〇2Rl3 、-、及其混合物。各個R13分別選自 取代或未經取代的C r ^ # 曰氫、輕 代的C”C5烷基、和經取代 基或伸烷基芳基;或者,一 j3 取代的芳 ^ 、 一個R可一起形成經取代遗卞 禮取代之含有3至7個 次禾 個原子的碳環或雜環。 至5之數字qR12$ 、 进自〇 疋、存在或選自氫、經取代 的K1Q烷基、經取π -未經取代 k取代或未經取代的烴基 經取代的雜環基、經取代或 代或未 取代或未經取代的芳基或 、經取代或未經取代的雜芳基趣完基雜芳基;: RI2" Rl3可-起形成經取代或未經取代之含有3至 7個碳原子的碳環或雜環。 3有3至 於一體系中’j是〇。另 體系中,j是!。 於一體系中,L2是選自杯, L 自共價鍵、-CONRL -CONH- 、-COi^Ci^)·、_c〇2-、 ·(:〇—、 CUN 〃混合物。另一體系中 L2是選自-CONR、、_c〇NH… 另一體系中,R 1 1 a和R】】b 及其混合 物 均是氦 另一體系中,111]3或Ru。苇 疋心取代或未 的C7. C20伸烷基芳基。另一體系中, a 水I取代曰J ρ Γ ^ 或R1 1 b是未經取代的 C7-C1()伸丨兀基方基。另一體系中 ,R a或Rnb是選自_ ch2(c6h5)、-CH2CH2(C6H5)、、 2 3 C 6 H 5 > - (C H 2) 4 C 6 H 5 、-CH2(C10H7)、-CH2CH2(C】〇h、、 7 '(CH2)3C] 〇H (CH2)4C]GH7,及其混合物。另〜 瞍糸中,R】I CON(R】3)2 〇Or -n (R9) 2, where -n (r9) 2 is preferably _nhr9. Another body = a covalent bond; R7 does not exist; m is 丨; and 1 iNK at R6a, 9 9, and R6b is -R9 〆N (R) 2 where one of R 9 together forms a ^. ^ N or An unsubstituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring containing 3 to 7 carbon atoms. B) R2 is-(CHJj-LMc ^ R] laR]】 b)! R】 2 々々々 ~ 々Js. j is selected from ο to d. L is selected from the group consisting of covalent bonds, -〇_, ”, -CO", -CO -... 〇C〇2--S〇_ s, _c c〇NfR10, 〇)-, -CON (R, _, _ C〇N (R) 0… 〇c〇N (Ri v. Rl0 is a substituted C r ^ substituted or unsubstituted spoon 1 c5 i: elementary base. R] a and R 丨 b respectively Hydrogen, -OR] 3,--24- (21) 200416214 N (R) 3) 2, Γ (HP13r, -c〇2r, -con (rI3) 2, · NΗί: οκ13… NR13 n) 3 ^ _INHC〇2Rl3,-, and mixtures thereof. Each R13 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C r ^ # hydrogen, lightly substituted C "C5 alkyl, and substituted or alkylene aryl; or , A j3 substituted aryl ^, and one R may together form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring containing 3 to 7 atoms and substituted by a substituted widow. The number up to 5 is qR12 $, is from 0, exists or Selected from hydrogen, substituted K1Q alkyl, substituted π-unsubstituted k-substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbyl substituted heterocyclyl, substituted or substituted or unsubstituted or unsubstituted aryl, or Substituted or Unsubstituted Heteroaryl Heteroaryl: RI2 " Rl3 may-up to form a substituted or unsubstituted Carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring containing 3 to 7 carbon atoms. 3 has 3 as in a system, 'j is 0. In another system, j is !. In a system, L2 is selected from calix, L is covalent Bond, -CONRL -CONH-, -COi ^ Ci ^) ·, _c〇2-, · (: 〇—, CUN 〃 mixture. In another system, L2 is selected from -CONR ,, _c〇NH ... Another system In the other system, R 1 1 a and R]] b and its mixture are helium in another system, 111] 3 or Ru. C7. C20 alkylene aryl substituted or unsubstituted. In another system, a Water I is substituted with J ρ Γ ^ or R1 1 b is an unsubstituted C7-C1 () endyl group. In another system, Ra or Rnb is selected from ch2 (c6h5), -CH2CH2 ( C6H5), 2 3 C 6 H 5 >-(CH 2) 4 C 6 H 5, -CH2 (C10H7), -CH2CH2 (C) 〇h, 7 '(CH2) 3C] 〇H (CH2) 4C] GH7, and mixtures thereof. In addition, R] I CON (R) 3) 2.

或R 和 是 於一體系中,g是選自0和 另 體系中,g是0。 、25- (22) 200416214 於一體系中,R 12是經取代或未經取代的C】ο烷基 。另一體系中,是選自-CH3、-CH2CH3、彳h2CH2(:H3 、-(CH2)3CH3 ^ -(CH2)4CH3 > -(CH2)5CH3 ' -C(CH3)3 ^ CH2C(CH3)3、-CH2C(CH3)2CH2CH3、-c(CH3)2CH2CH3、一 CH(CH3)CH2CH3、和-ch2ch(ch2Ch3)2,及其混合物。 於一體系中,R12是經取代或未經取代之含有3至7 個碳原子的雜環。另一體系中,RI2是經取代或未經取代 的嗎啉基。另-體系中,R12是經取代或未經取代的吡卩坐 基。 系 R是含至少一個雜原子t Ci_C5雜院基。另一體 中,R12是雜烷基,其中雜原子是〇或3。 ^ 於一體系中,R12是氫。 c) R3 是-(CH2)rL3_R】6。 3 、 η疋逛自〇至5之數字 L 是运自共價鍵、-〇-、-§_、 Ν N-、-C〇”、-C〇-、〇Cc 、-SO-、-S02-、-CSNh•…c〇nh 和-0C0NH-。 選自氫、經取代或未經取代的 — 10杬基、經取什 經取代的C”C|°雜院基、經取代或未經取代的芳= 院基芳基、經取代或未經取代的雜環基、經取代二 代的雜芳基或伸烷基雜芳基。 ,、 s未經 或Or R and are in one system, g is selected from 0 and in the other system, g is 0. 25- (22) 200416214 In a system, R 12 is a substituted or unsubstituted C] ο alkyl group. In another system, it is selected from -CH3, -CH2CH3, 彳 h2CH2 (: H3,-(CH2) 3CH3 ^-(CH2) 4CH3 >-(CH2) 5CH3'-C (CH3) 3 ^ CH2C (CH3) 3. -CH2C (CH3) 2CH2CH3, -c (CH3) 2CH2CH3, -CH (CH3) CH2CH3, and -ch2ch (ch2Ch3) 2, and mixtures thereof. In a system, R12 contains substituted or unsubstituted A heterocyclic ring of 3 to 7 carbon atoms. In another system, RI2 is a substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl group. In another-system, R12 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl group. System R is Contains at least one heteroatom t Ci_C5 heteroalkyl. In the other body, R12 is a heteroalkyl group, wherein the heteroatom is 0 or 3. ^ In a system, R12 is hydrogen. C) R3 is-(CH2) rL3_R] 6 . 3, η 疋 The number L from 0 to 5 is transported from a covalent bond, -〇-, -§_, Ν N-, -C〇 ", -C〇-, 〇Cc, -SO-, -S02 -, -CSNh • ... coonh and -0C0NH-. Selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted — 10-fluorenyl, substituted C ”C | ° heterocyclic, substituted or unsubstituted Substituted aryl = Chenyl aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted second-generation heteroaryl or alkylene heteroaryl. ,, s without or

於一體系中,η是 於一體系中,L3 m、、盟白与 ^ 疋进自氫、共價鍵、-co_、和In a system, η is in a system in which L3 m,, Mg, and ^ are introduced from hydrogen, covalent bonds, -co_, and

於一體系中,R)6是未經取代的C 系中’ R16是選 另In one system, R) 6 is an unsubstituted C system, and R16 is optional.

-CH2CH 體 "CH2CH2CH,, -26- (23) (23)200416214 (CH2)3CH3 > -(CH2)4CH3 > -(CH2)5ch3 ^ .C(CH3)3 . CH2C(CH3)3 ^ -CH2C(CH3)2CH2CH3 . -C(CH3)2CH2CH3 ^ . CH(CH3)CH2CH3、和-CH2CH(CH2CH3)2。另—體系中, R16是經取代的L-C5烷基,其中烷基是經至少—個羧酸 根所取代。另一體系中,R1 6是經取代或未經取代的烷基 ,且該烷基是烯基(即具至少一個烯屬雙鍵)。 方< 一體系中,R 疋进自經取代或未經取代的c 7 - c丨〇 伸烷基芳基。R16 是選自-CH2(C6H5)、4Η<Η2γ6Η5)、_ (C Η 2) 3 c 6 Η 5 、 -(CH2)4C6H5 、 -CH2(C10H7) 、 . φ CH2CH2(C10H7)、-(CH2)3CI()H7、和-(CH2)4Ci〇H7。另一體 系中’ R16是經取代的伸院基芳基,其中取代單元至少是 [c(r15)2]pnhso3m。 D) R4a、R4b、R4e和R5是分別選自氫或取代單元。 E) R和R ,或R4a和R4b可一起形成經取代或未 經取代之含有3至7個碳原子的碳環或雜環。 ΙΠ.化合物的製備 φ 本發明之化合物可由各種方法製備。製備本發明之化 合物中所用之起始物係爲已知,或可由已知的方法製備, 或可購買得到。特別合宜的合成方法揭示於下列反應圖中 。(反應圖中之R基未必與上述式(I)所示之化合物中各個 R基相關連。換言之,例如,式(I)中之R1不代表此反應 圖中同樣的R1基團)。製備本發明之化合物的特別例子揭 示下文第VI部份。 - 27- (24) 200416214 反應圖1-CH2CH body " CH2CH2CH ,, -26- (23) (23) 200416214 (CH2) 3CH3 >-(CH2) 4CH3 >-(CH2) 5ch3 ^ .C (CH3) 3. CH2C (CH3) 3 ^ -CH2C (CH3) 2CH2CH3. -C (CH3) 2CH2CH3 ^. CH (CH3) CH2CH3, and -CH2CH (CH2CH3) 2. In addition, in the system, R16 is a substituted L-C5 alkyl group, wherein the alkyl group is substituted with at least one carboxylate group. In another system, R1 6 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and the alkyl group is an alkenyl group (that is, it has at least one olefinic double bond). In a system, R is substituted by a substituted or unsubstituted c 7-c 丨 alkylene aryl group. R16 is selected from -CH2 (C6H5), 4Η < Η2γ6Η5), _ (C Η 2) 3 c 6 Η 5,-(CH2) 4C6H5, -CH2 (C10H7),. Φ CH2CH2 (C10H7),-(CH2) 3CI () H7, and-(CH2) 4CioH7. In the other system, 'R16 is a substituted ylenylaryl group, in which the substitution unit is at least [c (r15) 2] pnhso3m. D) R4a, R4b, R4e and R5 are each selected from hydrogen or substituted units. E) R and R, or R4a and R4b may together form a substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring containing 3 to 7 carbon atoms. II. Preparation of compounds φ The compounds of the present invention can be prepared by various methods. The starting materials used in the preparation of the compounds of the present invention are known, or can be prepared by known methods, or are commercially available. A particularly suitable synthetic method is disclosed in the following reaction scheme. (The R group in the reaction diagram is not necessarily related to each R group in the compound represented by the above formula (I). In other words, for example, R1 in the formula (I) does not represent the same R1 group in this reaction diagram). Specific examples of preparing the compounds of the present invention are disclosed in Section VI below. -27- (24) 200416214 Reaction Figure 1

1.還原 2.S03 py,吡啶1. reduction 2. S03 py, pyridine

反應圖1中,反應起始化合物,經第三丁氧羰基 (Boc)保護的4-硝苯基丙胺酸(1),係進行醯胺形成反應, 經由不對稱異丁基碳酸酐的形成反應和一級胺的置換反應 ,而得化合物(2)。在類似的條件下亦可使用多種二級胺 和醇。或者,亦可使用涉及縮合劑的運用以形成醯胺的方 法(參見 Bodansky, Μ. ; Activation and Coupling. In Principles of Peptide Synthesis, 2nd e d. ; Springer Publishing: New York,1993,pp 9-61)。此外,可在此步 驟中導入多種胺成份以增加類似的合成的變化性。 最後,中間物(2)接著經由一個2步驟方法而直接製 得最終的芳基胺基磺酸化合物(3 ),包含芳基硝基還原反 應(多種方法可使用,參考,例如,Hudlicky of Nitro, Nitroso,Diazo,and Azi do Derivatives of Hydrocarbons and Basic Heterocycles, In Reductions in Organic -28- (25) (25)200416214In Reaction Figure 1, the reaction starting compound, 4-nitrophenylalanine (1) protected by a third butoxycarbonyl (Boc) group, undergoes an amidine formation reaction, via an asymmetric isobutyl carbonic anhydride formation reaction Reaction with a primary amine to obtain compound (2). A variety of secondary amines and alcohols can also be used under similar conditions. Alternatively, methods involving the use of a condensing agent to form amidine (see Bodansky, M .; Activation and Coupling. In Principles of Peptide Synthesis, 2nd ed .; Springer Publishing: New York, 1993, pp 9-61 ). In addition, multiple amine components can be introduced in this step to increase similar synthetic variability. Finally, the intermediate (2) is then directly prepared into a final arylaminosulfonic acid compound (3) through a 2-step method, including an arylnitro reduction reaction (a variety of methods can be used, see, for example, Hudlicky of Nitro , Nitroso, Diazo, and Azi do Derivatives of Hydrocarbons and Basic Heterocycles, In Reductions in Organic -28- (25) (25) 200416214

Chemistry, 2nd e d · ; ACS Monograph 188; American C h e m i s 11· y S o c i e t y : W a s h i η g t ο n 5 D C,1 9 9 6 )及繼之胺基磺 酸形成反應。最終的胺基磺酸化合物的形成反應可藉由將 還原產物溶於無水吡啶中(每〇·5 mmol約2-3 mL)及添加 三氧化硫吡啶錯合物固體(3莫耳當量)。添加三氧化硫D比 口定錯合物時’攪拌反應混合物約5分鐘,接著以稀的氫氧 化銨水溶液(約7%水溶液)使反應驟停。蒸發所有的揮發 性物質後得粗產物,通常利用RP-HPLC純化而得到標的 化合物,通常產率爲3 0 - 6 5 % (2步驟)。此外,可使用三 氧化硫的其他吡啶錯合物(即三氧化硫二噁烷等),非限定 的例子參見 Gilbert (Che m. Rev. (1962) 62,549-89)。經 還原的硝基化合物亦可藉由在適當的鹼的存在下利用氯磺 酸的作用而官能化成胺基磺酸(例如,Sureau,R. F. M,et al; Preparation of Snip ham ic Acids,美國專利 2,789,132) ,亦可利用Ο -三甲基甲矽烷基氯磺酸和適當的鹼的作用 -29- (26)200416214 反應圖2Chemistry, 2nd e d ·; ACS Monograph 188; American C h e mi i s 11 · y S o c i e t y: Was h i η g t ο n 5 D C, 19 9 6) and the subsequent aminosulfonic acid formation reaction. The final amine sulfonic acid compound formation reaction can be achieved by dissolving the reduced product in anhydrous pyridine (about 2-3 mL per 0.5 mmol) and adding a sulfur trioxide pyridine complex solid (3 mole equivalents). When sulfur trioxide D was added, the reaction mixture was stirred for about 5 minutes, and then the reaction was quenched with a dilute ammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (about 7% aqueous solution). The crude product is obtained after evaporation of all volatile materials, and the target compound is usually purified by RP-HPLC, usually with a yield of 30-65% (2 steps). In addition, other pyridine complexes of sulfur trioxide (ie, sulfur trioxide dioxane, etc.) can be used, for non-limiting examples see Gilbert (Che m. Rev. (1962) 62, 549-89). Reduced nitro compounds can also be functionalized into aminosulfonic acids by utilizing the action of chlorosulfonic acid in the presence of a suitable base (e.g., Sureau, RF M, et al; Preparation of Snip ham ic Acids, U.S. Patent 2,789,132), or the use of 0-trimethylsilyl chlorosulfonic acid and an appropriate base-29- (26) 200416214 Reaction Figure 2

RrX,數種方法RrX, several methods

或者,如反應圖2所示,中間物(2)在除去Boc基團 i W用作爲其他類似物的反應起始物。B 〇 c保護基的去除 反應係在酸性條件下進行(參見,例如,G 1· e e n e a n d W u t s , PP 5 1 8 - 5 2 5 ),例如於l,4-二噁烷中使用4 M鹽酸而高產 率和高純度地得到鹽酸鹽(4)。Alternatively, as shown in Reaction Scheme 2, the intermediate (2) is used as a reaction initiator for other analogs after removing the Boc group i W. The removal reaction of the B oc protecting group is performed under acidic conditions (see, for example, G 1 · eeneand Wuts, PP 5 1 8-5 2 5), for example, using 4 M hydrochloric acid in 1,4-dioxane The hydrochloride (4) is obtained in high yield and purity.

中間物(4)是許多後續官能化反應之作用物,因此可 在適當的情況下引入多種親電子性試劑(R2-X)。上述類型 的反應之非限定性例子包含藉由添加異氰酸酯之尿形成反 應、添加異硫氰酸酯之硫尿形成反應、與醯氯反應之醯胺 形成反應、利用適當的縮合試劑而與羧酸進行縮合反應之 醯胺形成反應(參見上文之Bodansky,M.)、氯甲酸酯之胺 基甲酸酉旨形成反應(參見 G r e e n e a n d W u t s,P r 〇 t e c t i ο η Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd ed.; Wiley & Sons: New York,1 9 9 9)、利用適當的羰基化合物進行還原性烷基化反 應之胺化合物形成反應、藉由烷基鹵化物的烷基化反應之 胺形成反應、各種方法之胍形成反應(參見Burgess, K.; •30- (27) 200416214Intermediate (4) is the substrate of many subsequent functionalization reactions, so a variety of electrophilic reagents (R2-X) can be introduced where appropriate. Non-limiting examples of the above types of reactions include urine formation reaction by adding isocyanate, thiourea formation reaction by adding isothiocyanate, ammonium formation reaction by reacting with ammonium chloride, and using a suitable condensation reagent to react with carboxylic acid Condensation amine formation reaction (see Bodansky, M. above), chloroformate carbamic acid formation reaction (see Greene and Wuts, Pr tectec ο η Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd ed .; Wiley & Sons: New York, 1 9 9 9), amine compound formation reaction using a suitable carbonyl compound for reductive alkylation reaction, amine formation reaction through alkylation reaction of alkyl halide 2. Various methods of guanidine formation reaction (see Burgess, K .; • 30- (27) 200416214

Chen,J.; Solid-Phase Synthesis of Guidelines. In Solid Phase Organic Synthesis; Kevin Burgess, Ed·; John Wiely & Sons: New York,2000; pp 1-23及其爹考文獻)、及與石黃 醯氯反應之磺醯胺形成反應。亦可使用二種上述的反應類 型,例如還原性烷基化反應及繼之醯化反應。上述官能化 反應並不詳盡,只是用以說明慣用化學的類型’可爲熟悉 有機合成技術人士所利用而得到通式(5)所示之化合物。 最後,如反應圖1所示,中間物(5)接著經由一個2 步驟方法而直接製得最終的芳基胺基磺酸化合物(6),包 含芳基硝基還原反應及繼之胺基磺酸形成反應;及之後任 意的官能化反應。 反應圖3 o2nChen, J .; Solid-Phase Synthesis of Guidelines. In Solid Phase Organic Synthesis; Kevin Burgess, Ed The sulfonamide formation reaction of the chlorine reaction. It is also possible to use two of the above reaction types, such as a reductive alkylation reaction and a subsequent halogenation reaction. The above-mentioned functionalization reaction is not exhaustive, but merely used to illustrate the type of conventional chemistry ', which can be used by those skilled in organic synthesis to obtain a compound represented by the general formula (5). Finally, as shown in Reaction Scheme 1, the intermediate (5) is then directly prepared into a final arylaminosulfonic acid compound (6) through a 2-step process, which includes an arylnitro reduction reaction and a subsequent aminesulfonic acid. Acid formation reaction; and any subsequent functionalization reaction. Reaction diagram 3 o2n

nh2nh2

RrX,數種方法; R2-x,數種方法RrX, several methods; R2-x, several methods

1.還原 Z scvpy,吡啶 化合物(7)是許多後續官能化反應之作用物,因此可 在適當的情況下引入多種親電子性試劑(R^X,任意地R2- X),而得到通式(8)所示之中間物。最後,如反應圖1所 示,中間物(8 )接著經由一個2步驟方法而直接製得最終 的芳基胺基磺酸化合物(9),包含芳基硝基還原反應及繼 之胺基磺酸形成反應;及之後任意的官能化反應。 -31 - (28) (28)200416214 根據上述反應圖所揭示的原則,可利用類似的方法得 到許多化合物。 上述步驟可加以變化以增進所欲產物的產率。熟悉此 項技術人士均認同明確地選擇反應物、溶劑和溫度是所有 成功的合成之重要的因素。決定最佳的條件是例行的工作 ,因此任何熟悉此項技術人士均可使用上述反應圖所揭示 的原則而製得許多種化合物。 須明白的是,熟悉有機合成技術的人士可標準地運用 有機化合物而無需進一步的指示,換言之,進行上述之標 準運用方法亦在熟悉此項技術人士的知識和習慣的範圍內 。這些包含(但不限於)羰基化合物之還原成對應的醇的反 應、羥基等的氧化反應、醯化反應、芳基取代反應(包含 親電子性反應和親核性反應)、醚化反應、酯化反應和皂 化反應等。上述運用方法的例子揭示於標準教科書,例如 March, Advanced Organic Chemistry (Wiely),Carey and Sundberg,Advanced Organic Chemistry (2 冊)及其他熟悉 此項技術人士所習知的先前技藝。 熟悉此項技術人士均可立即明白,爲了避免任何非所 欲的副反應及/或增加反應的產率,某些反應最好在分子 內之其他可能的反應性官能基被遮蔽或保護的情況下進行 。通常,熟悉此項技術人士利用保護基以達到較高的產率 或爲了避免非所欲的反應。上述反應可見於文獻,且亦在 熟悉此項技術人士的知識範圍內。上述之方法的例子可參 見 T. Greene, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis 。當 -32- (29) (29)200416214 然,作爲反應起始物之具有反應性側鏈的胺基酸宜被保護 以防止非所欲的副反應。 本發明之化合物可具有一或多個對掌中心。因此,可 優先地選擇性製備其中一種光學異構物,包含鏡像異構物 和非鏡像異構物,例如利用對掌性反應起始物、觸媒或溶 劑,或者可同時製備兩種立體異構物或兩種光學異構物, 包含同時製備鏡像異構物和非鏡像異構物(外消旋混合物) 。由於本發明之化合物可以外消旋混合物的形式存在,因 此可利用已知的方法(例如對掌性鹽、對掌層析法等)而分 離光學異構物(包含鏡像異構物和非鏡像異構物)或立體異 構物的混合物。 此外,須明白的是,任一種光學異構物,包含鏡像異 構物和非鏡像異構物,或立體異構物,可能具有優於另一 光學異構物之性質。因此,在揭示本發明內容和請求申請 專利範圍時,當揭示一種外消旋混合物時,可明確地預期 :光學異構物,包含鏡像異構物和非鏡像異構物,或實質 上無另一者之立體異構物,均亦包含在本發明所揭示的內 容和申請專利範圍內。 I V .治療Ρ τ P a s e相關的疾病之方法 上述之本發明之化合物可用於治療PTPase相關的疾 病之方法中。本文中,“PTPase相關的疾病,,乙辭意指涉 及疾病、失調症及/或病狀之的生物表現、導致疾病之生 物級聯、或作爲疾病的病徵之非所欲或升高的p T P a s e活 (30) (30)200416214 性之疾病。P T P a s e相關的疾病中之P T P a s e活性的“涉及,, 包含(但不限於)下列:(1 )非所欲或升高的p T p a s e活性爲 疾病或生物表現之“原因”,不論P TP a s e活性是經由感染 、自體免疫、外傷、生物力學因素、生活形態或其他因素 而逼傳性地升局。(2 )非所欲或升高的ρ τ p a s e活性是所觀 察之疾病或失調症的表現的一部份。換言之,疾病或失調 症是可根據增加的P T P a s e活性而加以測量的。由臨床的 観點而g ’非所欲或升局的 P T P a s e活性顯示疾病,然而 ,PTP a se活性不必成爲疾病或失調症的“標誌”。(3)非所 欲或升高的PTPase活性是導致疾病或失調症之生物化學 或細胞級聯之一部份。關於此點,抑制PTPase可阻礙級 聯,並因而控制疾病。可由本發明治療之PTPase相關的 疾病的非限定性例子包含胰島素酪胺酸相關的疾病、骨骼 疾病、和血管疾病。 本文中,“PTPase”意指具有使含pTyr的蛋白質或糖 蛋白或區段去磷酸化之能力之酵素。PTPase的非限定性 ί列子包含:細胞內 PTPases (例如 PTP1B 、 TC-PTP 、 PTP1C、PTPID、PTPD1、PTPD2);受體型的 PTPases (例 如 ΡΓΡα、ΡΤΡε、ΡΤΡβ、ΡΤΡγ、CD45、ΡΤΡκ、ΡΤΡμ);雙 專一性磷酸酶(V Η 1、V Η R、c d c 2 5 ) ; L Μ W - Ρ Τ Ρ a s e s ;及酸 性磷酸酶。 所有已知的細胞內PTPases含有由220-240胺基酸基 團所組成之單一保留的催化性磷酸酶區域。細胞內 PTPases 的非限定性例子:PTPI B (Tonks et al.5 J. Biol. (31) (31)2004162141. Reduction of Z scvpy, pyridine compound (7) is the substrate of many subsequent functionalization reactions, so a variety of electrophilic reagents (R ^ X, optionally R2-X) can be introduced under appropriate conditions to obtain the general formula (8) The intermediate shown. Finally, as shown in Reaction Figure 1, the intermediate (8) is then directly prepared into a final arylaminosulfonic acid compound (9) through a two-step process, including an arylnitro reduction reaction and a subsequent aminesulfonic acid. Acid formation reaction; and any subsequent functionalization reaction. -31-(28) (28) 200416214 According to the principles disclosed in the above reaction diagrams, many compounds can be obtained by similar methods. The above steps can be varied to increase the yield of the desired product. Those skilled in the art agree that a clear choice of reactants, solvents, and temperature are important factors for any successful synthesis. Determining the optimal conditions is routine work, so anyone skilled in the art can use the principles disclosed in the above reaction diagrams to make many compounds. It must be understood that those familiar with organic synthesis techniques can use organic compounds in a standard manner without further instructions. In other words, the standard application methods described above are also within the knowledge and habits of those skilled in the art. These include (but are not limited to) reduction of carbonyl compounds to corresponding alcohols, oxidation reactions of hydroxyl groups, etc., tritiation reactions, aryl substitution reactions (including electrophilic reactions and nucleophilic reactions), etherification reactions, esters Reaction and saponification reaction. Examples of the above methods are disclosed in standard textbooks, such as March, Advanced Organic Chemistry (Wiely), Carey and Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry (2 volumes), and other previous techniques familiar to those skilled in the art. Those skilled in the art will immediately understand that in order to avoid any undesired side reactions and / or increase the yield of the reaction, some reactions are preferably masked or protected by other possible reactive functional groups in the molecule Next. In general, those skilled in the art use protecting groups to achieve higher yields or to avoid unwanted reactions. The above reactions can be seen in the literature and are also within the knowledge of those skilled in the art. Examples of the above methods can be found in T. Greene, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis. While -32- (29) (29) 200416214 Of course, the amino acid having a reactive side chain as a reaction initiator should be protected to prevent undesired side reactions. The compounds of the invention may have one or more palm centers. Therefore, one of the optical isomers can be preferentially prepared selectively, including mirror isomers and non-mirror isomers, for example, using a palmitic reaction initiator, catalyst or solvent, or two stereoisomers can be prepared simultaneously. Structure or two optical isomers, including the simultaneous preparation of mirror isomers and non-mirro isomers (racemic mixtures). Since the compounds of the present invention can exist as racemic mixtures, optical isomers (including mirror isomers and non-mirror mirrors) can be separated by known methods (e.g., palmar salt, palmar chromatography, etc.). Isomers) or mixtures of stereoisomers. In addition, it must be understood that any optical isomer, including mirror isomers and non-mirro isomers, or stereoisomers, may have properties superior to the other optical isomer. Therefore, when revealing the content of the present invention and claiming the scope of a patent application, when a racemic mixture is disclosed, it can be clearly expected that optical isomers, including mirror isomers and non-mirror isomers, or substantially no other The stereoisomers of one of them are also included in the content disclosed in the present invention and the scope of patent application. I V. Method for treating diseases related to P τ P a s e The compounds of the present invention described above can be used in methods for treating diseases related to PTPase. In this context, "PTPase-related diseases" means "biological manifestations involving diseases, disorders, and / or conditions, biological cascades that cause disease, or undesired or elevated p that are symptoms of disease. TP ase activity (30) (30) 200416214. PTP ase activity in PTP ase-related diseases "is involved," and includes (but is not limited to) the following: (1) Undesired or elevated p T pase Activity is the "cause" of disease or biological manifestation, regardless of whether P TP ase activity is promoted through infection, autoimmunity, trauma, biomechanical factors, lifestyle or other factors. (2) Unwanted or elevated ρ τ p a s e activity is part of the manifestation of the observed disease or disorder. In other words, the disease or disorder can be measured in terms of increased P T Pa s e activity. From the clinical point of view, g's undesired or elevated P T Pa s e activity shows disease, however, PTP a se activity does not have to be a "marker" of disease or disorder. (3) Unwanted or elevated PTPase activity is part of the biochemical or cellular cascade that causes disease or disorder. In this regard, inhibition of PTPase can hinder the cascade and thus control the disease. Non-limiting examples of PTPase-related diseases that can be treated by the present invention include insulin tyrosine-related diseases, bone diseases, and vascular diseases. As used herein, "PTPase" means an enzyme having the ability to dephosphorylate a pTyr-containing protein or glycoprotein or segment. Non-limiting examples of PTPase include: intracellular PTPases (for example, PTP1B, TC-PTP, PTP1C, PTPID, PTPD1, PTPD2); receptor-type PTPases (for example, PITPa, PPTPe, PPTPβ, PPTPγ, CD45, PPTP, PPTP) ; Dual specificity phosphatases (V Η 1, V Η R, cdc 2 5); L M W-Ρ Τ Ρ ases; and acid phosphatase. All known intracellular PTPases contain a single retained catalytic phosphatase domain consisting of 220-240 amino acid groups. Non-limiting example of intracellular PTPases: PTPI B (Tonks et al. 5 J. Biol. (31) (31) 200416214

Che m . 263: 6722- 6 7 3 0 ( 1 9 8 8 )) ; PTP 1 (C h a r b ο η n e a u et al.? Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 8 6: 5 2 5 2-5 2 5 6 ( 1 9 8 9);Che m. 263: 6722- 6 7 3 0 (1 9 8 8)); PTP 1 (C harb ο η neau et al.? Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 8 6: 5 2 5 2-5 2 5 6 (1 9 8 9);

Chemoff et al.,Proc· Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 8 7: 2735-2789 ( 1 9 8 9)) ; T -細胞 PTPase (Cool et al·,Proc. Natl· Acad. Sci. USA 86: 5257-5261 (1989));老鼠大腦 PTPase (Guan et al.? Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 8 7: 1 5 0 1 - 1 5 02 ( 1 9 9 0)) ;神經元磷酸酶 STEP (Lombroso et al.,Proc· Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 8 8:7242- 724 6 ( 1 99 1 ));含 ezrin-區域的 PTPases ;PTPMEG1 (Gu et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:5 8 6 7- 5 8 7 1 ( 1 9 9 1 ))、ΡΤΡΗ I (Yang and Tonks,Proc.Chemoff et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 8 7: 2735-2789 (1 9 8 9)); T-cell PTPase (Cool et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 5257 -5261 (1989)); mouse brain PTPase (Guan et al.? Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 8 7: 1 5 0 1-1 5 02 (19 9 0)); neuron phosphatase STEP ( Lombroso et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 8 8: 7242- 724 6 (1 99 1)); PTPases with ezrin-regions; PTPMEG1 (Gu et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88: 5 8 6 7- 5 8 7 1 (1 9 9 1)), PTTP I (Yang and Tonks, Proc.

Natl. Acad· Sci· USA 8 8: 5 94 9- 5 9 5 3 ( 1 9 9 1 ))、PTPD1 和 PTPD2 (Moller et al.5 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91: 7 4 7 7 -74 8 1 ( 1 9 94)) ; FAP-l/BAS (Sato et a 1., Science 26 8 : 411-415 (1995); Ban ville et al·, J. Biol. Che m. 269: 223 2 0-223 27 ( 1 994); Maekawa et al.? FEBS Letters 3 3 7: 200-206 ( 1 994));和含 SH2 PTP1 (Plutzky et al.? Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 1 1 2 3 - 1 1 27 ( 1 9 92); Slien et al.? Nature Lond. 3 5 2: 7 3 6 - 7 3 9 (1991))和 PTP1D/Syp/SH-PTP2 (Vogel et al·,Science 2 5 9: 1611-1614 (1993); Feng et al.5 Science 2 5 9: 1 6 0 7 - 1 6 1 1 ( 1 9 9 3 ); B a s t e i n e t a 1. ? B i o c h e m . B i o p h y s . Res. Comm. 196: 124-133 (1993)) ° 大部份受體型的p τ P a s e s係由a)假設的配位基結合的 細胞外區域、b)穿透膜的片斷、和c)細胞內催化區域所組 -35- (32) 200416214 成。其非限定的例子包含CD45/LCA (Ralph,S· J.,EMBO J. 6: 1 2 5 1 - 1 2 5 7 ( 1 9 8 7 ) ; LAR (Streuli et al·,J. Exp. Med. 1 6 8: 1 5 2 3 - 1 5 3 0 ( 1 9 8 8 ); C h a r b ο η n e a υ et a 1., P r o c . Natl.Natl. Acad · Sci · USA 8 8: 5 94 9- 5 9 5 3 (1 9 9 1)), PTPD1 and PTPD2 (Moller et al. 5 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91: 7 4 7 7 -74 8 1 (1 9 94)); FAP-1 / BAS (Sato et a 1., Science 26 8: 411-415 (1995); Ban ville et al., J. Biol. Che m. 269: 223 2 0-223 27 (1 994); Maekawa et al.? FEBS Letters 3 3 7: 200-206 (1 994)); and SHTP-containing PTP1 (Plutzky et al.? Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89 : 1 1 2 3-1 1 27 (1 9 92); Slien et al.? Nature Lond. 3 5 2: 7 3 6-7 3 9 (1991)) and PTP1D / Syp / SH-PTP2 (Vogel et al ·, Science 2 5 9: 1611-1614 (1993); Feng et al. 5 Science 2 5 9: 1 6 0 7-1 6 1 1 (1 9 9 3); B asteineta 1.? B iochem. B iophys Res. Comm. 196: 124-133 (1993)) ° Most receptor-type p τ Pases are extracellular regions bound by a) hypothetical ligands, b) membrane-penetrating fragments, and c) Intracellular catalytic region group -35- (32) 200416214. Non-limiting examples include CD45 / LCA (Ralph, S.J., EMBO J. 6: 1 2 5 1-1 2 5 7 (1 9 8 7); LAR (Streuli et al., J. Exp. Med 1 6 8: 1 5 2 3-1 5 3 0 (1 9 8 8); C harb ο η nea υ et a 1., Proc. Natl.

Acad. Sci. USA 8 6: 5 2 5 2 - 5 2 5 6 ( 1 9 8 9 )) ; CD45 (Trowbridge and Thomas, Ann. Rev. Immunol. 12: 85-116 ( 1 994)); PTPa (Krueger et al.,EMBO J. 9: 3 24 1 -3 2 5 2Acad. Sci. USA 8 6: 5 2 5 2-5 2 5 6 (1 9 8 9)); CD45 (Trowbridge and Thomas, Ann. Rev. Immunol. 12: 85-116 (1 994)); PTPa ( Krueger et al., EMBO J. 9: 3 24 1 -3 2 5 2

( 1 9 90); ΡΤΡβ (Krueger,同上);ΡΤΡδ (Krueger,同上); ΡΤΡε (Krueger,同上);ΡΤΡζ (Krueger,同上)。受體型 的 PTPases 的其他例子包含 ΡΤΡγ (Bamea et al·,Mol. Cell. Biol. 1 3 : 1 497 - 1 5 06 ( 1 9 9 5)) ; ΡΤΡμ (Gebbink et al.? FEB S Letters 2 90: 1 2 3 - 1 3 0 ( 1 99 1 )) ; PTPk (Jiang et al·,(1 9 90); PTPP (Krueger, ibid); PTδ (Krueger, ibid); PTε (Krueger, ibid); PTze (Krueger, ibid). Other examples of receptor-type PTPases include PTPγ (Bamea et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 1 3: 1 497-1 5 06 (1 9 9 5)); PTTP μ (Gebbink et al.? FEB S Letters 2 90: 1 2 3-1 3 0 (1 99 1)); PTPk (Jiang et al.,

Mol. Cell. Biol. 1 3 : 2 942-2 9 5 1 ( 1 9 9 3 )) ; SAP-1 (Matozaki et al” J. Biol. Chem. 269: 207 5 -20 8 1 ( 1 994));和 PTP- U2/GLEPP1 (Seimiya et al. ? Oncogene 10: 1 73 1 - 1 7 3 8Mol. Cell. Biol. 1 3: 2 942-2 9 5 1 (1 9 9 3)); SAP-1 (Matozaki et al ”J. Biol. Chem. 269: 207 5 -20 8 1 (1 994) ); And PTP- U2 / GLEPP1 (Seimiya et al.? Oncogene 10: 1 73 1-1 7 3 8

( 1 9 9 5 )) ; (Thomas e t a 1. ? J. Biol. Chem. 269: 19953-19962 ( 1 994))。新穎的PTPase持續地被鑑定出,可預期的是於 人類基因組中將可發現有5 0 0種以上不同的物質(即接近 蛋白質酪胺酸激酶總科之預期大小者)(H a 11 k s a n d H u n t e r 5 FASEB J. 9: 5 7 6-5 96 ( 1 995 ))。 雙專一性蛋白質酪胺酸磷酸酶(dsPTPase)定義PTPase 科中之一亞型,其可自磷酸酪胺酸以及磷酸絲胺酸/蘇胺 酸中水解出磷酸根。dsPTPase含有PTPase的識別序列: His_Cys-Xxx-Xxx-Gly-Xxx-Xxx-Arg。至少三種 dsPTPases 已顯示使細胞外經訊息調節的激酶(ERKs)/有絲分裂原活 -36- (33) (33)200416214 化的蛋白質激酶(M A P K ) : M A P K磷酸酶(C L 1 0 〇,3 C Η ] 3 4 ) 去磷酸化和失活(C h a r 1 e s e t a 1 .,P r o c . N a 11. A c a d · S c i. USA 9 0: 5 2 92 - 5 2 96 ( 1 993 )); PAC-1 (Ward et al.? Nature 367: 651-654 (1994)) ; rVH6 (Moure y et a 1.,J. Biol.(1 9 9 5)); (Thomas e t a 1.? J. Biol. Chem. 269: 19953-19962 (1 994)). Novel PTPases have been continuously identified, and it is expected that more than 500 different substances will be found in the human genome (that is, those close to the expected size of the protein tyrosine kinase family) (H a 11 ksand H unter 5 FASEB J. 9: 5 7 6-5 96 (1 995)). The bispecific protein tyrosine phosphatase (dsPTPase) defines one of the subtypes in the PTPase family, which hydrolyzes phosphate from phosphotyrosine and serine / threonine. dsPTPase contains the recognition sequence of PTPase: His_Cys-Xxx-Xxx-Gly-Xxx-Xxx-Arg. At least three types of dsPTPases have been shown to make extracellular message-regulated kinases (ERKs) / mitogens live -36- (33) (33) 200416214-ized protein kinase (MAPK): MAPK phosphatase (CL 1 0 〇, 3 C ] 3 4) Dephosphorylation and inactivation (C har 1 eseta 1., Proc. N a 11. A cad · S c i. USA 9 0: 5 2 92-5 2 96 (1 993)); PAC -1 (Ward et al.? Nature 367: 651-654 (1994)); rVH6 (Moure y et a 1., J. Biol.

Chem. 271: 3 7 9 5 -3 8 02 ( 1 9 96))。dsPTPase 的轉錄係由不 同的刺激所引發,例如氧化性壓力或熱休克(Ishibashi et al” J. Biol. Chem. 269: 29897-29902 ( 1 994); Keyse and Emslie,Nature 3 5 9: 644-647 ( 1 992))。此外,其可會 g 與細 胞週期的調節有關:cdc25 (Millar and Russell, Cell 68: 407-410 ( 1 9 9 2)) ; K A P (Hannon et al·,P r o c. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 9 1: 1 73 1 - 1 73 5 ( 1 994);評論參見 Walton andChem. 271: 3 7 9 5 -3 8 02 (1 9 96)). The transcription of dsPTPase is triggered by different stimuli, such as oxidative stress or heat shock (Ishibashi et al ”J. Biol. Chem. 269: 29897-29902 (1 994); Keyse and Emslie, Nature 3 5 9: 644- 647 (1 992)). In addition, it may be related to the regulation of the cell cycle: cdc25 (Millar and Russell, Cell 68: 407-410 (1 9 9 2)); KAP (Hannon et al., Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 9 1: 1 73 1-1 73 5 (1 994); for review see Walton and

Dixon, A η η u. Rev. Biochem. 62: 101-102 (1993))。 低分子量磷酸酪胺酸-蛋白質磷酸酶(LMW-PTPase)顯 示與如上所述之細胞內 PTP a se具有少量的序列相同性。 然而,此酵素屬於PTPase科,因爲至少具有PTPase活性 位點區段(C i r r i e t a 1.,E u 1. · J . B i 〇 c h e m · 2 1 4 : 6 4 7 - 6 5 7 (1993))。進一步的闡述請參見 Chiarugi et al.,FEBS Lett. 310: 9- 1 2 ( 1 9 92)和 Su et a]·,Nature 3 70: 5 7 5 - 5 7 8 ( 1 994) o 爲了測試和分析PTPase抑制活性,使用各種熟悉此 項技術人士所習知的方法測試本發明之化合物。例如,使 用DiFMUP磷酸酶分析法。DiFMUP (“磷酸6,8-二氟-4 -甲 基繳形基酯”)(Μ ο 1 e c u 1 a 1· P 1. 〇 b e s ) (1 0 m Μ )與η Μ濃度的磷 酸酶在含 50 nM Tris (pH 7)、1 50 niM NaC卜 5 mM DTT、 (34) (34)200416214 ]m Μ E D T A、0 · 0 1 % B S A之緩衝液中培育1 5分鐘。所得 之磷酸酶產物在3 5 5 /4 6 0 nm (ex/em)波長使用Victor V型 板計數器(Wallac)量測。在加至DiFMUP作用物之前,抑 制劑(0.002-40 mM)預先與磷酸酶培育10分鐘。利用 E X c e 1- F i t ® 得到 I C 5 〇 曲線。 C . 治療方法 本發明之化合物可用於治療患者之PTPase相關的疾 病之方法,其包含投服本發明之化合物。 本文中,“治療”乙辭意指,最低限度,投服本發明之 化合物於患者(宜爲哺乳動物患者,更宜爲人類)以減輕與 PTPase相關的疾病。因此,“治療”乙辭包含:預防患者 之PTPase相關的疾病(特別是當患者易感染疾病但未被診 斷罹患疾病時);抑制PTPase相關的疾病;及/或減輕或 逆轉P T P a s e相關的疾病。因此,本發明之方法係有關預 防PTPase相關的疾病,須明白的是,“預防”乙辭並不要 求疾病狀態完全被制止(參見 Webster’s Ninth Collegiate D i c t i ο n a r y)。反之,本文中之“預防”乙辭意指熟悉此項技 術人士鑑別出受PTPase相關的疾病的影響之患者的能力 ,使得以在P T P a s e相關的疾病發病之前投服本發明之化 合物。“預防”乙辭不表示疾病狀態可完全避免。P T P a s e 相關的疾病之高危險群患者,以第I型糖尿病爲例,是指 根據疾病家族史顯示遺傳性地易染糖尿病者。其他的危險 因素包含肥胖或飲食。 -38- (35) (35)200416214 本發明之PTPase相關的疾病的不同體系之說明如下 1 . 胰島素受體相關的疾病 於本發明之一方面中,PTPase相關的疾病是一種胰 島素受體酪胺酸激酶相關的疾病。本文中,“胰島素受體 酪胺酸激酶相關的疾病”係爲一種涉及胰島素受體酪胺酸 訊息傳導失效因而造成疾病的生物表現、造成產生疾病的 生物級聯、或造成疾病的病徵之疾病或失調症。於一體系 中,胰島素受體酪胺酸激酶相關的疾病係選自第I型糖尿 病、第Π型糖尿病、葡萄糖耐受不良、胰島素抗性和肥 胖。另一體系中,疾病是第II型糖尿病。 爲了測量和分析對抗胰島素受體酪胺酸激酶相關的疾 病之藥理活性,本發明化合物之動物試驗係根據許多先前 技藝中已知的分析方法進行。例如,本發明之化合物對抗 糖尿病之活性可使用設計用來測量經以實驗方法導入四氧 口密Π定(a 11 ο X a η)而引發糖尿病之老鼠的血糖量之分析方法而 加以測量。 2. 骨骼疾病 於本發明之一方面中,PTPase相關的疾病是一種骨 骼疾病。本文中,“骨骼疾病”係爲一種涉及成骨細胞增殖 失效因而造成疾病的生物表現、造成產生疾病的生物級聯 、或造成疾病的病徵之疾病或失調症。於一體系中,骨骨各 疾病係選自骨質疏鬆和Paget氏病。 爲了測量和分析對抗骨骼疾病之藥理活性,本發明化 -39- (36) (36)200416214 合物之動物試驗係根據許多先前技藝中已知的分析方法進 行。例如’本發明之化合物之抗骨骼疾病的活性可簡單地 使用設計用來測量本發明化合物增加骨量、骨質或密度的 能力之分析方法而加以證明。此分析方法的一例是卵巢經 摘除的老鼠的分析。於卵巢經摘除的老鼠的分析中,6個 月大的老鼠的卵巢被摘除,2個月後,每日經皮下投服測 驗化合物一次。完成硏究後,利用雙能量X-射線吸收光 譜(DXT)或末稍定量電腦χ-射線斷層照相法(pQCT)或微電 腦X-射線斷層照相法(mCT)而測量骨質及/或密度。或者 ’可使用靜態和動態組織形態測量法測量骨量的增加或生 成。 3 · 血管生成相關的疾病 於本發明之一方面中,PTPase相關的疾病是一種血 管生成相關的疾病。本文中,“血管生成,,係指於現有的血 管中形成新的血管。本文中,“血管生成相關的疾病,,包含 :(1)以非所欲或升高的血管生成爲特徵之失調症、疾病 及/或非所欲的病症,在本文中總稱爲“血管生成升高的疾 病”;或(2)以所欲或降低的血管生成爲特徵之失調症、疾 病及/或非所欲的病症,在本文中總稱爲“血管生成降低的 疾病”。 a. 血管生成升高的疾病 本文中,“血管生成升高的疾病”係指一種涉及失調症 、疾病及/或病症的生物表現、造成產生疾病的生物級聯 、或造成疾病的病徵之非所欲或升高的血管生成之疾病。 -40- (37) (37)200416214 血管生成升高的疾病與血管生成的“涉及(關聯性),,包含(但 不限於)下列:(1 )非所欲或升高的血管生成爲疾病或生物 表現之“原因” ’不論血管生成是經由感染、自體免疫、外 傷、生物力學因素、生活形態或其他因素而遺傳性地升高 ° (2)血管生成是所觀察到的疾病或失調症的表現的一部 份。換言之’疾病或失調症是可根據增加的血管生成而加 以測量的。由臨床的觀點而言,非所欲或升高的血管生成 顯示疾病’然而,血管生成不必成爲疾病或失調症的“標 誌”。(3 )非所欲或升高的血管生成是導致疾病或失調症之 生物化學或細胞級聯之一部份。關於此點,抑制血管生成 可阻礙級聯,並因而控制疾病。可由本發明治療之血管生 成升高的疾病的非限定性例子係如下文所述。 本發明之化合物可用於治療與視網膜/脈絡膜的新血 管生成相關的疾病,包含(但不限於):糖尿病性視網膜病 變、黃斑變性、鐮狀細胞性貧血、類肉瘤病、梅毒、彈力 纖維性假黃瘤、P a g e t氏病、靜脈閉塞、動脈閉塞、頸動 脈阻塞性疾病、慢性葡萄膜炎/玻璃體炎、分枝桿菌感染 、Lyme氏病、全身性紅斑狼瘡' 早產兒視網膜病變、 E ales氏病、Behcet氏病、造成視網膜炎或脈絡膜炎的感 染、推測的眼組織胞漿菌病、B e st氏病、近視、眼球凹陷 、Stargardt氏病、睫狀體平坦部炎症、慢性視網膜脫離 、高黏滯性徵候群、弓漿蟲病、外傷及雷射後倂發症。其 他疾病包含(但不限於)與發紅(房角(angle)新血管生成)相 關的疾病或由纖維血管或纖維組織之不正常增殖所造成的 -41 - (38) (38)200416214 疾病,包含所有形式之增殖性玻璃體視網膜病變,不論是 否與糖尿病有關連。 本發明之化合物可治療與慢性發炎相關的疾病。具有 慢性發炎的病徵之疾病包含炎性腸症例如Crohn氏病和潰 瘍性結腸炎、牛皮癬、類肉瘤病和類風濕性關節炎。血管 生成是上述慢性炎性疾病之共同具有的重要因素。慢性發 炎決定於毛細血管芽的連續形成以持續注入發炎細胞。發 炎細胞的注入量和存在產生肉芽腫,因而維持慢性發炎的 狀態。利用本發明之組成物和方法而抑制血管生成可防止 肉芽腫的形成和減輕疾病。 本發明化合物可用於治療罹患炎性腸症(例如Crohn 氏病和潰瘍性結腸炎)之患者。Crohn氏病和潰瘍性結腸 炎均是以胃腸道中各個位置之慢性發炎和血管生成爲特徵 。Crohn氏病之特徵是於整個胃腸道中之慢性肉芽腫性發 炎,其係由周遭包圍著發炎細胞柱的新毛細血管芽所組成 。本發明化合物之防止血管生成的作用抑制芽的生成和防 止肉芽腫的生成。Crohn氏病以慢性透壁性炎性疾病形式 出現,最常影響末稍迴腸和結腸但可能亦出現於口腔至肛 門間之胃腸道的任何部位及肛門周圍區域。罹患C 1. 〇 h η氏 病的患者通常產生與腹痛、發燒、厭食、體重減輕和不正 常腫脹相關的慢性腹瀉。潰瘍性結腸炎亦是慢性、非專一 性、炎性和潰瘍性的疾病,發生於結腸黏膜,且其特徵是 血性腹瀉。 炎性腸症亦顯示有腸外表現,例如皮膚受損。此種受 -42- (39) (39)200416214 損的特徵爲發炎和血管生成,亦可發生於胃腸道以外之許 多部位。本發明之化合物可藉由防止血管生成因而降低發 炎細胞的注入量和受損的形成而治療此種受損。 類肉瘤病是另外一種慢性發炎的疾病,其特徵爲多系 統肉芽腫疾病。此種疾病的肉芽腫可發生於身體的任何部 位,因此病徵決定於肉芽腫的部位及疾病是否爲活性。肉 芽腫係由生成血管的毛細血管芽供給固定量之發炎細胞所 產生。 本發明之化合物亦可治療與牛皮癖相關之慢性發炎的 病症。牛皮癖是一種皮膚病,爲另一種慢性且復發性疾病 ,其特徵是各種大小的丘疹和斑。防止維持特徵性的受損 所必須的新血管生成使得以減輕病徵。 另一種可爲本發明之化合物所治療之疾病是類風濕性 關節炎。類風濕性關節炎是一種慢性發炎的病症,其特徵 爲末稍關節之非專一性發炎。吾人相信是關節滑膜襯中的 血管產生血管增生的現象。除了形成新的血管網絡外,內 皮細胞釋放出因子和反應性氧物質而導致關節翳生長和軟 骨的破壞。與血管生成相關的因子可活性地助長和幫助維 持類風濕性關節炎之慢性發炎的狀態。其他可爲本發明之 化合物所治療的疾病是血管瘤、Osler-Weber-Rendu氏病 、或遺傳性出血性微血管擴張、實性或血性骨腫瘤和後天 免疫不全徵候群。 b . 血管生成降低的疾病 本文中,“血管生成降低的疾病,,乙辭意指與用以治療 -43 - (40) (40)200416214 疾病、失調症、及/或病症之所欲或刺激的血管生成相關 的疾病。此疾病的特徵爲罹患缺血性傷害、感染及/或癒 合不良或具罹患缺血性傷害、感染及/或癒合不良的危險 性之組織,而當組織因循環不良而導致含氧血液供應量不 足時形成疾病。 本文中,“組織”乙辭係廣義地解釋,包含(但不限於) 下列:心臟組織例如心肌和心室;勃起組織;骨骼肌肉; 神經組織例如小腦;內部器官例如大腦、心臟、胰臟、肝 臟、脾臟和肺臟;或身體的一般性部位例如整個四肢、足 、或末稍的附屬肢體例如手指或腳趾。 i. 血管化缺血組織的方法 於治療血管生成降低的疾病的方法中,本發明之化合 物可用於血管化缺血組織的方法。本文中,“缺血組織”乙 辭意指血流量不足。缺血組織的例子包含(但不限於)因心 肌和大腦梗塞、腸系膜或四肢缺血或血管閉塞或狹窄而導 致血流量供應不足之組織。其中一例是,因血管閉塞而造 成含氧血液的供應被打斷。此種血管閉塞可由動脈硬化、 外傷、外科手術過程、疾病及/或其他的倂發症所造成。 判斷組織是否具有因非所欲的血管閉塞而罹患缺血傷害的 危險性的方法有許多種。判斷方法已爲治療此類病症之醫 醫療人員所習知。例如,對於心臟疾病而言,上述方法包 含各種成像技術(例如放射追蹤法、X _射線和M RI)和生理 學試驗。因此,於罹患血管閉塞或具罹患血管閉塞危險性 之組織內引發血管生成是一種有效預防及/或減輕該組織 (41) (41)200416214 的缺血現象之方法。因此,骨fg肌肉和心肌缺血、中風、 冠狀動脈疾病、末稍血管疾病的治療是可預期的。 任何熟悉此項技術人士可使用標準技術檢測出組織的 血管化作用。檢測患者的血管化作用的非限定性例子包含 :SPECT (單光子發射電腦斷層照相法);pet (正子發射 斷層照相法);M RI (核磁共振成像法);及其組合,係藉 由測量治療前後流至組織的血流量而得。血管造影術用於 分析巨觀的血管供應。組織學的評估可用於定量小血管層 次的血管供應。上述和其他技術的討論見Simons,et al.5 “Clinical trials in coronary angiogenesis”,Circulation, 102, 73-86 (2000) ° ii. 修復組織的方法 於治療血管生成降低的疾病的方法中,本發明之化合 物可用於修復組織的方法。本文中,“修復組織,,乙辭意指 促進組織修復、再生、生長及/或維持,包含(但不限於)傷 口修復或組織工程。熟悉此項技術人士立即領會新血管生 成是組織修復所必要的。其次,組織可能因下列因素(但 不限於此)而受損:外傷性傷害或病症包含關節炎、骨質 疏鬆及其他骨骼疾病、和燒傷。組織亦可能因外科手術過 程、輻射、撕裂、毒性化學品、病毒感染、細菌感染或燒 傷所造成的傷害而受損。需要修復的組織亦包含未癒合的 傷口。未癒合的傷口的非限定性例子包含因糖尿病病變所 造成之未癒合的皮膚潰瘍;或未立即癒合的骨折。 本發明之化合物亦可於導向式組織再生(G T R)過程中 (42) (42)200416214 用於幫助組織修復的方法。此種方法目前爲熟悉醫療技術 的人士應用於侵入性外科手術過程之後的加速傷口癒合。 本發明之化合物亦可用於促進組織修復方法,其特徵 爲在組織工程的方法中增進組織的生長。本文中,“組織 工程”乙辭係定義爲創造、設計、和製造生物學上假體的 裝置,與合成或天然的材料倂用,以增加或置換身體組織 或器官。因此,本發明之方法可於身體外部用以增強人類 器官的設計和生長,以供日後在生病組織的修復或置換中 用於植入。例如,本發明之化合物可用於促進皮膚移植置 換物的生長而於燒傷治療中用作爲治療劑。 於組織工程的另一方面中,本發明之化合物可包含在 含細胞或無細胞的裝置中,而當該裝置被植入於需要再生 的位置時可引發官能性人類組織的再生。如上所述,生物 材料導向式組織再生可於例如牙周病中用於促進骨骼的再 生。因此’ AMP可在傷口或其他需要修復的組織的位置 上促進與三度空間的組態組合之經修復的組織生長。 於組織工程的另一方面中,本發明之化合物可包含在 含有設計用來取代生病的內部組織之人類組織之內部或外 部的裝置中。此種方法包含自人體單離出細胞,將之置於 結構基質上方或內部,及將新系統植入體內或在體外使用 該系統。本發明之方法可於該基質內促進基質內所含之組 織的生長。例如,化合物可包含在具有細胞的血管移植物 中以促進移植物中之細胞的生長。可以想像的是,本發明 之方法可於產物(例如軟骨和骨骼、中樞神經系統組織、 -46- (43) (43)200416214 肌肉、肝臟和胰島(製造胰島素的)細胞)中增進組織修復 、組織再生和組織工程。 4 . 血管張力相關的疾病 於本發明之一方面中,PTPase相關的疾病係爲血管 張力相關的疾病。本文中,“血管張力相關的疾病”係爲一 種涉及內皮PTK訊息傳導失效因而造成疾病的生物表現 、造成產生疾病的生物級聯、或造成疾病的病徵之疾病或 失調症。於一體系中,血管張力相關的疾病係選自原發性 高血壓、繼發性高血壓、肺動脈高血壓和門靜脈高血壓。 5. 血管滲透性相關的疾病 於本發明之一方面中,PTPase相關的疾病係爲血管 滲透性相關的疾病。本文中,“血管滲透性相關的疾病”係 爲一種涉及VEGF引發的血管滲透性失效因而造成疾病的 生物表現、造成產生疾病的生物級聯、或造成疾病的病徵 之疾病或失調症。於一體系中,血管滲透性相關的疾病係 選自中風、敗血性休克、燒傷、呼吸窘迫徵候群和充血性 心臟衰竭。 6. VEGF相關的疾病 於本發明之一方面中,PTPase相關的疾病係爲VEGF 相關的疾病。本文中,“VEGF相關的疾病”係爲一種涉及 VEGF訊息傳導失效因而造成疾病的生物表現、造成產生 疾病的生物級聯、或造成疾病的病徵之疾病或失調症。於 一體系中,V E G F相關的疾病係選自心臟衰竭、心肌梗塞 (Μ I )、糖尿病性和缺血性神經病、骨質疏鬆、骨折痊癒、 (44) (44)200416214 傷口痊癒和毛髮減少Dixon, A n u. Rev. Biochem. 62: 101-102 (1993)). Low-molecular-weight phosphotyrosine-protein phosphatase (LMW-PTPase) shows a small amount of sequence identity with intracellular PTPase as described above. However, this enzyme belongs to the PTPase family because it has at least a PTPase active site segment (Cirrieta 1., E u 1. · J. B i 〇chem · 2 1 4: 6 4 7-6 5 7 (1993)) . For further elaboration, see Chiarugi et al., FEBS Lett. 310: 9- 1 2 (1 9 92) and Su et a] ·, Nature 3 70: 5 7 5-5 7 8 (1 994) o For testing and The PTPase inhibitory activity is analyzed and the compounds of the invention are tested using a variety of methods familiar to those skilled in the art. For example, the DiFMUP phosphatase assay is used. DiFMUP ("6,8-difluoro-4 -methylcrotyl phosphate") (Μ ο 1 ecu 1 a 1 · P 1. 〇bes) (10 m Μ) and η Μ concentration of phosphatase in Incubate in a buffer containing 50 nM Tris (pH 7), 1 50 niM NaC and 5 mM DTT, (34) (34) 200416214] m EDTA, 0.1% BSA for 15 minutes. The resulting phosphatase product was measured at a wavelength of 3 55/460 nm (ex / em) using a Victor V-type plate counter (Wallac). The inhibitor (0.002-40 mM) was pre-incubated with phosphatase for 10 minutes before adding to the DiFMUP substrate. The I C 5 〇 curve was obtained using E X c e 1- F i t ®. C. Therapeutic methods The compounds of the present invention are useful in methods of treating PTPase-related diseases in patients, which comprise administering the compounds of the present invention. As used herein, the phrase "treatment" means, at a minimum, administration of a compound of the present invention to a patient (preferably a mammalian patient, more preferably a human) to reduce PTPase-related diseases. Therefore, the phrase "treatment" includes: preventing a patient's PTPase-related disease (especially when the patient is susceptible to a disease but not being diagnosed with the disease); inhibiting a PTPase-related disease; and / or reducing or reversing a PTPase-related disease . Therefore, the method of the present invention is related to the prevention of PTPase-related diseases. It must be understood that the word "prevention" does not require that the disease state be completely stopped (see Webster's Ninth Collegiate Di c t i ο n a r y). Conversely, the term "prevention" in this document means the ability of a person skilled in the art to identify patients affected by PTPase-related diseases, so that the compounds of the present invention can be administered before the onset of P Tase-related diseases. The word "prevention" does not mean that the disease state can be completely avoided. Patients with a high-risk group of diseases related to P T P a s e, taking type I diabetes as an example, are those who have been genetically susceptible to diabetes based on the family history of the disease. Other risk factors include obesity or diet. -38- (35) (35) 200416214 The different systems of the PTPase-related diseases of the present invention are explained as follows 1. Insulin receptor-related diseases In one aspect of the present invention, the PTPase-related diseases is an insulin receptor tyramine Acid kinase-related diseases. As used herein, "insulin receptor tyrosine kinase-associated disease" refers to a disease that involves the failure of the insulin receptor tyrosine signaling to cause biological manifestations of the disease, the biological cascade that causes the disease, or the symptoms that cause the disease Or disorders. In one system, the insulin receptor tyrosine kinase-related diseases are selected from the group consisting of type I diabetes, type II diabetes, glucose intolerance, insulin resistance, and obesity. In another system, the disease is type II diabetes. In order to measure and analyze the pharmacological activity against diseases related to the insulin receptor tyrosine kinase, animal testing of the compounds of the present invention is performed according to many analytical methods known in the prior art. For example, the anti-diabetic activity of the compounds of the present invention can be measured using an analytical method designed to measure the blood glucose level of experimentally induced diabetes mellitus in rats induced by tetraoxymidine (a 11 ο X a η). 2. Bone Disease In one aspect of the present invention, the PTPase-related disease is a bone disease. As used herein, "skeletal disease" refers to a disease or disorder that involves the failure of osteoblasts to proliferate and cause the biological manifestations of the disease, the biological cascade that causes the disease, or the symptoms that cause the disease. In one system, the bone and bone diseases are selected from osteoporosis and Paget's disease. In order to measure and analyze the pharmacological activity against skeletal diseases, the animal tests of the compound of the present invention -39- (36) (36) 200416214 are performed according to many analytical methods known in the prior art. For example, the anti-bone disease activity of the compound of the present invention can be demonstrated simply by using an analytical method designed to measure the ability of the compound of the present invention to increase bone mass, bone mass or density. An example of this analysis method is the analysis of mice with ovaries removed. In the analysis of ovarian-extracted mice, the ovaries of 6-month-old mice were removed, and 2 months later, the test compound was administered subcutaneously once daily. After completion of the study, bone energy and / or density were measured using dual-energy X-ray absorption spectroscopy (DXT) or inferior computerized tomography (pQCT) or microcomputer X-ray tomography (mCT). Alternatively, the increase or generation of bone mass can be measured using static and dynamic tissue morphometry. 3. Angiogenesis-related disease In one aspect of the present invention, a PTPase-related disease is an angiogenesis-related disease. In this article, "angiogenesis refers to the formation of new blood vessels in existing blood vessels. In this article," angiogenesis-related diseases include: (1) disorders characterized by undesired or elevated angiogenesis Diseases, diseases and / or undesired conditions, collectively referred to herein as "increased angiogenesis diseases"; or (2) disorders, diseases and / or undesired conditions characterized by desired or reduced angiogenesis The desired condition is collectively referred to herein as "a disease with reduced angiogenesis." a. Angiogenesis-increasing disease In this context, "increasing angiogenesis disease" refers to a biological manifestation involving a disorder, disease, and / or condition, the biological cascade that causes the disease, or the symptoms of the disease Desired or elevated angiogenic disease. -40- (37) (37) 200416214 "Involvement (relevance) of angiogenesis-related diseases and angiogenesis, including (but not limited to) the following: (1) Unwanted or elevated angiogenesis is a disease Or the "cause" of biological manifestation 'whether angiogenesis is genetically elevated through infection, autoimmunity, trauma, biomechanical factors, lifestyle or other factors ° (2) angiogenesis is the observed disease or disorder Part of the manifestation of the disease. In other words 'disease or disorder can be measured based on increased angiogenesis. From a clinical point of view, unwanted or elevated angiogenesis indicates disease' However, angiogenesis does not have to be Become a "sign" of disease or disorder. (3) Unwanted or elevated angiogenesis is part of the biochemical or cellular cascade that leads to the disease or disorder. In this regard, inhibition of angiogenesis can hinder the grade And thus control the disease. Non-limiting examples of diseases with increased angiogenesis that can be treated by the present invention are described below. The compounds of the present invention are useful in the treatment of the retina / choroid Diseases related to neoangiogenesis, including (but not limited to): diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, sickle cell anemia, sarcomatoid disease, syphilis, elastic fibrous pseudoxanthoma, Paget's disease, venous occlusion, arteries Occlusion, carotid obstructive disease, chronic uveitis / vitreitis, mycobacterial infection, Lyme's disease, systemic lupus erythematosus' retinopathy of prematurity, Eales disease, Behcet's disease, causing retinitis or choroiditis Infection, speculative ocular cytoplasmosis, Best's disease, myopia, eyeball depression, Stargardt's disease, inflammation of the flat part of the ciliary body, chronic retinal detachment, high viscosity syndrome, toxoplasmosis, Trauma and eruption after laser. Other diseases include (but are not limited to) diseases related to redness (angle angiogenesis) or caused by abnormal proliferation of fibrous blood vessels or tissues -41- (38) (38) 200416214 Disease, including all forms of proliferative vitreoretinopathy, whether or not it is associated with diabetes. The compounds of the present invention can be used to treat chronic Diseases related to inflammation. Diseases with symptoms of chronic inflammation include inflammatory bowel disease such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis, psoriasis, sarcomatoid disease and rheumatoid arthritis. Angiogenesis is a common feature of the above chronic inflammatory diseases An important factor in chronic inflammation. It depends on the continuous formation of capillary buds to continuously inject inflammatory cells. The amount and presence of inflammatory cells produces granulomas, thus maintaining a chronic inflammatory state. The composition and method of the present invention are used to inhibit angiogenesis. It can prevent the formation of granuloma and reduce the disease. The compounds of the present invention can be used to treat patients suffering from inflammatory bowel disease (such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis). Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis are located in various places in the gastrointestinal tract It is characterized by chronic inflammation and angiogenesis. Crohn's disease is characterized by chronic granulomatous inflammation throughout the gastrointestinal tract, which consists of new capillary buds surrounding a column of inflammatory cells. The antiangiogenic effect of the compounds of the present invention inhibits the formation of buds and prevents the formation of granulomas. Crohn's disease occurs as a chronic transmural inflammatory disease that most often affects the terminal ileum and colon but may also appear anywhere in the gastrointestinal tract from the mouth to the anus and around the anus. Patients with C 1. 0 h η disease usually develop chronic diarrhea associated with abdominal pain, fever, anorexia, weight loss, and abnormal swelling. Ulcerative colitis is also a chronic, non-specific, inflammatory, and ulcerative disease that occurs in the colonic mucosa and is characterized by bloody diarrhea. Inflammatory bowel disease also shows extraintestinal manifestations, such as skin damage. This damage -42- (39) (39) 200416214 is characterized by inflammation and angiogenesis, and can also occur in many locations outside the gastrointestinal tract. The compounds of the present invention can treat such damage by preventing angiogenesis and thereby reducing the amount of inflammatory cells injected and the formation of damage. Sarcomatoid disease is another chronic inflammatory disease characterized by a multisystem granulomatous disease. Granulomas of this disease can occur anywhere in the body, so the symptoms depend on the location of the granulomas and whether the disease is active. Granulomas are produced by a fixed amount of inflammatory cells supplied by angiogenic capillary buds. The compounds of the present invention can also treat chronic inflammatory conditions associated with psoriasis. Psoriasis is a skin disease, another chronic and recurrent disease, characterized by pimples and patches of various sizes. Preventing the formation of new blood vessels necessary to maintain the characteristic damage allows the symptoms to be alleviated. Another disease that can be treated by the compounds of the present invention is rheumatoid arthritis. Rheumatoid arthritis is a chronic inflammatory condition characterized by non-specific inflammation of the terminal joints. I believe it is the phenomenon of vascular proliferation in the blood vessels in the synovial lining of the joint. In addition to the formation of a new vascular network, endothelial cells release factors and reactive oxygen species that lead to the growth of articular condyles and the destruction of cartilage. Angiogenesis-related factors can actively promote and help maintain the chronic inflammatory state of rheumatoid arthritis. Other diseases that can be treated by the compounds of the present invention are hemangiomas, Osler-Weber-Rendu's disease, or hereditary hemorrhagic microangiectasis, solid or bloody bone tumors, and acquired immune deficiency syndromes. b. Diseases with reduced angiogenesis In this context, "disorders with reduced angiogenesis," the meaning refers to the desire or stimulation to treat -43-(40) (40) 200416214 diseases, disorders, and / or conditions. Angiogenesis-related disease. This disease is characterized by tissues at risk of ischemic injury, infection, and / or poor healing, or tissues at risk of ischemic injury, infection, and / or poor healing. As a result, diseases can occur when the supply of oxygenated blood is insufficient. In this article, the term “tissue” is used in a broad sense and includes (but is not limited to) the following: cardiac tissues such as the heart muscle and ventricles; erectile tissues; skeletal muscles; neural tissues such as the cerebellum Internal organs such as the brain, heart, pancreas, liver, spleen, and lungs; or general parts of the body such as the entire limbs, feet, or peripheral appendages such as fingers or toes. I. Methods of vascularizing ischemic tissue in In the method of treating a disease with reduced angiogenesis, the compound of the present invention can be used in a method of vascularizing ischemic tissue. Herein, "ischemic tissue" means Insufficient blood flow. Examples of ischemic tissue include, but are not limited to, tissues with insufficient blood flow due to myocardial and cerebral infarction, mesenteric or limb extremity ischemia or vascular occlusion or stenosis. One example is due to vascular occlusion. Oxygen blood supply is interrupted. This vascular occlusion can be caused by arteriosclerosis, trauma, surgical procedures, disease, and / or other scurvy. Determine whether the tissue has ischemic injury due to undesired vascular occlusion There are many ways to determine the dangers. Judgment methods are already known to medical professionals treating such conditions. For example, for heart diseases, the above methods include various imaging techniques (such as radiation tracking, X-ray and M RI) and physiological tests. Therefore, initiating angiogenesis in tissues suffering from or at risk of vascular occlusion is an effective method to prevent and / or alleviate the ischemic phenomenon of the tissue (41) (41) 200416214. Therefore, the treatment of bone fg muscle and myocardial ischemia, stroke, coronary artery disease, and peripheral vascular disease is to be expected. Anyone familiar with Those skilled in the art can detect vascularization of tissues using standard techniques. Non-limiting examples of detecting vascularization of patients include: SPECT (single photon emission computed tomography); pet (positron emission tomography); M RI (NMR imaging); and combinations thereof, obtained by measuring blood flow to the tissue before and after treatment. Angiography is used to analyze macroscopic vascular supply. Histological evaluation can be used to quantify small blood vessel levels Supply. For a discussion of the above and other technologies, see Simons, et al. 5 "Clinical trials in coronary angiogenesis", Circulation, 102, 73-86 (2000) ° ii. Methods for repairing tissues in methods for treating diseases with reduced angiogenesis The compounds of the present invention can be used in methods for repairing tissues. In this article, "repair tissue" means to promote tissue repair, regeneration, growth, and / or maintenance, including (but not limited to) wound repair or tissue engineering. Those skilled in the art will immediately understand that new angiogenesis is a tissue repair facility. Necessary. Second, tissue may be damaged by, but not limited to, the following factors: traumatic injuries or conditions include arthritis, osteoporosis and other bone diseases, and burns. Tissues may also be damaged due to surgical procedures, radiation, tearing Damage caused by cracks, toxic chemicals, viral infections, bacterial infections, or burns. Tissues that require repair also include unhealed wounds. Non-limiting examples of unhealed wounds include unhealed due to diabetic lesions A skin ulcer; or a fracture that does not heal immediately. The compounds of the present invention can also be used in guided tissue regeneration (GTR) (42) (42) 200416214 methods to help tissue repair. This method is currently familiar with medical technology The compounds are used to accelerate wound healing after an invasive surgical procedure. The compounds of the invention can also be used The method of tissue repair is characterized by enhancing the growth of tissue in the method of tissue engineering. In this paper, the term “tissue engineering” is defined as the device for creating, designing and manufacturing biological prosthesis, and synthetic or natural Materials are used to add or replace body tissues or organs. Therefore, the method of the present invention can be used outside the body to enhance the design and growth of human organs for future implantation in the repair or replacement of diseased tissues. For example The compound of the present invention can be used to promote the growth of skin graft replacements and used as a therapeutic agent in the treatment of burns. In another aspect of tissue engineering, the compound of the present invention can be contained in a cell-containing or cell-free device, and When the device is implanted in a location where regeneration is required, it can trigger regeneration of functional human tissue. As mentioned above, biomaterial-guided tissue regeneration can be used, for example, in periodontal disease to promote bone regeneration. Therefore 'AMP can be used in The location of a wound or other tissue requiring repair promotes the growth of repaired tissue in combination with a three-dimensional configuration. In another aspect of the process, the compounds of the present invention may be contained within or outside a device containing human tissue designed to replace diseased internal tissue. This method involves detaching cells from the human body and placing them in a structure Above or inside the stroma, and implanting a new system into the body or using the system in vitro. The method of the present invention can promote the growth of tissues contained in the stroma within the stroma. For example, a compound can be contained in a vascular graft with cells In order to promote the growth of cells in the graft. It is conceivable that the method of the present invention can be used in products (such as cartilage and bone, central nervous system tissue, -46- (43) (43) 200416214 muscle, liver and islet ( (Insulin-producing cells) to promote tissue repair, tissue regeneration, and tissue engineering. 4. Vascular tension-related diseases In one aspect of the invention, PTPase-related diseases are vascular tension-related diseases. In this article, "vascular tension-related disease" refers to a disease or disorder that involves the biological manifestation of the disease caused by the failure of endothelial PTK signaling, the biological cascade that causes the disease, or the symptoms that cause the disease. In one system, vascular tension-related diseases are selected from the group consisting of primary hypertension, secondary hypertension, pulmonary hypertension, and portal hypertension. 5. Diseases related to vascular permeability In one aspect of the present invention, diseases related to PTPase are diseases related to vascular permeability. As used herein, a "vascular permeability-related disease" refers to a disease or disorder that involves VEGF-induced vascular permeability failure and thus causes the biological manifestations of the disease, the biological cascade that causes the disease, or the symptoms that cause the disease. In one system, vascular permeability-related diseases are selected from the group consisting of stroke, septic shock, burns, respiratory distress syndrome, and congestive heart failure. 6. VEGF-related diseases In one aspect of the present invention, the PTPase-related diseases are VEGF-related diseases. As used herein, a "VEGF-related disease" is a disease or disorder that involves the biological manifestations of a disease resulting from the failure of VEGF signaling, the biological cascade that causes the disease, or the symptoms that cause the disease. In one system, VE G F-related diseases are selected from the group consisting of heart failure, myocardial infarction (MI), diabetic and ischemic neuropathy, osteoporosis, fracture healing, (44) (44) 200416214 wound healing and hair reduction

Mukherjee, R. et al.,J. Cardiac Failure; 7 Suppl 2: 7 (2 0 0 1 )揭示一種適合的Μ I心臟藥理模式。簡言之,準備 可於彎曲的冠狀動脈上植入閉塞裝置而引發心肌梗塞的豬 隻,並且於預定梗塞的區域放入放射斑標記以測量梗塞的 擴大(詳見下文)。在藉由活化閉塞裝置而引發MI之前和 之後的不同時間點測量左心室(以下縮寫爲“LV”)的體積與 標記珠間的距離。 本發明之化合物之有效治療MI的功效可利用因結紮 彎曲的冠狀動脈而引發MI的豬模式加以硏究。將動物分 配於下列治療群組之一 :(1)在心肌梗塞之前3天開始每 天三次經口投服1或1 〇 mg/kg之式⑴所示之化合物;(2) 在MI之後第3天開始每天三次經口投服1〇 mg/kg之上述 化合物;(3) MI但無活性治療;或(4)無心肌梗塞或藥物 治療。在MI後第1 〇天,利用心室造影術測量LV末稍的 心臟舒張體積(以下縮寫爲“LVEDV”)。所有MI群組的 LVEDV均增力□。因式⑴所示之化合物而造成LVEDV增力口 量的減少顯示化合物可有效地預防或治療越來越嚴重的心 室擴張,以及後續之C H F的發展。 V. 組成物 本發明之化合物可以組成物的形式投服,該組成物包 含:U)安全和有效劑量之本發明的化合物;及(b)藥學上 可接受之載體。本發明之組成物可用於治療PTPase相關 (45) (45)200416214 的疾病。 本發明之化合物之“安全和有效劑量”是指當以本發明 之方法使用時,有效地治療PTPase相關的疾病而不會產 生過度的不良副作用(例如毒性、刺激或過敏反應)且具有 合理的利益/危險比率之劑量。特定的“安全和有效劑量 將隨著多種因素而變化,例如特定之待治療的病症、患者 的生理狀況、治療的持續期間、同時發生的治療(如果存 在的話)的性質、所用之特定劑型、所用的賦形劑、所含 本發明化合物的溶解度、及適合組成物的劑型攝生法。本 文中之“藥學上可接受之載體”乙辭意指一或多種適合投服 於動物(宜爲哺乳動物,更宜爲人類)之相容的固體或液體 塡充劑、稀釋劑或封膠物質。本文中之“相容的”乙辭意指 組成物的成份可與本發明化合物混合且彼此間相混合,而 且在一般的使用條件下不會產生實質上降低組成物的藥學 功效之作用。當然,藥學上可接受之載體必須是純度夠高 且毒性夠低以使其適合投服於待治療的患者(宜爲哺乳動 物,更宜爲人類)。 可作爲藥學上可接受之載體或其成份之物質的例子是 :糖(例如乳糖、葡萄糖和蔗糖);澱粉;纖維素(例如羧 甲基纖維素鈉、乙基纖維素、和甲基纖維素);黃蓍膠粉 ;麥芽;明膠;滑石;固體潤滑劑(例如硬脂酸和硬脂酸 鎂);硫酸鈣;植物油(例如花生油、棉子油、芝麻油、橄 欖油、玉米油、和可可油);多元醇(例如丙二醇、甘油、 山梨糖醇、甘露糖醇、和聚乙二醇);藻酸;乳化齊彳(例如 - 49- (46) 200416214Mukherjee, R. et al., J. Cardiac Failure; 7 Suppl 2: 7 (2 0 0 1) revealed a suitable MI cardiac pharmacology model. In brief, pigs can be implanted in a curved coronary artery to cause myocardial infarction, and radioplaque markers are placed in the area of the intended infarct to measure infarct enlargement (see below). The distance between the volume of the left ventricle (hereinafter abbreviated as "LV") and the marker beads was measured at different time points before and after MI was triggered by activating the occlusion device. The efficacy of the compounds of the present invention in the effective treatment of MI can be investigated using a pig model that triggers MI by ligating a curved coronary artery. Animals were assigned to one of the following treatment groups: (1) 3 or more oral administration of a compound represented by formula (1) or 10 mg / kg three times daily before myocardial infarction; (2) 3rd after MI Orally administer 10 mg / kg of the above-mentioned compound three times a day starting from the day; (3) MI without active treatment; or (4) no myocardial infarction or drug treatment. On the 10th day after MI, ventricular angiography was used to measure the diastolic volume at the end of LV (hereinafter abbreviated as "LVEDV"). LVEDV in all MI groups has increased □. The decrease in the LVEDV booster due to the compound represented by formula (i) shows that the compound is effective in preventing or treating increasingly severe ventricular dilatation and the subsequent development of CHF. V. Compositions The compounds of the present invention may be administered in the form of a composition comprising: U) a safe and effective dose of a compound of the present invention; and (b) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The composition of the present invention can be used to treat PTPase-related (45) (45) 200416214 diseases. A "safe and effective dose" of a compound of the present invention means that when used in the method of the present invention, it is effective in treating PTPase-related diseases without causing excessive adverse side effects (such as toxicity, irritation, or allergic reactions) and is reasonable Benefit / risk ratio dose. The specific "safe and effective dose will vary depending on a number of factors, such as the particular condition to be treated, the patient's physical condition, the duration of the treatment, the nature of the concurrent treatment (if any), the particular dosage form used, The excipients used, the solubility of the compounds of the invention contained, and the dosage form suitable for the composition. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" as used herein means one or more suitable for administration to animals (preferably lactating) Animal, more preferably human) compatible solid or liquid fillers, diluents or sealants. The term "compatible" in this context means that the ingredients of the composition can be mixed with the compounds of the present invention and between each other. They are mixed and do not produce a substantial reduction in the pharmaceutical efficacy of the composition under normal conditions of use. Of course, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier must be high in purity and low in toxicity to make it suitable for administration to a treatment. Of patients (preferably mammals, more preferably humans). Examples of substances that can be used as a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or component thereof are: sugars (e.g. lactose, Glucose and sucrose); starch; cellulose (such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, and methyl cellulose); tragacanth powder; malt; gelatin; talc; solid lubricants (such as stearin Acids and magnesium stearate); calcium sulfate; vegetable oils (such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil, and cocoa butter); polyols (such as propylene glycol, glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol, and Polyethylene glycol); alginic acid; emulsified hydrazone (eg-49- (46) 200416214

Tween®);濕潤齊!J (例如月桂基硫酸鈉);色料;香料;壓 錠劑;安定劑;抗氧化劑;防腐劑;無熱原(pyrogen)的水 ;等渗鹽水;及憐酸鹽緩衝液。 與本發明化合物倂用之藥學上可接受之載體的選擇基 本上決定於化合物的投服途徑。Tween®); moist! J (such as sodium lauryl sulfate); colorants; flavors; pastilles; stabilizers; antioxidants; preservatives; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; and phosphonate buffer. The choice of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier for use with a compound of the present invention is basically determined by the route of administration of the compound.

特別是’供全身投服用之藥學上可接受之載體包含糖 、澱粉、纖維素及其衍生物、麥芽、明膠、滑石、硫酸鈣 、植物油、合成油、多元醇、藻酸、磷酸鹽緩衝液、乳化 劑、等滲鹽水、及無熱原(pyrogen)的水。供非經腸投服用 的載體較宜包含丙二醇、油酸乙酯、吡咯烷酮、乙醇、和 芝麻油。供非經腸投服用之組成物中之藥學上可接受之載 體較宜佔組成物總重之至少約90%。In particular, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers for systemic administration include sugar, starch, cellulose and its derivatives, malt, gelatin, talc, calcium sulfate, vegetable oils, synthetic oils, polyols, alginic acid, phosphate buffers Liquids, emulsifiers, isotonic saline, and pyrogen-free water. Carriers for parenteral administration preferably include propylene glycol, ethyl oleate, pyrrolidone, ethanol, and sesame oil. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers in the composition for parenteral administration preferably comprise at least about 90% of the total weight of the composition.

本發明之組成物宜是以單位劑型的形式提供。本文中 之“單位劑型”是指根據良好的醫藥實務而含有適合投服於 患者的劑量之本發明化合物的本發明的組成物。上述組成 物宜含有約5 mg (毫克)至約1 0 00 mg,宜約10 mg至約 5 00 mg,更宜約10 mg至約3 00 mg,之本發明化合物。 本發明之組成物可爲任何適合於例如經口、直腸、局 部、鼻、眼或非經腸投服的形式。決定於所欲之特定的投 服途徑,可使用各種先前技藝中習知之藥學上可接受的載 體,包含固體或液體塡充劑、稀釋劑、增溶劑 (hydrotrope)、表面活性劑、和封膠物質。本發明之組成 物可含有不會實質上千擾本發明化合物的抑制活性之任意 的藥學活性物質。與本發明化合物倂用之載體的含量係在 -50- (47) 200416214 投服單位劑量之本發明化合物時足以提供實際量的物質者 。可用於製備供本發明之方法用的單位劑量型式之技術和 組成物已揭示於下列文獻,其內容完全倂入本文以爲參考 :Modern Pharmaceutics, Chapters 9 and 10 (Banker & Rhodes, editors,1 97 9) ; Lieberman et al.5 Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Tablets (1981);及 Ansel,Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms 2nd Edition (1976)。The composition of the present invention is preferably provided in a unit dosage form. The "unit dosage form" herein means a composition of the present invention containing a compound of the present invention in a dose suitable for administration to a patient according to good medical practice. The above composition preferably contains about 5 mg (mg) to about 1000 mg, preferably about 10 mg to about 500 mg, more preferably about 10 mg to about 300 mg of the compound of the present invention. The composition of the invention may be in any form suitable for, for example, oral, rectal, local, nasal, ocular or parenteral administration. Depending on the particular route of administration desired, a variety of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers known in the art can be used, including solid or liquid fillers, diluents, solubilizers (hydrotrope), surfactants, and sealants substance. The composition of the present invention may contain any pharmaceutically active substance which does not substantially interfere with the inhibitory activity of the compound of the present invention. The amount of the carrier used with the compound of the present invention is -50- (47) 200416214 when a unit dose of the compound of the present invention is administered in an amount sufficient to provide the actual amount of the substance. Techniques and compositions useful for the preparation of unit dosage forms for use in the method of the present invention have been disclosed in the following literature, the contents of which are fully incorporated herein by reference: Modern Pharmaceutics, Chapters 9 and 10 (Banker & Rhodes, editors, 1 97 9); Lieberman et al. 5 Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Tablets (1981); and Ansel, Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms 2nd Edition (1976).

可使用各種口服劑型,包含固體型式,例如錠劑、膠 囊、粒劑和粉粒劑。口服劑型包含安全和有效劑量,通常 是至少約5 %,宜約2 5 %至約5 0 %,之式(I)化合物。錠劑 可經壓製、磨錠、包腸衣、包糖衣、塗膜、或多層壓製, 其含有適合的結合劑、潤滑劑、稀釋劑、崩散劑、色料、 香料、弓1 流劑(flow-inducing a g e n t)、和助熔劑(m e 11 i n g agent)。液體口服劑型包含水溶液、乳化液、懸浮液、由 不發泡的顆粒復原而成的溶液及/或懸浮液、由發泡的顆 粒復原而成的發泡製劑,含有適合的溶劑、防腐劑、乳化 劑、懸浮劑、稀釋劑、增甜劑、助熔劑(melting agent)、 色料和香料。 適合用於製備供經口投服的單位劑型之藥學上可接受 之載體已知於先前技藝。通常錠劑包含習知之藥學上相容 的佐劑作爲惰性稀釋劑,例如碳酸銘、碳酸鈉、甘露糖醇 、乳糖和纖維素;結合劑例如澱粉、明膠和蔗糖;崩散劑 例如澱粉、藻酸和交聯羧甲基纖維素(crosacarmel〇se); 潤滑劑例如硬脂酸鎂、硬脂酸和滑石。助流劑,例如二氧 -51 - (48) (48)200416214 化矽,可用以改良粉末混合物之流動性質。爲了外觀,可 加入色料,例如FD&C染料。增甜劑和香料,例如阿斯巴 甜(aSpartame)、糖精、薄荷腦、薄荷油、和水果香料,是 咀嚼錠劑之有用的佐劑。膠囊通常含有一或多種上述之固 體稀釋劑。載體成份的選擇決定於次級考量因素例如味道 、成本、和貯存安定性,此對本發明之目的而言並不是關 鍵的因素,且可由熟悉此項技術人士立即達成。 口服組成物亦包含液體溶液、乳化液、懸浮液等。適 合用於製備此種組成物之藥學上可接受之載體已知於先前 技藝。糖漿、酏劑、乳化液和懸浮液之載體的典型組份包 含乙醇、甘油、丙二醇、聚乙二醇、液態蔗糖、山梨糖醇 和水。對懸浮液而言,典型的懸浮劑包含甲基纖維素、羧 甲基纖維素鈉、Avicel® RC-59 1、黃蓍膠和藻酸鈉;典型 的潤滑劑包含卵磷脂和polysorbate 80 ;及典型的防腐劑 包含對經基苯甲酸甲醋(m e t h y 1 p a r a b e η )和苯甲酸鈉。口 服液體組成物亦可含有一或多種例如上述之增甜劑、香料 和色料之組份。 組成物亦可經習知的方法塗覆,通常是塗覆以pH或 時間依賴性塗層,使得本發明化合物於胃腸道中所欲的局 部施用部位附近釋放出,或在不同的時間釋放出以延長所 欲的作用。此種劑型通常含有(但不限於)一或多種纖維素 醋酸酯酞酸酯、聚乙酸乙烯酯酞酸酯、羥丙基甲基纖維素 酞酸酯、乙基纖維素、Eudragit®塗料、蠟和蟲膠。 其他可用於進行本發明化合物之全身輸送之組成物包 -52 - (49) (49)200416214 含舌下、頰、栓劑和鼻內投服劑型。 本發明之組成物亦可局部投服至患者,例如直接將組 成物敷或塗在患者的表皮或上皮組織上,或利用“貼布”而 經皮投服。此種組成物包含,例如,洗劑、乳霜、溶液、 凝膠或固體。上述局部投服用的組成物宜含有安全和有效 劑量,通常至少約0.1%,宜約1%至5%,之式(I)化合物 。適合於局部投服之載體宜以連續膜的形式停留在皮膚上 ,且不會因出汗或浸泡水中而被除去。通常,載體是有機 性質且可使式(I)化合物分散或溶於其中。載體可包含藥 學上可接受之潤膚劑、乳化劑、增稠劑、溶劑等。 本發明化合物或組成物之特定的投服劑量以及治療時 間是相互依賴的。劑量和治療攝生法將亦決定於下列因素 :例如,所用之特定的化合物、特定之PTPase相關的疾 病、本發明化合物在疾病位置達到最低抑制濃度的能力、 其他疾病(如果存在的話)的性質和嚴重程度、患者的個人 因素(例如體重)、治療攝生法之順從性、患者之年齡和健 康狀態、和治療的任何其他副作用的存在和嚴重性。 通常,對成人(體重約70 kg)而言,每天投服自約75 mg (宜自約200 mg,更宜自約500 mg)至約30,000 mg ( 宜至約10,000 mg,更宜至約3,500 mg)之本發明化合物。 治療攝生法宜持續自約1天(宜約3天)至約56天(宜至約 2〇天)的期間。預防性攝生法(例如預防骨質疏鬆)可根據 良好的醫療經驗而持續至6個月或更久。 【實施方式】 -53- (50)200416214 VI.實施例 用以說明此第V I部份中之化合物實例的R基未必與 上述式(I)所示之化合物中各個R基相關連。 例1至36 下列化學式和表1顯示可根據下列實例1至3 6所述 而製備之化合物的結構。 〇 12 〇A variety of oral dosage forms can be used, including solid forms such as lozenges, capsules, granules, and powder granules. Oral dosage forms contain a safe and effective dose, usually a compound of formula (I) of at least about 5%, preferably about 25% to about 50%. Lozenges can be compressed, milled, enteric-coated, sugar-coated, coated, or multi-layered, and contain suitable binders, lubricants, diluents, disintegrating agents, colors, flavors, and bows. inducing agent), and fluxing agent (me 11 ing agent). Liquid oral dosage forms include aqueous solutions, emulsions, suspensions, solutions and / or suspensions reconstituted from non-foamed particles, foaming formulations reconstituted from foamed particles, containing suitable solvents, preservatives, Emulsifiers, suspending agents, diluents, sweeteners, melting agents, colorants and fragrances. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers suitable for the preparation of unit dosage forms for oral administration are known in the art. Lozenges usually contain conventional pharmaceutically compatible adjuvants as inert diluents such as carbonate, sodium carbonate, mannitol, lactose and cellulose; binding agents such as starch, gelatin and sucrose; disintegrating agents such as starch, alginic acid And crosacarmelose; lubricants such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid and talc. Glidants, such as dioxy-51-(48) (48) 200416214 siliconized silicon, can be used to improve the flow properties of powder mixtures. For appearance, colorants such as FD & C dyes can be added. Sweeteners and flavors, such as aSpartame, saccharin, menthol, peppermint oil, and fruit flavors, are useful adjuvants for chewable lozenges. Capsules usually contain one or more of the solid diluents described above. The choice of carrier ingredients depends on secondary considerations such as taste, cost, and storage stability. This is not a critical factor for the purposes of the present invention and can be achieved immediately by those skilled in the art. Oral compositions also include liquid solutions, emulsions, suspensions, and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers suitable for use in the preparation of such compositions are known in the prior art. Typical components of carriers for syrups, elixirs, emulsions and suspensions include ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, liquid sucrose, sorbitol, and water. For suspensions, typical suspending agents include methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, Avicel® RC-59 1, tragacanth and sodium alginate; typical lubricants include lecithin and polysorbate 80; and Typical preservatives include methy 1 parabe η and sodium benzoate. Oral liquid compositions may also contain one or more components such as the sweeteners, flavors, and colorants described above. The composition can also be applied by conventional methods, usually by applying a pH or time-dependent coating, so that the compound of the present invention is released near the desired topical application site in the gastrointestinal tract, or released at different times. Extend the desired effect. This dosage form typically contains, but is not limited to, one or more cellulose acetate phthalates, polyvinyl acetate phthalates, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalates, ethyl cellulose, Eudragit® coatings, waxes And shellac. Other composition packages useful for systemic delivery of compounds of the present invention -52-(49) (49) 200416214 Sublingual, buccal, suppository and intranasal dosage forms. The composition of the present invention can also be administered locally to a patient, for example, by directly applying or coating the composition on the patient's epidermis or epithelial tissue, or by transdermal administration using a "patch". Such compositions include, for example, lotions, creams, solutions, gels or solids. The above-mentioned topical composition preferably contains a safe and effective dose, usually at least about 0.1%, preferably about 1% to 5%, of the compound of formula (I). Carriers suitable for topical administration should stay on the skin in the form of a continuous film and not be removed by sweating or immersion in water. Generally, the support is organic in nature and allows the compound of formula (I) to be dispersed or dissolved therein. The carrier may include a pharmaceutically acceptable emollient, emulsifier, thickener, solvent, and the like. The specific administered dose of the compound or composition of the present invention and the duration of treatment are interdependent. Dosage and therapeutic approach will also depend on factors such as the specific compound used, the specific PTPase-related disease, the ability of the compound of the invention to achieve the lowest inhibitory concentration at the location of the disease, the nature of other diseases, if any, and Severity, the patient's personal factors (such as weight), compliance with the treatment regimen, the age and health of the patient, and the presence and severity of any other side effects of the treatment. Generally, for an adult (approximately 70 kg), from about 75 mg (preferably from about 200 mg, more preferably from about 500 mg) to about 30,000 mg (preferably from about 10,000 mg, more preferably from about 3,500) per day mg) of a compound of the invention. The therapeutic method should preferably last from about 1 day (preferably about 3 days) to about 56 days (preferably about 20 days). Prophylactic methods (such as osteoporosis prevention) can last up to 6 months or more, based on good medical experience. [Embodiment] -53- (50) 200416214 VI. Example The R group used to explain the compound example in this Section VI is not necessarily related to each R group in the compound represented by the above formula (I). Examples 1 to 36 The following chemical formulas and Table 1 show the structures of compounds that can be prepared according to the following Examples 1 to 36. 〇 12 〇

HO——S——NH 〇 、N〆 NH R8 L1——R7 式(Π) 表1 實例 * L1 R7 R8 R12 1 R -C〇2- H -ch3 2 R -C〇2~ H -ch3 3 S -C〇2_ H -ch3 4 s -C〇2~ H -ch3 5 R -C〇2~ H 6 R -C〇2" H 7 S -C〇2- ^ 1 H 03 8 R -C02- H 9 S -C〇2~ K H 10 s -CO- H -ch3HO——S——NH 〇, N〆NH R8 L1——R7 Formula (Π) Table 1 Example * L1 R7 R8 R12 1 R -C〇2- H -ch3 2 R -C〇2 ~ H -ch3 3 S -C〇2_ H -ch3 4 s -C〇2 ~ H -ch3 5 R -C〇2 ~ H 6 R -C〇2 " H 7 S -C〇2- ^ 1 H 03 8 R -C02- H 9 S -C〇2 ~ KH 10 s -CO- H -ch3

-54- (51)200416214-54- (51) 200416214

11 S -S〇2_ K λ- H -ch3 12 R -CO- rJO H -ch3 13 S -CO- rX) H -ch3 14 s -C〇2~ H 15 s -C〇2~ H i/X/V" 16 s -C〇2~ H 17 s -C〇2~ H 18 s -C〇2~ H 0 19 s -CONH- H -ch3 20 s -CONH- KO \ H -ch3 21 s -S〇2~ H -ch3 22 s -S〇2- K>。/ H -ch3 23 s -S〇2~ K\/; H -ch3 24 s -C〇2~ -ch3 25 s -C〇2~ H N——N11 S -S〇2_ K λ- H -ch3 12 R -CO- rJO H -ch3 13 S -CO- rX) H -ch3 14 s -C〇2 ~ H 15 s -C〇2 ~ H i / X / V " 16 s -C〇2 ~ H 17 s -C〇2 ~ H 18 s -C〇2 ~ H 0 19 s -CONH- H -ch3 20 s -CONH- KO \ H -ch3 21 s -S 〇2 ~ H -ch3 22 s -S〇2- K >. / H -ch3 23 s -S〇2 ~ K \ /; H -ch3 24 s -C〇2 ~ -ch3 25 s -C〇2 ~ H N——N

-55- (52) (52)200416214 26 S -C〇2- H 27 S -cor 28 S -CO- H -ch3 29 S -CO- KO H -ch3 30 S -C〇2- -ch3 -ch3 31 S -CO- H -ch3 32 S -CO- H -ch3 33 S -CO- H -ch3 34 S -CO- KJ H -ch3 35 S -CO- H 36 S -CO- /;X H •ch3 實例1 (R)-[卜甲基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺 基甲酸第三丁酯: 步驟A :-55- (52) (52) 200416214 26 S -C〇2- H 27 S -cor 28 S -CO- H -ch3 29 S -CO- KO H -ch3 30 S -C〇2- -ch3 -ch3 31 S -CO- H -ch3 32 S -CO- H -ch3 33 S -CO- H -ch3 34 S -CO- KJ H -ch3 35 S -CO- H 36 S -CO- /; XH • ch3 Example 1 (R)-[Bumethylaminomethyl-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester: Step A

Boc-D-Phe(4_N02)-NMe : Boc-D-Phe(4-N02)-OH (4.0 g,12.9 mmol)溶於無水四氫呋喃(20 mL)和 4-甲基嗎啉 -56- (53) (53)200416214 (1 ·56 mL,14.2 mmol)。在〇 °C下逐滴加入氯甲酸異丁酯 (1 · 8 4 m L,1 4.2 m m ο 1),並在〇。C下攪拌反應混合物1小 時。在〇 °C下逐滴加入甲胺(1 2.9 m L,2.0 Μ四氫呋喃溶液 )’並在室溫下攪拌反應混合物1 8小時。接著以1:1 D C Μ :甲醇使反應混合物再結晶,得白色固體。Boc-D-Phe (4_N02) -NMe: Boc-D-Phe (4-N02) -OH (4.0 g, 12.9 mmol) is dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and 4-methylmorpholine-56- (53 ) (53) 200416214 (1.56 mL, 14.2 mmol). Isobutyl chloroformate (1.84 ml, 14.2 mm1) was added dropwise at 0 ° C and at 0 ° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at C for 1 hour. Methylamine (1 2.9 ml, 2.0 M tetrahydrofuran solution) 'was added dropwise at 0 ° C and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was then recrystallized with 1: 1 DCM: methanol to give a white solid.

Boc-D-Phe(4-NH2)-NMe: Boc-D-Phe(4-N02)-NMe 溶 於甲醇(1 0 m L)。於其中加入披鈀碳(〗〇重量。/。,丨〇 〇 m g ) 。將反應混合物置於氫氣氛下直到反應完成(tl c)。過濾除 去觸媒及濃縮濾液以得到胺,此物質直接用於下一步驟無 須純化。 (R)-[l-甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺 基甲酸第二丁酯:於一乾燥的燒瓶內,將〇 .〗6 〇 g苯胺化 合物溶於2 m L吡啶中。於此溶液中加入〇 . 3 〇 g三氧化 硫-吼啶錯合物。攪拌反應混合物5分鐘,接著以25 mL 7 %氫氧化銨水溶液稀釋之。蒸發反應混合物至灰白色固 體,純化後得0 · 0 9 1 g錢鹽產物。】η ( d 2 Ο ) : 7.07-7.00 (q,4H,J:10.0Hz),4.05(t,lH,J = 7.3Hz),2.9b 2.69 ( m’ 2H) 2.53 (s,3H),1.22(s,9H)。 實例2 (R)-[l-甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-擴酸胺基·苯基)_乙基;I-胺 基甲酸苄酯: 步驟B : H-D-Phe(4-N02)-NMe : Boc-D-Phe(4-N02)-NMe (1.5 (54) 200416214 g,4 · 6 4 m m ο 1)溶於 H C 1 (1 0 m L,4 · 0 Μ 1,4 -二 D惡院溶液), 所得之反應混合物在室溫下攪拌1小時。於反應混合物中 加入醚(60 mL),過濾收集所得之沉澱物,得純質白色產 物。Boc-D-Phe (4-NH2) -NMe: Boc-D-Phe (4-N02) -NMe is dissolved in methanol (10 ml). To this was added palladium on carbon (0 wt.%, 0.1 mg). The reaction mixture was placed under a hydrogen atmosphere until the reaction was complete (tl c). The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated to give the amine, which was used directly in the next step without purification. (R)-[l-methylaminomethylmethyl-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -carbamic acid second butyl ester: In a dry flask, place 60 g of the aniline compound was dissolved in 2 ml of pyridine. To this solution was added 0.30 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 minutes and then diluted with 25 mL of a 7% aqueous ammonium hydroxide solution. The reaction mixture was evaporated to an off-white solid. After purification, 0. 0 9 1 g of salt product was obtained. ] Η (d 2 Ο): 7.07-7.00 (q, 4H, J: 10.0Hz), 4.05 (t, 1H, J = 7.3Hz), 2.9b 2.69 (m '2H) 2.53 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 9H). Example 2 (R)-[l-methylaminomethylmethyl-2- (4-propanoateaminophenyl) -ethyl; benzyl I-aminoformate: Step B: HD-Phe (4- N02) -NMe: Boc-D-Phe (4-N02) -NMe (1.5 (54) 200416214 g, 4 · 6 4 mm ο 1) dissolved in HC 1 (1 0 m L, 4 · 0 Μ 1, 4 -Di-D-caustic solution), and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Ether (60 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration to obtain a pure white product.

CBZ-D-Phe(4-N〇2)-NMe: H-D-Phe(4-N02)-NMe (4 1 0 mg,1 .84 mmol)溶於無水 D C Μ ( 1 0 m L)和二異丙基乙胺 (0.3 5 2 mL,2.0 2 mmol)。在 0°C下逐滴加入氯甲酸苄酯 (0.2 63 mL, 1.8 4 mmol)。使反應混合物升溫至室溫並攪拌 72小時。溶液於DCM和IN HC1間分配。有機層經鹽水 沖洗,以硫酸鎂乾燥,過濾及蒸發,得粗質白色固體。CBZ-D-Phe (4-N〇2) -NMe: HD-Phe (4-N02) -NMe (4 1 0 mg, 1.84 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DC Μ (10 m L) and diiso Propylethylamine (0.3 5 2 mL, 2.0 2 mmol). Add benzyl chloroformate (0.2 63 mL, 1.8 4 mmol) dropwise at 0 ° C. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 72 hours. The solution was partitioned between DCM and IN HC1. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to give a crude white solid.

CBZ-D-Phe(4-NH2)-NMe : CBZ-D-Phe(4-N02)-NMe (8 0 mg,0.224 mmol)溶 EtOAc :乙醇(1 : 1,2 mL),及加入 二水合氯化錫(II) (25 2 mg,1·12 mmol)。反應混合物在室 溫下攪拌18小時。將反應混合物於EtOAc (25 mL)和1 N NaOH (25 mL)間分配。有機層經1 N N a Ο Η (2 5 m L)沖洗 二次以上。合倂的有機層經硫酸鎂乾燥,過濾及蒸發,得 純質黃色油狀物。 (RM卜甲基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺 基甲酸苄酯:根據步驟A的方法,令〇. 1 〇7 g苯胺化合物 經0.1 5 6 g三氧化硫-Dtt啶錯合物處理。收拾反應及純化, 得 0.056 g 銨鹽產物。1H(D20) : 7.26-7.20( m,3H) ,7·η-6.96(ηι,6Η) ,4.90-4.78 (m,2H) ,4.08(t, 1H,J = 8.3Hz ) ,2.84-2.66( m,2H) 2.50(s,3H)。 -58- (55) (55)200416214 實例3 (S)-[l -甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺 基甲酸苄酯: (SM1-甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-硝基-苯基乙基]-胺基甲 酸苄酯:根據實例 1的方法,令 5.00 g B〇C-L-Phe(4-N02)-0H 經 1.79 g NMM、2.20 g 氯甲酸異丁酯、和 16.1 mL甲胺溶液處理。由此得到白色固體產物。根據實例1 的方法,令 1.11 g Boc-L-Phe(4-NH2)-NMe 和 100 mg 披鈀 碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物。 (S)-[l -甲基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺 基甲酸苄酯:根據步驟A的方法,令0 . 1 4 9 g苯胺化合物 經0.2 1 8 g三氧化硫-吡Π定錯合物處理。收拾反應及純化, 得 0.091 g 銨鹽產物。1H(D20) : 7.20-7.14( m,3H) ,7.05-6.94 (m,6H) ,4.84-4.72 (m,2H) ,4.06 (t, 1H,J = 7.7Hz) ,2.80-2.62 (m,2H) 2.47 (s,3H)。 實例4 (S)-H-甲基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺 基甲酸第三丁酯: (3)-[1-甲基胺甲醯基-2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲 酸第三丁酯:根據步驟A的方法,令0.5 00 g硝基化合物 和0.05 g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物。 (3)-[1-甲基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺 基甲酸第三丁酯:根據步驟A的方法,令0.4 20 g苯胺化 -59- (56)200416214 合物 化, 4.07 ,1 . 實例 基甲 酸第 N〇2; mL I 基甲 合物 。令 收拾 7.03 4H ) J — 8 . 實例 基甲 經0.6 8 4 g三氧化硫-Dtt啶錯合物處理。收拾反應及純 得 0.106g 銨鹽產物。1H(D20) :7.04(s,4H), -4 · 0 5 ( m,1 Η ) ,2 · 9 2 - 2.6 8 ( m,2 Η ) 2 · 5 5 ( s,3 Η ) 24 ( s , 9Η)。 (R)-[l-戊基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺 酸第三丁酯: (RM1-戊基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲 三丁酯:根據實例1的方法,令5.00 g B〇C-D-Phe(4-)-Ο Η 經 1 . 7 9 g Ν Μ Μ、2.4 0 g 氯甲酸異丁酯、和 3 . 7 3 戈胺處理。由此得到白色固體。 (R)-H-戊基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺 酸第三丁酯:根據步驟A的方法,令0.200 g硝基化 和100 mg披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(tic) 此苯胺粗產物經〇 . 2 5 2 g三氧化硫-DU啶錯合物處理。 反應及純化,得 0.03 0 g銨鹽產物。1H ( D20 ): -6.85 (in,4H) ,3.95 (m,1H) ,2.93-2.68 (m, 1.14(s,9H) ,1.10(m,6H) ,0.61(t,3H, 2Hz )。 6 (R Ml-苄基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺 酸第三丁酯:CBZ-D-Phe (4-NH2) -NMe: CBZ-D-Phe (4-N02) -NMe (80 mg, 0.224 mmol) was dissolved in EtOAc: ethanol (1: 1, 2 mL), and dihydrate was added Tin (II) chloride (25 2 mg, 1.12 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc (25 mL) and 1 N NaOH (25 mL). The organic layer was washed more than twice with 1 N N a 0 Η (2 5 m L). The combined organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to give a pure yellow oil. (RM methylmethylaminomethyl-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -carbamic acid benzyl ester: According to the method of Step A, 0.1 g of an aniline compound was subjected to 0.1 5 Treatment with 6 g of sulfur trioxide-Dttidine complex. Packing the reaction and purification to obtain 0.056 g of ammonium salt product. 1H (D20): 7.26-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.η-6.96 (ηι, 6Η), 4.90-4.78 (m, 2H), 4.08 (t, 1H, J = 8.3Hz), 2.84-2.66 (m, 2H) 2.50 (s, 3H). -58- (55) (55) 200416214 Example 3 (S )-[l -Methylaminomethylmethyl 2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -carbamic acid benzyl ester: (SM1-methylaminomethylmethyl-2- (4 -Nitro-phenylethyl] -benzyl aminoformate: According to the method of Example 1, 5.00 g of BOCL-Phe (4-N02) -0H was subjected to 1.79 g of NMM, 2.20 g of isobutyl chloroformate, And 16.1 mL of methylamine solution. This gave a white solid product. According to the method of Example 1, 1.11 g of Boc-L-Phe (4-NH2) -NMe and 100 mg of palladium on carbon were reduced to obtain the desired (S)-[l-methylaminomethylmethyl-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -carbamic acid benzyl ester: According to the method of step A, let 0.1 4 9 g aniline The compound was treated with 0.2 1 8 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. Packing reaction and purification gave 0.091 g of ammonium salt product. 1H (D20): 7.20-7.14 (m, 3H), 7.05-6.94 (m , 6H), 4.84-4.72 (m, 2H), 4.06 (t, 1H, J = 7.7Hz), 2.80-2.62 (m, 2H) 2.47 (s, 3H). Example 4 (S) -H-methyl Carbamidyl-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -carbamic acid third butyl ester: (3)-[1-methylaminecarbamethyl-2- (4- Nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -carbamic acid third butyl ester: According to the method of step A, 0.5 00 g of a nitro compound and 0.05 g of palladium on carbon are subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product. (3 )-[1-methylaminomethylmethyl-2- (4-sulfonamido-phenyl) -ethyl] -carbamic acid third butyl ester: 0.4 20 g of aniline according to the method of step A -59- (56) 200416214 compound, 4.07, 1. Example base formic acid No. 02; mL I base formate. Lets pack up 7.03 4H) J — 8. Example base for 0.6 8 4 g sulfur trioxide- Dttidine complex treatment. The reaction was cleaned up and purified to obtain 0.106 g of ammonium salt product. 1H (D20): 7.04 (s, 4H), -4 · 0 5 (m, 1 Η), 2 · 9 2-2.6 8 (m, 2 Η) 2 · 5 5 (s, 3 Η) 24 (s , 9Η). (R)-[l-pentylamine formamyl- 2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -amino acid third butyl ester: (RM1-pentylaminoformamyl-2 -(4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminomethyltributyl ester: According to the method of Example 1, 5.00 g of BCD-Phe (4-)-Ο Η was passed through 7.9 g Μ, 2.40 g of isobutyl chloroformate, and 3.73 goramine. Thereby a white solid was obtained. (R) -H-pentylamine formamidine-2- (4-sulfonylamino- Phenyl) -ethyl] -amino acid third butyl ester: According to the method of step A, 0.200 g of nitration and 100 mg of palladium on carbon were subjected to reduction reaction to obtain the desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was 0.25 2 g of sulfur trioxide-DU pyridine complex treatment and reaction to obtain 0.03 0 g of ammonium salt product. 1H (D20): -6.85 (in, 4H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 2.93 -2.68 (m, 1.14 (s, 9H), 1.10 (m, 6H), 0.61 (t, 3H, 2Hz). 6 (R Ml-benzylaminomethane-2- (4-sulfonylamino- Phenyl) -ethyl] -amino acid tert-butyl ester:

-60- (57) (57)200416214 (R)-[l-苄基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]•胺基甲 酸第三丁酯··根據實例1的方法,令4·〇〇 g Boc-D-Phe(4-Ν02)-〇Η 經 1.44 g NMM、1.94 g 氯甲酸異丁酯、和 2.82 mL苄胺處理。由此得到黃色固體。 (R)-[l-苄基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基;|_胺 基甲酸第三丁酯:根據步驟A的方法,令0.3 0 0 g硝基化 合物和5 0 m g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(11 c )。 令此苯胺粗產物經0 · 3 5 9 g三氧化硫-批啶錯合物處理。收 拾反應及純化,得0.02 8 g銨鹽產物。】H ( D20 ) : 7.26- 7.23 ( m > 3H ) ,7.05-6.97 (m,6H) ,4.29-4.08 (m, 3H ) ,3.04 ( s,2H ) ,1 .26 ( s,9H )。 實例7 (S)-[l-苄基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺 基甲酸第三丁酯: (S)-[卜苄基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲 酸第三丁酯:根據實例1的方法,令4.00 g B〇c-L-Phe(4-Ν02)-〇Η 經 1.44 g NMM、1.94 g 氯甲酸異丁酯、和 2·82 mL苄胺處理。由此得到黃色固體。 (S)-[l-苄基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺 基甲酸第三丁酯:根據步驟A的方法,令0.3 00 g硝基化 合物和5 0 m g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(11 c)。 令此苯胺粗產物經〇 · 3 5 9 g三氧化硫-吼啶錯合物處理。收 拾反應及純化,得〇·〇66 g銨鹽產物。】H ( D20 ) : 7·】〇- - 61 - (58) 200416214 6 · 9 8 ( m,3 Η ) ,6.8 7 - 6.7 1 ( m,6 Η ) ,4 · 0 7 - 3 . 8 1 ( m, 3 Η ) ,2.79 ( s,2H ) ,1 .04 ( s,9H )。 實例8 (R)-[ 1-(2-嗎啉-4-基乙基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-磺酸胺套-苯 基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯:-60- (57) (57) 200416214 (R)-[l-Benzylaminomethane-2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] • Third-butylaminoformate ·· The method of Example 1 treated 4.00 g of Boc-D-Phe (4-N02) -〇Η with 1.44 g of NMM, 1.94 g of isobutyl chloroformate, and 2.82 mL of benzylamine. This gave a yellow solid. (R)-[l-Benzylaminomethane- 2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl; | -aminocarbamic acid third butyl ester: According to the method of step A, let 0.3 0 0 g of a nitro compound and 50 mg of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (11 c). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.35 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.028 g of an ammonium salt product. ] H (D20): 7.26- 7.23 (m > 3H), 7.05-6.97 (m, 6H), 4.29-4.08 (m, 3H), 3.04 (s, 2H), 1.26 (s, 9H). Example 7 (S)-[l-Benzylaminomethylamido-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester: (S)-[Benzylaminomethyl Fluorenyl-2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester: According to the method of Example 1, 4.00 g of Bocc-Phe (4-N02) -〇Η Treated with 1.44 g NMM, 1.94 g isobutyl chloroformate, and 2.82 mL benzylamine. This gave a yellow solid. (S)-[l-Benzylaminomethane-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester: According to the method of step A, make 0.3 00 g The nitro compound was reduced with 50 mg of palladium on carbon to obtain the desired product (11c). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.359 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was cleaned up and purified to obtain 0.066 g of ammonium salt product. ] H (D20): 7 ·] 〇--61-(58) 200416214 6 · 9 8 (m, 3 Η), 6. 7-6.7 1 (m, 6 Η), 4 · 0 7-3. 8 1 (m, 3 Η), 2.79 (s, 2H), 1.04 (s, 9H). Example 8 (R)-[1- (2-morpholin-4-ylethylaminomethylamidino) -2- (4-sulfonic acid amido-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester:

(R)-[ 1-(2-嗎啉-4-基乙基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯:根據實例1的方法,令4.00 g Boc-D-Phe(4-N02)-OH 經 1.44 g NMM、1.94 g 氯甲酸異丁 酯、和3.3 9 mL 4-(2-胺甲基)嗎啉處理。由此得到白色固 體。(R)-[1- (2-morpholin-4-ylethylaminomethylmethyl) -2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester: according to examples In the method of 1., 4.00 g of Boc-D-Phe (4-N02) -OH was treated with 1.44 g of NMM, 1.94 g of isobutyl chloroformate, and 3.39 mL of 4- (2-aminomethyl) morpholine. Thus, a white solid was obtained.

(R)-[ 1-(2-嗎啉-4-基乙基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯 基)-乙基:1-胺基甲酸第三丁酯··根據步驟 A的方法,令 0.3 0 0 g硝基化合物和100 mg披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所 欲的產物(tic)。令此苯胺粗產物經0.3 3 9 g三氧化硫-吡啶 錯合物處理。收拾反應及純化,得〇 . 1 8 8 g銨鹽產物。1 Η (D2〇 ) · 7.07 - 7.00 (q,4H,J = 9.9Hz) ,4.07 (m,1 H ),3.69(s,4H) 3.28-3.24( m,2H) ,2.76-2.57( m, 8H ) ,1 .25 ( s,9H )。 實例9 (S)-[l-戊基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺 基甲酸第三丁酯: (S)-[卜戊基胺甲醯基-2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲 -62- (59) 200416214 酸第三丁酯:根據實例1的方法,令5.00 g Boc-L-Phe(4-N〇2)-〇H 經 1.79 g NMM、2.42 g 氯甲酸異丁酯、和 3·73 mL戊胺處理。由此得到白色固體。 (S)-[l-戊基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)_乙基]-胺 基甲酸第三丁酯:根據步驟A的方法,令0.3 00 g硝基化 合物和1 00 mg披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(tic) 。令此苯胺粗產物經0.378 g三氧化硫-吼啶錯合物處理。 收拾反應及純化,得0.78 g銨鹽產物。1H ( D2〇 ) : 7.16- 6.9 8 ( m,4 Η ) ,4.0 8 ( m,1 Η ) ,3 · 0 6 - 2 · 8 1 ( m,4 Η ) ,1·27 (s,9Η) ,1.21-1.02 (m,6Η) ,0.75 (t,3Η, J = 7.1Hz)。 實例1 〇 (S)-[4_ (2-己醯胺基-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙基)-苯基]-胺 基磺酸:(R)-[1- (2-morpholin-4-ylethylaminomethyl) -2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl: 1-aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester · According to the method of step A, 0.3 0 0 g of a nitro compound and 100 mg of palladium on carbon are subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.3 3 9 g of a sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was cleaned up and purified to obtain 0.18 g of ammonium salt product. 1 Η (D2〇) 7.07-7.00 (q, 4H, J = 9.9Hz), 4.07 (m, 1H), 3.69 (s, 4H) 3.28-3.24 (m, 2H), 2.76-2.57 (m, 8H), 1.25 (s, 9H). Example 9 (S)-[l-pentylaminomethylamidino-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester: (S)-[bupentyl Carbamidyl-2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminomethyl-62- (59) 200416214 Third butyl acid: According to the method of Example 1, make 5.00 g of Boc-L- Phe (4-N〇2) -OH was treated with 1.79 g of NMM, 2.42 g of isobutyl chloroformate, and 3.73 mL of pentylamine. This gave a white solid. (S)-[l-pentylaminomethylamidino-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester: According to the method of step A, make 0.3 00 g A nitro compound is reduced with 100 mg of palladium on carbon to obtain the desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.378 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.78 g of an ammonium salt product. 1H (D2〇): 7.16- 6.9 8 (m, 4 Η), 4.0 8 (m, 1 Η), 3 · 0 6-2 · 8 1 (m, 4 Η), 1.27 (s, 9Η) , 1.21-1.02 (m, 6Η), 0.75 (t, 3Η, J = 7.1Hz). Example 1 (S)-[4- (2-Hexamidinylamino-2-methylaminomethylamidino-ethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid:

(S)-己酸[卜甲基胺甲醯基-2-(4-硝基-苯基)_乙基]-醯 胺:H-Phe(4-N02)-NMe ( 8 0 8 mg)溶於 5 mL DCM 和 0.86 mL三乙胺。在0 °C下逐滴加入己醯氯(0.4 76 mL),並在 室溫下攪拌反應混合物1小時。蒸發反應混合物至乾燥, 以D CM :甲醇再結晶,得純質白色產物。 (S)-[4-(2-己醯胺基-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙基)-苯基]-胺 基磺酸:根據步驟A的方法,令〇 · 3 0 9 g硝基化合物和 100 mg披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(t]c)。令此 苯胺粗產物經〇 · 4 6 0 g三氧化硫-Dtt啶錯合物處理。收拾反 -63- (60) (60)200416214 應及純化,得 0.04 6 g銨鹽產物。1H ( D20 ) : 7.11-7.02 (q,4H,J 二 10.9Hz) ,4.39 (t,1H,J=10.0Hz) ,3.02- 2.76 (m,2H) ,2.58(s,3H) ,2.11(t,2H,J = 8.0Hz ),1.33 (t,2H,J = 8.2Hz) 1.14 (t,2H,J = 8.0 H z ) 1.03-0.95 (m,2H) ,0.73(t,3H,J = 8.1Hz)。 實例1 1 (S)-{4-[2-甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(甲苯-4-磺醯胺基)-乙基]-苯基}-胺基磺酸:(S) -hexanoic acid [methylaminomethyl-2- (4-nitro-phenyl) _ethyl] -fluorenamine: H-Phe (4-N02) -NMe (8 0 8 mg) was dissolved in 5 mL of DCM and 0.86 mL of triethylamine. Hexyl chloride (0.4 76 mL) was added dropwise at 0 ° C, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness and recrystallized with D CM: methanol to obtain a pure white product. (S)-[4- (2-Hexamidineamino-2-methylaminomethylamidino-ethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid: According to the method of Step A, let 0.39 g A nitro compound and 100 mg of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (t) c). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.460 g of sulfur trioxide-Dttidine complex. Packing up -63- (60) (60) 200416214 and purification, 0.04 6 g of ammonium salt product was obtained. 1H (D20): 7.11-7.02 (q, 4H, J = 10.9Hz), 4.39 (t, 1H, J = 10.0Hz), 3.02- 2.76 (m, 2H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2.11 (t , 2H, J = 8.0Hz), 1.33 (t, 2H, J = 8.2Hz) 1.14 (t, 2H, J = 8.0 Hz) 1.03-0.95 (m, 2H), 0.73 (t, 3H, J = 8.1 Hz). Example 1 1 (S)-{4- [2-methylaminomethylmethyl-2- (toluene-4-sulfonamido) -ethyl] -phenyl} -aminosulfonic acid:

(S)-N-甲基- 3-(4-硝基-苯基)-2-(甲苯-4-磺醯胺基)-丙 醯胺:H-Phe(4-N02)-NMe (0.200 g)溶於 5 mL 無水 DCM 和〇. 1 56 g三乙胺。逐滴加入對甲苯磺醯氯(0.1 61 g),在 室溫下攪拌反應混合物1 8小時。於反應混合物中加入己 烷(3 0 mL),過濾收集所得的固體。粗質固體經快速層析 純化,得〇 . 〇 7 9 g所欲產物。(S) -N-methyl- 3- (4-nitro-phenyl) -2- (toluene-4-sulfonamido) -propanamide: H-Phe (4-N02) -NMe (0.200 g) Dissolved in 5 mL of anhydrous DCM and 0.156 g of triethylamine. P-Toluenesulfonyl chloride (0.1 61 g) was added dropwise, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. Hexane (30 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting solid was collected by filtration. The crude solid was purified by flash chromatography to obtain 0.079 g of the desired product.

(S)_{4-[2-甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(甲苯-4-磺醯胺基)-乙基]-苯基卜胺基磺酸:根據步驟A的方法,令0.0 79 g硝基化 合物和50 mg披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(tic)。 令此苯胺粗產物經〇 . 1 〇 〇 g三氧化硫-吼啶錯合物處理。收 拾反應及純化,得0.020 g銨鹽產物。111(020):7.61-7.42 ( q,4H,J = 9.2Hz ) ,7·07 ( s,4H ) ,3.94 ( t,1H ,J = 6.5Hz) ,3.10-2.80 (m,2H) ,2.73 (s,3H), 2.60 ( s,3H )。 -64 - (61) 200416214 實例1 2 (以_{4-[2-甲基胺甲醯基-2-(3-苯基-丙醯胺基)-乙基]-苯基}••胺基磺酸: (R)-N -甲基-3-(4-硝基-苯基)-2-(3-苯基-丙醯胺基)-丙 醯胺:根據實例2之方法,0.2 00 g H-D-Phe(4-N02)-NMe 經0 . 1 6 4 g三乙胺和0 . 1 6 4 g氫化肉桂醯氯處理,由此得 到0.3 0 7 g所欲產物。(S) _ {4- [2-methylaminomethylamidino-2- (toluene-4-sulfonamido) -ethyl] -phenyltriphenylsulfonic acid: According to the method of step A, let 0.0 79 g of nitro compound and 50 mg of palladium on carbon were reduced to obtain the desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.1 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.020 g of an ammonium salt product. 111 (020): 7.61-7.42 (q, 4H, J = 9.2Hz), 7.07 (s, 4H), 3.94 (t, 1H, J = 6.5Hz), 3.10-2.80 (m, 2H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H). -64-(61) 200416214 Example 1 2 (as _ {4- [2-methylaminomethylamido-2- (3-phenyl-propanamido) -ethyl] -phenyl} • amine Sulfonic acid: (R) -N-methyl-3- (4-nitro-phenyl) -2- (3-phenyl-propanamido) -propanamide: According to the method of Example 2, 0.2 00 g of HD-Phe (4-N02) -NMe was treated with 0.164 g of triethylamine and 0.164 g of hydrogenated cinnamyl chloride, thereby obtaining 0.3 0 7 g of the desired product.

(R)_{4-[2-甲基胺甲醯基-2-(3-苯基-丙醯胺基)-乙基]-苯基}-胺基磺酸:根據步驟A的方法,令0.307g硝基化 合物和100 mg披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(tic) 。令此苯胺粗產物經0.44 8 g三氧化硫-吼啶錯合物處理。 收拾反應及純化,得 0.040 g銨鹽產物。1H ( D20 ): 7.24-7.20 (m,3 Η ) ,7.07-6.91 (m,6H) 4.27(t,1H, J = 8.8Hz) ,2.87-2.67 (m,4H) ,2.52(s,3H) ^ 2.45 (t,2H,J = 7.3Hz )。(R) _ {4- [2-methylaminomethylamido-2- (3-phenyl-propanamido) -ethyl] -phenyl} -aminosulfonic acid: according to the method of step A, 0.307 g of a nitro compound and 100 mg of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.44 8 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.040 g of an ammonium salt product. 1H (D20): 7.24-7.20 (m, 3 Η), 7.07-6.91 (m, 6H) 4.27 (t, 1H, J = 8.8Hz), 2.87-2.67 (m, 4H), 2.52 (s, 3H) ^ 2.45 (t, 2H, J = 7.3Hz).

實例1 3 (S)-{4-[2-甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(3-苯基-丙醯胺基)-乙基]- 苯基}-胺基磺酸: (S)-N-甲基- 3-(4-硝基-苯基)-2-(3-苯基-丙醯胺基)-丙 醯胺:根據實例2之方法,0.2 00 g H-L-Phe(4-N02)-NMe 經0.164 g三乙胺和0.164 g氫化肉桂醯氯處理,由此得 到0.2 8 4 g所欲產物。 (8)-{4-[2-甲基胺甲醯基-2-(3-苯基-丙醯胺基)-乙基]_ -65- (62) 200416214Example 1 3 (S)-{4- [2-methylaminomethylmethyl-2- (3-phenyl-propylamido) -ethyl] -phenyl} -aminosulfonic acid: (S) -N-methyl- 3- (4-nitro-phenyl) -2- (3-phenyl-propanamido) -propanamide: According to the method of Example 2, 0.2 00 g of HL-Phe (4 -N02) -NMe is treated with 0.164 g of triethylamine and 0.164 g of hydrogenated cinnamidine chloride, thereby obtaining 0.2 8 4 g of the desired product. (8)-{4- [2-methylaminomethylamido-2- (3-phenyl-propanamido) -ethyl] _ -65- (62) 200416214

苯基卜胺基磺酸:根據步驟A的方法,令〇 . 2 8 4 g硝基化 合物和100 mg披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(tic) 。令此苯胺粗產物經〇 .4 1 4 g三氧化硫-吼啶錯合物處理。 收拾反應及純化,得〇 · 〇 1 8 g銨鹽產物。1 H ( D 2 Ο ): 7.24-7.17 (m,3H) ,7.07-6.95 (m,6H) ,4.26(t,lH ,J = 8.2Hz ) ,2.87-2.67 ( m,4H ) ,2.5 1 ( s,3H ), 2.45 ( t,2H,J = 8.0Hz )。Phenylphenylaminosulfonic acid: According to the method of step A, 0.284 g of a nitro compound and 100 mg of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.41 g of a sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was cleaned up and purified to obtain 0.88 g of an ammonium salt product. 1 H (D 2 Ο): 7.24-7.17 (m, 3H), 7.07-6.95 (m, 6H), 4.26 (t, lH, J = 8.2Hz), 2.87-2.67 (m, 4H), 2.5 1 ( s, 3H), 2.45 (t, 2H, J = 8.0 Hz).

實例1 4 (S)_[ 1-(2-甲氧基-乙基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基 )-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯: (S)-[l-(2-甲氧基-乙基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙 基胺基甲酸第三丁酯:根據實例1的方法’令1 · 〇 〇 gExample 1 4 (S) _ [1- (2-methoxy-ethylamine formamidine) -2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester : (S)-[l- (2-methoxy-ethylaminomethylamidino) -2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethylaminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester: Method according to Example 1 'Order 1 〇〇 g

Boc-L-Phe(4-N〇2)-〇H 經 0.359 g NMM、0.483 g 氯甲酸異 丁酯、和0.54 1 mL 2-甲氧基乙胺處理。由此得到0.3 00 gBoc-L-Phe (4-N〇2) -OH was treated with 0.359 g of NMM, 0.483 g of isobutyl chloroformate, and 0.54 1 mL of 2-methoxyethylamine. This gives 0.3 00 g

所欲產物。 (S)-[1-(2-甲氧基-乙基胺甲醯基)_2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基 )-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯:根據步驟A的方法,令 〇·3〇0 g硝基化合物和mg披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所 欲的產物(t 1 c )。令此苯胺粗產物經〇 · 3 9 0 g三氧化硫-吼啶 錯合物處理。收拾反應及純化,得〇 · 1 8 1 g銨鹽產物。】ηDesired product. (S)-[1- (2-methoxy-ethylaminomethylamidino) _2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester: according to step A In the method, 0.30 g of a nitro compound and mg of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (t 1 c). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.390 g of a sulfur trioxide-amididine complex. The reaction was cleaned up and purified to obtain 0.181 g of ammonium salt product. ] Η

(D2〇 ) : 7.09 -6.7 9 ( q,4H,J = 8.9Hz ),3.93 ( m,1H(D2〇): 7.09 -6.7 9 (q, 4H, J = 8.9Hz), 3.93 (m, 1H

),3.25-2.62 (m,6H) ,3.01(s,3H) ,1.07(s,9H -66 - (63) (63)200416214 實例1 5 (S)-[l-(2-乙氧基-乙基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基 )-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯: (SM 1-(2-乙氧基-乙基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙 基;l·胺基甲酸第三丁酯:根據實例1的方法,令1 . 〇 〇 g Boc-L-Phe(4_N02)-OH 經 359 mg NMM、483 mg 氯甲酸異 丁酯、和0.6 7 5 mL 2-乙氧基乙胺處理。由此得到0.312 g 所欲產物。 (S)-[l-(2-乙氧基-乙基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基 )- 乙 基 ]-胺基甲 酸第三丁 酯: :根據 步驟 A 的方法 , 令 0. 3 1 2 g硝基化合物和1 〇 〇 mg 披鈀碳 !進行還 原反應而 得 所 欲 的 產 物(11 C)。 令此苯胺粗產 物經0 .391 g Ξ 三氧化硫- 吡 [J定 錯 合 物 處理。收 拾反應及純化 ,得〇 .157 g 銨鹽產物 〇 ]H ( D 2〇 ):7.21- 6.98 ( q , 4H ,J =1 0 • 2Hz ), 4.13(t 1 Η J = 二7 · 0Hz ),: L44-3 . 1 6 ( m ; -6H ) ,2.89- 2.80 ( m , 2Η ) 1 . 26 (s,9H ) ,:1 .03 ( t ,3H,J 7.9Hz ) 〇 實例1 6 (S)-[ 1-(2-乙硫基-乙基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基 )-乙基;l·胺基甲酸第三丁酯: (S)-[l-(2-乙硫基-乙基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙 基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯:根據實例1的方法,令1 . 〇 〇 . g Boc-Phe(4-N02)-OH 經 0.685 gNMM、0.483 g 氯甲酸異丁 酯、和0.912 g 2-(乙硫基)乙胺鹽酸鹽處理。由此得到 -67- (64) (64)200416214 0.24 9 g所欲產物。 (S)-[1-(2-乙硫基-乙基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基 )-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯:根據步驟 A的方法,令 0.249 g硝基化合物和50 mg披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所 欲的產物(tic)。令此苯胺粗產物經0.299 g三氧化硫-D比啶 錯合物處理。收拾反應及純化,得0.044 g銨鹽產物。1Η (D2〇):7.39-7. 1 5 ( q,2H,J = 9.4Hz ) ,7.12-7.03 ( q ,2H,J-7.3Hz ) ,4.13 ( t,1H,J = 8.8Hz) ,3.30-3.1 7 (m,2H) ,2.94-2.83 (m,2H) 2.49-2.42 (m,4H) 1.27 (s,9H) ,l.ll (t,3H,J = 8.2Hz)。 實例1 7 (S)-[ 1-(4-苯基-丁基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)_ 乙基;l·胺基甲酸第三丁酯: (S)-[l-(4 -苯基-丁基胺甲酸基)-2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基 ]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯:根據實例1的方法,令1.00 g Boc-L-Phe(4-N02)-0H 經 0.359 g NMM、0.483 g 氯甲酸異丁酯 、和0.96 1 mg 4-苯基丁胺處理。由此得到0.281 g所欲產 物。 (S)-[ 1-(4-苯基-丁基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯:根據步驟A的方法,令0.21 8 g硝基化合物和50 mg披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產 物(tic)。令此苯胺粗產物經0.2 3 6 g三氧化硫-吡啶錯合物 處理。收拾反應及純化,得0.015 g銨鹽產物。1H ( D20 - 68- (65) (65)200416214 ):7.17-6.92 (m,9H) ,4.08 (m,1H) ,3.05-2.69 ( m,4H ) ,2.39 (t,2H,J = 7.9Hz) 1.37-1.24 ( m , 4¾) ,1.19(s,9H) 〇 實例1 8 (S)-3-[2 -第三丁氧鑛胺基- 3- (4-擴酸胺基-苯基卜丙醯 胺基]-丙酸: (S)-3-[2-第三丁氧鑛胺基- 3- L- (4 -硝基-苯基)·丙醯胺 基]-丙酸甲酯:根據實例1的方法,令0.5 00 g Boc_L-Phe(4-N02)-0H 經 0.342 gNMM、0.462 g 氯甲酸異 丁酯、 和0 · 5 8 5 g β -丙胺酸第三丁酯鹽酸鹽處理。由此得到 〇 . 2 9 3 g所欲產物。 (S)-3-[2 -第三了氧碳胺基- 3- L- (4-硝基-苯基)·丙醯胺 基]-丙酸:(S)-3-[2-第三丁氧羰胺基-3-L-(4-硝基-苯基)_ 丙醯胺基卜丙酸甲酯(2 93 mg)溶於15 mL甲醇:水(1:1)和 0.2 3 1 g ·—水合氫氧化鋰。反應混合物在室溫下攬拌7 2小 時。接著反應混合物經DCM (10 mL)稀釋,並以1 N HC1 沖洗,以硫酸鎂乾燥,得〇 . 1 9 3 g所欲產物。 (S)~3-[2-第三丁氧羰胺基-3-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基丙醯 胺基]-丙酸:根據步驟A的方法,令〇 . 1 9 3 g硝基化合物 和50 mg披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(tic)。令此 苯胺粗產物經0 · 2 4 2 g三氧化硫-吼啶錯合物處理。收拾反 應及純化,得 0 · 0 2 0 g銨鹽產物。1 η ( D 2 Ο ) : 7.16-6.97 (q,4H,J=11.8Hz) ,4.〇9(t,lH,J = 6.8Hz) ’3.30- -69- (66) (66)200416214 3 . 1 4 ( m,2 Η ) ,2.9 5 - 2 · 7 0 ( m,2 Η ) ,2 · 2 3 ( t,2 Η, J=1 0.0Hz ) ,1 .23 ( s,9H )。 實例1 9 (S)-{4-[2-(3-苄基-脲基)-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙基]-苯基 }-胺基擴酸: (3)-2-(3-苄基-脲基)-心甲基-3-(4-硝基-苯基)-丙醯胺 :根據實例 2 之方法,0.150 g H-L-Phe(4-N02)-NMe 經 0 . 1 2 3 g三乙胺和 0.8 5 g異氰酸苄酯處理,由此得到 0.0 8 2 g所欲產物。 (S)-{4-[2-(3-苄基-脲基)-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙基]-苯基 }-胺基磺酸:根據步驟A的方法,令0.0 8 2 g硝基化合物 和5 0 mg披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(tic)。令此 苯胺粗產物經〇 . 1 1 〇 g三氧化硫-吼啶錯合物處理。收拾反 應及純化,得 〇 . 〇 2 4 g銨鹽產物。1 H ( D 2 Ο ) : 7 · 2 8 - 7 · 1 8 (m,3Η) ,7.06-6.98 (m,6H) ,4·21 (t,1H, J = 7.3Hz ) ,4.12 至 4.08 ( q,2H,J=13.3Hz) ,2.96- 2.70 ( m,2H ) ,2.54 ( s,3H )。 實例2 0 (S)-(4-{ 2-[3-(2-甲氧基-苯基)-脲基]-2-甲基胺甲醯基- 乙基}-本基)-胺基擴酸: (8)_2-[3-(2-甲氧基-苯基)-脲基]-心甲基-3-(4-硝基-苯 基)-丙醯胺:根據實例2之方法,0.150 g H-Phe(4-N02)- -70- (67) (67)200416214 NMe經〇· 123 g三乙胺和0.95 g異氰酸2-甲氧苯酯處理, 由此得到0.0 7 3 g所欲產物。 (S)-(4-{2-[3-(2-甲氧基-苯基)-脲基]-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙基卜苯基)-胺基磺酸:根據步驟 A的方法,令0.0 73 g 硝基化合物和5 0 mg披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物 (tic)。令此苯胺粗產物經0.094 g三氧化硫-吡啶錯合物處 理。收拾反應及純化,得0.0 3 3 g銨鹽產物。1H ( D20 ) :7.3 1-7.28 (m,1H) ,7.02-6.99 (m,5H) ,6.90-6.82 (m,2H) ,4.23(t,lH,J = 7.0Hz) ,3.66(s,3H), 2.94-2.74 (m,2H) ,2.54(s,3H)。 實例2 1 (S)-[4-(2-苯磺醯胺基-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙基)-苯基]-胺基磺酸: (3)-2-苯磺醯胺基-心甲基-3-(4-硝基-苯基)-丙醯胺: 根據實例 2 之方法,0.293 g H-L-Phe(4-N02)-NMe 經 〇 · 1 7 9 g吡啶和0 . 1 9 9 g苯磺醯氯處理,由此得到〇 . 2 7 3 g 所欲產物。 (S)-[4-(2-苯磺醯胺基-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙基)-苯基]_ 胺基磺酸:根據步驟A的方法,令〇 · 2 3 7 g硝基化合物和 5 0 mg披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(tic)。令此苯 胺粗產物經〇 . 3 1 1 g三氧化硫-吼啶錯合物處理。收拾反應 及純化,得 0.085 g 銨鹽產物。1H ( D20 ) : 7.5 5 -7.49 ( m ,3H) ,7.41-7.39 (m,2H) ,6.84(s,4H) ^ 3.73 ( t -71 - (68) 200416214 ,1H,J = 6.8Hz ) ,2.86-2.59 ( m,2H) ,2.42 (s,3H ) 實例2 2 (S)-{4-[2-(4-甲氧基-苯磺醯胺基)-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙 基;l·苯基}-胺基磺酸:), 3.25-2.62 (m, 6H), 3.01 (s, 3H), 1.07 (s, 9H -66-(63) (63) 200416214 Example 1 5 (S)-[l- (2-ethoxy- Ethylamine formamyl) -2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminoformic acid third butyl ester: (SM 1- (2-ethoxy-ethylamine formamidine ) -2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl; l. Tert-butylaminoformate: According to the method of Example 1, let 1. 00g Boc-L-Phe (4-N02) -OH Treated with 359 mg of NMM, 483 mg of isobutyl chloroformate, and 0.6 7 5 mL of 2-ethoxyethylamine. This gave 0.312 g of the desired product. (S)-[l- (2-ethoxy- Ethylaminomethane) -2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -carbamic acid third butyl ester: According to the method of step A, let 0.3 1 2 g nitro The compound and 100 mg of palladium on carbon were reduced to obtain the desired product (11 C). The crude aniline product was treated with 0.391 g of sulphur trioxide-pyridine [J fixed complex. Pack the reaction And purification to obtain 0.157 g of ammonium salt product 0] H (D 2〇): 7.21-6.98 (q, 4H, J = 0 • 2 Hz), 4.13 (t 1 Η J = 2 7 · 0 Hz) ,: L44-3. 1 6 (m; -6H ), 2.89- 2.80 (m, 2Η) 1.26 (s, 9H), 1.03 (t, 3H, J 7.9Hz). Example 16 (S)-[1- (2-ethylthio- Ethylaminomethyl) -2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl; l · Thirty-butylaminoformate: (S)-[l- (2-ethylthio-ethyl Trimethylaminomethyl) -2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester: According to the method of Example 1, let 1.0. G Boc-Phe (4- N02) -OH was treated with 0.685 g of NMM, 0.483 g of isobutyl chloroformate, and 0.912 g of 2- (ethylthio) ethylamine hydrochloride. This gave -67- (64) (64) 200416214 0.24 9 g of (S)-[1- (2-Ethylthio-ethylaminomethylmethyl) -2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester : According to the method of step A, 0.249 g of a nitro compound and 50 mg of palladium on carbon are subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.299 g of a sulfur trioxide-D-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.044 g of ammonium salt product. 1Η (D2〇): 7.39-7. 1 5 (q, 2H, J = 9.4Hz), 7.12-7.03 (q, 2H, J-7.3Hz), 4.13 (t, 1H, J = 8.8Hz), 3.30 -3.1 7 (m, 2H), 2.94-2.83 (m, 2H) 2.49-2.42 (m, 4H) 1.27 (s, 9H), 1.1 (t, 3H, J = 8.2Hz). Example 1 7 (S)-[1- (4-Phenyl-butylaminomethyl) -2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl; l · butylamino formate : (S)-[l- (4-phenyl-butylcarbamate) -2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -carbamic acid third butyl ester: Method according to Example 1 1.00 g of Boc-L-Phe (4-N02) -0H was treated with 0.359 g of NMM, 0.483 g of isobutyl chloroformate, and 0.96 1 mg of 4-phenylbutylamine. This gave 0.281 g of the desired product. (S)-[1- (4-Phenyl-butylaminomethylmethyl) -2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester: according to step A In the method, 0.21 8 g of a nitro compound and 50 mg of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.2 3 6 g of a sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.015 g of ammonium salt product. 1H (D20-68- (65) (65) 200416214): 7.17-6.92 (m, 9H), 4.08 (m, 1H), 3.05-2.69 (m, 4H), 2.39 (t, 2H, J = 7.9Hz ) 1.37-1.24 (m, 4¾), 1.19 (s, 9H). Example 1 8 (S) -3- [2-Third-butoxyamine amino-3- (4-propanoate amino-phenylbuprofen) Amine] -propionic acid: (S) -3- [2-Third-butoxymineamine- 3-L- (4-nitro-phenyl) · propanamido] -methyl propionate: according to The method of Example 1 treated 0.5 00 g of Boc_L-Phe (4-N02) -0H with 0.342 g of NMM, 0.462 g of isobutyl chloroformate, and 0. 5 8 5 g of β-alanine tert-butyl ester hydrochloride Thereby 0.23 3 g of the desired product is obtained. (S) -3- [2-Third oxycarbamino-3-L- (4-nitro-phenyl) · propanamido] -Propionic acid: (S) -3- [2-Third-butoxycarbonylamino-3-L- (4-nitro-phenyl) _propionamidomethyl propionate (2 93 mg) In 15 mL of methanol: water (1: 1) and 0.2 3 1 g of lithium hydroxide hydrate. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 7 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then diluted with DCM (10 mL) and 1 N HC1 was washed and dried over magnesium sulfate to obtain 0.193 g of the desired product. (S) ~ 3- [2-Third-butoxycarbonyl 3- (4-sulfonylamino-phenylpropionamido] -propionic acid: According to the method of step A, 0.1 3g of a nitro compound and 50 mg of palladium on carbon were obtained by reduction reaction. The desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.24 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0. 0 2 0 g of ammonium salt product. 1 η ( D 2 Ο): 7.16-6.97 (q, 4H, J = 11.8Hz), 4.09 (t, 1H, J = 6.8Hz) '3.30- -69- (66) (66) 200416214 3. 1 4 (m, 2 Η), 2.9 5-2 · 7 0 (m, 2 Η), 2 · 2 3 (t, 2 Η, J = 1 0.0Hz), 1.23 (s, 9H). Example 1 9 (S)-{4- [2- (3-benzyl-ureido) -2-methylaminomethylmethyl-ethyl] -phenyl} -amino acid: (3) -2- (3 -Benzyl-ureido) -cardiomethyl-3- (4-nitro-phenyl) -propanamide: According to the method of Example 2, 0.150 g of HL-Phe (4-N02) -NMe was passed through 0.1. Treatment with 2 3 g of triethylamine and 0.8 5 g of benzyl isocyanate gave 0.0 8 2 g of the desired product. (S)-{4- [2- (3-Benzyl-ureido) -2-methylaminomethylmethyl-ethyl] -phenyl} -aminosulfonic acid: According to the method of Step A, let 0.0 8 2 g of a nitro compound and 50 mg of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.110 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.024 g of an ammonium salt product. 1 H (D 2 Ο): 7 · 2 8-7 · 1 8 (m, 3Η), 7.06-6.98 (m, 6H), 4 · 21 (t, 1H, J = 7.3Hz), 4.12 to 4.08 ( q, 2H, J = 13.3Hz), 2.96- 2.70 (m, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H). Example 2 0 (S)-(4- {2- [3- [2- (2-methoxy-phenyl) -ureido] -2-methylaminomethylmethyl-ethyl} -benzyl) -amino Acid expansion: (8) _2- [3- (2-methoxy-phenyl) -ureido] -cardiomethyl-3- (4-nitro-phenyl) -propanamide: according to Example 2 Method: 0.150 g of H-Phe (4-N02)--70- (67) (67) 200416214 NMe was treated with 0.123 g of triethylamine and 0.95 g of 2-methoxyphenyl isocyanate, thereby obtaining 0.0 7 3 g of the desired product. (S)-(4- {2- [3- (2-methoxy-phenyl) -ureido] -2-methylaminomethane-ethylphenylphenyl) -aminosulfonic acid: according to In the method of step A, 0.073 g of a nitro compound and 50 mg of palladium on carbon are subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.094 g of a sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was cleaned up and purified to obtain 0.0 3 3 g of ammonium salt product. 1H (D20): 7.3 1-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.02-6.99 (m, 5H), 6.90-6.82 (m, 2H), 4.23 (t, 1H, J = 7.0Hz), 3.66 (s, 3H ), 2.94-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H). Example 2 1 (S)-[4- (2-Benzylsulfonamido-2-methylaminomethylsulfanyl-ethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid: (3) -2-benzenesulfonylsulfonium Amino-cardiomethyl-3- (4-nitro-phenyl) -propanilamine: According to the method of Example 2, 0.293 g of HL-Phe (4-N02) -NMe was passed through 0.179 g of pyridine and Treatment with 0.19 g of benzylsulfonium chloride gave 0.273 g of the desired product. (S)-[4- (2-benzenesulfonamido-2-methylaminomethylamidino-ethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid: According to the method of Step A, let 0.2 3 7 g of nitro compound and 50 mg of palladium on carbon were reduced to obtain the desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.31 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was cleaned up and purified to obtain 0.085 g of ammonium salt product. 1H (D20): 7.5 5 -7.49 (m, 3H), 7.41-7.39 (m, 2H), 6.84 (s, 4H) ^ 3.73 (t -71-(68) 200416214, 1H, J = 6.8Hz), 2.86-2.59 (m, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H) Example 2 2 (S)-{4- [2- (4-methoxy-benzenesulfonamido) -2-methylamine formamidine -Ethyl; l.phenyl} -aminosulfonic acid:

(S )-2-(4-甲氧基-苯磺醯胺基)-N-甲基-3-(4-硝基-苯基 )-丙醯胺:根據實例2之方法,0.3 00 g H-L-Phe(4-N02)-NMe經5 mL吡啶和0.262 g 4-甲氧基苯磺醯氯處理,由 此得到0.0 8 6 g所欲產物。 (S)-{4-[2-(4-甲氧基-苯磺醯胺基)-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙 基]••苯基卜胺基擴酸:根據步驟A的方法,令0.0 8 6 g硝 基化合物和25 mg披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物 (t 1 c)。令此苯胺粗產物經0 . 1 0 5 g三氧化硫-吼啶錯合物處 理。收拾反應及純化,得0.016 g銨鹽產物。1H ( D20 )(S) -2- (4-methoxy-benzenesulfonamido) -N-methyl-3- (4-nitro-phenyl) -propanamide: According to the method of Example 2, 0.3 00 g HL-Phe (4-N02) -NMe was treated with 5 mL of pyridine and 0.262 g of 4-methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride, thereby obtaining 0.0 8 6 g of the desired product. (S)-{4- [2- (4-methoxy-benzenesulfonamido) -2-methylaminomethylamido-ethyl] • phenylphenylamino acid: according to step A In the method, 0.0 8 6 g of a nitro compound and 25 mg of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (t 1 c). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.1 105 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.016 g of ammonium salt product. 1H (D20)

:7.35 和 7.31 (d,2H,J = 7.7Hz) ,6·82 和 6.79(d,2H ,J = 7.7Hz ) ,6·76 ( s,4H ) ,3·74 ( s,3H ) ,3.64 ( t ,1H,J = 9.2Hz) ,2.81-2.48 (m,2H) ,2.41 (s,3H) 實例2 3 (S)_{4_[2-甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(萘-卜磺醯胺基)-乙基]-苯 基}-胺基磺酸: (S)-N-甲基- 2-(萘-1-磺醯胺基)-3-(4-硝基-苯基丙醯 -72- (69) (69)200416214 胺:根據實例2之方法,0.3 00 g H-L-Phe(4-N〇2)-NMe經 5 m L D比D定和0 · 2 8 7 g α -萘擴醯氯處理,由此得到〇 . 〇 7 3 g 所欲產物。 (S)-{4-[2-甲基胺甲醯基-2-(萘-1-磺醯胺基)_乙基卜苯 基卜胺基磺酸:根據步驟A的方法,令0.073 g硝基化合 物和2 5 m g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(11 c)。令 此苯胺粗產物經〇 · 〇 8 4 g三氧化硫-卩比啶錯合物處理。收拾 反應及純化,得〇 . 〇 1 8 g銨鹽產物。1 H ( D 2 Ο ) : 8 · 0 7和 8.04 ( d,1H,J = 8.9Hz ) ,7.97 和 7.94 ( d,1H,J = 9.2Hz ),7.83 (t’ 2H,J = 8.0 H z ) ,7.46-7.41 (m,2H), 7.32 (t,1H,J = 8.8Hz) ,6.45 和 6·42 (d,2H,J = 9.4Hz: 7.35 and 7.31 (d, 2H, J = 7.7Hz), 6.82 and 6.79 (d, 2H, J = 7.7Hz), 6.76 (s, 4H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.64 (t, 1H, J = 9.2Hz), 2.81-2.48 (m, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H) Example 2 3 (S) _ {4_ [2-methylaminomethylamidino-2- (naphthalene- Busulfonylamino) -ethyl] -phenyl} -aminosulfonic acid: (S) -N-methyl-2- (naphthalene-1-sulfonamido) -3- (4-nitro- Phenylpropionamidine-72- (69) (69) 200416214 Amine: According to the method of Example 2, 0.3 00 g of HL-Phe (4-N〇2) -NMe was determined by a 5 m LD ratio D to be 0. 2 8 7 g α-naphthalene chlorination, thereby obtaining 0.07 3 g of the desired product. (S)-{4- [2-methylaminomethylmethyl-2- (naphthalene-1-sulfonamido) ) _Ethylbuthylphenylaminosulfonic acid: According to the method of step A, 0.073 g of a nitro compound and 25 mg of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (11 c). The product was treated with 0.08 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.018 g of an ammonium salt product. 1 H (D 2 0): 8.07 and 8.04 (d, 1H, J = 8.9Hz), 7.97 and 7.94 (d, 1H, J = 9.2Hz), 7.83 (t '2H, J = 8.0 H z), 7.46-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.32 (t, 1H, J = 8.8Hz), 6.45 and 6.42 (d, 2H, J = 9.4Hz

),6.29 和 6.27 (d,2H,J = 7.5Hz) ,3.64-3.58 (q,1H ,J = 5.5Hz) ,2.7 1-2.31 (m,2H) ,2.36 (s,3H)。 實例24 (S)-[l-(;基-甲基-胺甲醯基)-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)_ 乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯: # (SM1-(苄基-甲基-胺甲醯基)-2_(4-硝基-苯基卜乙基μ 胺基甲酸第三丁酯: L-B〇C-Phe-(4-N02)-〇H (0.3 90 g)和 0.203 g—水合 1_ 羥基苯並三唑與1 2 mL DMF混合並於冰浴中冷卻。加入 EDCI (0.5 7 5 g)和0.39 mL 1甲基苄胺。接著將反應混合 物升溫至室溫。1 8小時後,反應混合物經e t Ο A c稀釋, 並以〗N H C1沖洗一次’及以硫酸鈉乾燥。層析後得 -73- (70) (70)200416214 0.910 g白色固體。 (S)-[2-(4-胺基-苯基)-1-(苄基-甲基-胺甲醯基)-乙基]_ 胺基甲酸第三丁酯: 根據步驟A的方法,令0.9 0 0 g硝基化合物和1 〇 m L MeOH和0.150 g 10% Pd/C混合。還原反應及快速層析純 化後得〇 . 4 2 7 g所欲的產物。 (S)-[l-(苄基-甲基-胺甲醯基)-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)_ 乙基;l·胺基甲酸第三丁酯: 根據步驟A的方法,令0 · 4 2 7 g苯胺與1 0 mL吡啶和 0.5 3 0 g三氧化硫-D比啶錯合物混合。純化後得〇.3 24 g產 物。旋光異構物的混合物之NMR (DMSO) : 7.73 ( 1H ,s ) ,7.68(lH,s) , ,7·38 - 6.82(9H,m) ,6.79( 1 Η 5 d ) ,4.60-4.51 ( 1H,m) ,4.41 (s,2H) ,4.36( s,2H) ,2.84(s,3H) ,2.79-2.62( m,2H) ,:l.38(s ,9H ) ,1 .32 ( s,9H ) 〇 實例25 (S)-[l-(2-甲基-5-苯基- 2H-D比唑-3-基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-擴 酸胺基 - 苯基 )- 乙基] - 胺基甲 酸第三 丁酯: (S)-[ 1-(2-甲基-5-苯基- 2H-DH:唑-3-基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯: 根據步驟 A 的方法,令 0.93 0 g Boc-Phe-(4-N02)-OH 經0 · 3 6 mL N-甲基嗎啉、0 · 3 9 mL氯甲酸異丁酯、和0.5 5 m L 2 -甲基-5 -苯基-2 Η - Dtt Π坐-3 -基胺處理。收拾反應及層析 (71) 200416214 後得所欲產物。 (S)-[2-(4-胺基-苯基)-1-(2-甲基-5-苯基- 2H-吼唑-3-基 胺甲醯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯: 根據步驟 A的方法,令0.5 0 0 g硝基化合物溶於 MeOH,及力日入0.150 g 10% Pd/C。將反應混合物置於H2 氣氛下。收拾反應及層析後得〇 . 3 8 8 g灰白色固體。), 6.29 and 6.27 (d, 2H, J = 7.5Hz), 3.64-3.58 (q, 1H, J = 5.5Hz), 2.7 1-2.31 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H). Example 24 (S)-[l-(; yl-methyl-aminomethylamino) -2- (4-sulfonic acid amino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester: # ( SM1- (benzyl-methyl-carbamoyl) -2_ (4-nitro-phenylbethylethyl μ tertiary butyl carbamate: LBOC-Phe- (4-N02) -OH (0.3 90 g) and 0.203 g of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate were mixed with 12 mL of DMF and cooled in an ice bath. EDCI (0.5 7 5 g) and 0.39 mL of 1 methylbenzylamine were added. The reaction mixture was then warmed to At room temperature. After 18 hours, the reaction mixture was diluted with et OC, and washed once with NH C1 and dried over sodium sulfate. After chromatography, -73- (70) (70) 200416214 0.910 g of a white solid was obtained. (S)-[2- (4-Amino-phenyl) -1- (benzyl-methyl-carbamoyl) -ethyl] -carbamic acid third butyl ester: According to the method of step A, 0.90 g of a nitro compound was mixed with 10 ml of MeOH and 0.150 g of 10% Pd / C. After reduction and purification by flash chromatography, 0.427 g of the desired product was obtained. (S)-[l -(Benzyl-methyl-carbamoyl) -2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl; l · aminocarbamic acid third butyl ester: According to the method of step A, let 0 · 4 2 7 g The amine was mixed with 10 mL of pyridine and 0.5 3 0 g of sulfur trioxide-D-pyridine complex. After purification, 0.3 24 g of the product was obtained. NMR (DMSO) of the mixture of optical isomers: 7.73 (1H, s ), 7.68 (lH, s), 7.38-6.82 (9H, m), 6.79 (1 Η 5 d), 4.60-4.51 (1H, m), 4.41 (s, 2H), 4.36 (s, 2H ), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.79-2.62 (m, 2H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.32 (s, 9H). Example 25 (S)-[l- (2-form -Phenyl-5-phenyl-2H-D-pyrazol-3-ylaminomethylmethyl) -2- (4-propanoate-phenyl) -ethyl] -Thirty-butyl aminoformate: (S )-[1- (2-methyl-5-phenyl-2 2H-DH: azole-3-ylaminomethylmethyl) -2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid Third butyl ester: According to the method of step A, 0.93 0 g of Boc-Phe- (4-N02) -OH was passed through 0.36 mL of N-methylmorpholine, 0.39 mL of isobutyl chloroformate, And 0.5 5 m L 2 -methyl-5 -phenyl-2 Η-Dtt Π -3-amine. Clean up the reaction and chromatography (71) 200416214 to get the desired product. (S)-[2- (4-Amino-phenyl) -1- (2-methyl-5-phenyl-2H-yrazol-3-ylaminomethyl) -ethyl] -amino Third butyl formate: According to the method of step A, 0.5 0 0 g of a nitro compound was dissolved in MeOH, and 0.150 g of 10% Pd / C was added daily. The reaction mixture was placed under a H2 atmosphere. After packing up the reaction and chromatography, 0.388 g of an off-white solid was obtained.

(S)-[l-(2-甲基-5-苯基- 2H-口比唑-3-基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯: 根據步驟A的方法,令0.3 8 8 g苯胺溶於8 m L D比π定 ,並以0.4 1 0 g吡啶-S 0 3錯合物處理。收拾反應及純化後 得 0.169 g銨鹽產物。旋光異構物的混合物之iH NMR (D20) : 7.61-7.52 ( m ^ 2H) ,7.40-7.22 ( m,3H), 7.15-7.02 ( m ^ 4 Η ) ,6.41-6.29 (m,lH) ,4.39-4.29 ( m,1H) ,3.42-3.25 (m,3H) ,2.99-2.82 (m,2H), 1 .3 1 ( s,9H )。(S)-[l- (2-methyl-5-phenyl-2H-orbitazol-3-ylaminomethylmethyl) -2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -Third butyl aminoformate: According to the method of step A, 0.3 8 8 g of aniline was dissolved in 8 m LD ratio π and treated with 0.4 1 0 g of pyridine-S 0 3 complex. After packing up the reaction and purification, 0.169 g of ammonium salt product was obtained. IH NMR (D20) of a mixture of optical isomers: 7.61-7.52 (m ^ 2H), 7.40-7.22 (m, 3H), 7.15-7.02 (m ^ 4 Η), 6.41-6.29 (m, 1H), 4.39-4.29 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.25 (m, 3H), 2.99-2.82 (m, 2H), 1.31 (s, 9H).

實例2 6 (S)-[l -苯基胺甲酸基-2-(4 -礦酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺 基甲酸第三丁酯: (S)-[2-(4-硝基-苯基)-1-苯基胺甲醯基-乙基]_胺基甲 酸第三丁酯: 根據步驟 A 的方法,令 0.93 0 g Boc-Phe-(4-N02)-OH 經0.36 mL Ν·甲基嗎啉、0.39 mL氯甲酸異丁酯、和0.55 mL苯胺處理。收拾反應及層析後得1 . 1 43 g所欲產物。 -75- (72) (72)200416214 (S)-[2-(4-胺基-苯基)-1-苯基胺甲醯基-乙基卜胺基甲 酸第三丁酯: 根據步驟 A的方法,令 0.5 0 0 g硝基化合物溶於 MeOH,及力□入0.150 g 1 0 % P d / C。將反應混合物置於Η 2 氣氛下。收拾反應後得〇 . 3 7 3 g所欲產物。 (S)-[l-苯基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺 基甲酸第三丁酯: 根據步驟A的方法,令0.3 7 3 g苯胺溶於5 m L D比π定 ,並以0.501 g吡啶- S03錯合物處理。收拾反應及純化後 得 0.045 g 銨鹽產物。1H NMR(D20) : 7.36-7.24 (m, 1H ) ,7.21-7.12(m,5H) ,7.11-7.02 (m,3H), 4.31-4.11 (m,1H) ,3.00 (d,2H,J-l 0.4Hz ) ,1.32( s,9H )。 實例2 7 (S ) - [ 1 - __*卡基胺甲酿基- 2- (4-擴酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]- 胺基甲酸第三丁酯: (S ) - [ 1 - _节基胺甲酿基- 2- (4 -硝基-本基)-乙基]-胺基 甲酸第三丁酯: 根據實例 24 之方法,0.9 3 0 g Boc-Phe-(4-N02)-OH 和 203 g —水合1 -羥基苯並三唑於12 mL DMF中混合。加入 EDCI (0.5 7 5 g)和0.5 7 mL二苄胺。收拾反應及純化後後 得0.72 6 g白色固體。 (S)-[2-(4 -胺基-苯基)-1- _卡基胺甲醯基-乙基]-胺基 -76- (73) (73)200416214 甲酸第三丁酯: 根據步驟A的方法,令〇 . 7 2 6 g硝基化合物和〇 . 1 2 0 g 10% Pd/C於15 mL MeOH中混合。收拾反應及快速層析 純化後得〇 . 1 7 2 g白色固體。 (S)-[l-二苄基胺甲醯基- 2- (4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯: 根據步驟A的方法,令〇. 1 7 2 g胺溶於5 m L吡啶, 並以0.177 g吡啶-S03錯合物處理。收拾反應及純化後得 0.0 8 4 g銨鹽產物。旋光異構物的混合物之1η NMR (D2〇) :7.35-7.23 (m,5H) ,7·1 卜 6.92(m,9H) ,4.60-4.32 (m,1 Η ) ,2.83(d,2H,J=10.4Hz) ,1.28(s,9H) ,:I . 0 2 ( s,9 H ) ° 實例2 8 (S)-4-[卜甲基胺甲醯基- 2_(4_磺酸胺基-苯基)_乙基胺 甲醯基]-哌啶-1 -甲酸第三丁酯: (S)-4-[卜甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基胺甲醯 基]-哌啶-1-甲酸第三丁酯:H-L-Phe(4-N02)-NMe (0.300 g )溶於 1 0 m L D C Μ,並以 0 · 1 3 0 g 三乙胺、0 · 2 4 5 g E D C I 和0.3 0 5 g 1-BOC-哌啶-4-甲酸處理。18小時後,令反應 混合物於0. 1 N HC1和DCM間分配。有機層經乾燥及快 速層析純化得0 . 1 3 7 g產物。 (S )-4-[1-甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基胺 甲醯基l·哌啶-1 -甲酸第三丁酯:根據步驟A的方法,令 -77- (74) 200416214Example 2 6 (S)-[l-Phenylcarbamate-2- (4-mineral amine-phenyl) -ethyl] -carbamic acid third butyl ester: (S)-[2- ( 4-nitro-phenyl) -1-phenylaminomethylmethyl-ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester: According to the method of Step A, make 0.93 0 g Boc-Phe- (4-N02)- OH was treated with 0.36 mL of Ν · methylmorpholine, 0.39 mL of isobutyl chloroformate, and 0.55 mL of aniline. After packing up the reaction and chromatography, 1.143 g of the desired product was obtained. -75- (72) (72) 200416214 (S)-[2- (4-Amino-phenyl) -1-phenylaminomethylethyl-ethyltriaminobutyrate: according to step A In this method, 0.5 0 g of a nitro compound was dissolved in MeOH, and 0.150 g of 10% P d / C was poured into the solution. The reaction mixture was placed under a Η 2 atmosphere. After packing up the reaction, 0.33 g of the desired product was obtained. (S)-[l-Phenylaminomethylmethyl-2- (4-sulfonamido-phenyl) -ethyl] -carbamic acid third butyl ester: According to the method of Step A, let 0.3 7 3 g of aniline was dissolved in 5 m of LD ratio and treated with 0.501 g of pyridine-S03 complex. After packing up the reaction and purification, 0.045 g of ammonium salt product was obtained. 1H NMR (D20): 7.36-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.12 (m, 5H), 7.11-7.02 (m, 3H), 4.31-4.11 (m, 1H), 3.00 (d, 2H, Jl 0.4 Hz), 1.32 (s, 9H). Example 2 7 (S)-[1-__ * Carboxyaminomethyl-2- (4-propanoate-phenyl) -ethyl] -Thirty-butyl carbamate: (S)-[ 1-_benzylaminomethyl 2- (4-nitro-benzyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester: According to the method of Example 24, 0.9 3 0 g Boc-Phe- (4 -N02) -OH and 203 g of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole in 12 mL DMF. Add EDCI (0.5 7 5 g) and 0.5 7 mL of dibenzylamine. After packing up the reaction and purification, 0.72 6 g of a white solid was obtained. (S)-[2- (4-Amino-phenyl) -1-_carboxamidomethyl-ethyl] -amino-76- (73) (73) 200416214 third butyl formate: according to In the method of step A, 0.726 g of a nitro compound and 0.120 g of 10% Pd / C were mixed in 15 mL of MeOH. After packing up the reaction and purification by flash chromatography, 0.172 g of a white solid was obtained. (S)-[l-Dibenzylamine formamidine-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester: According to the method of Step A, let 172 g of amine was dissolved in 5 ml of pyridine and treated with 0.177 g of pyridine-S03 complex. After packing up and purifying, 0.0 8 4 g of ammonium salt product was obtained. 1η NMR (D20) of a mixture of optical isomers: 7.35-7.23 (m, 5H), 7.1, 6.92 (m, 9H), 4.60-4.32 (m, 1 Η), 2.83 (d, 2H, J = 10.4Hz), 1.28 (s, 9H) ,: I. 0 2 (s, 9 H) ° Example 2 8 (S) -4- [Bumethylamine formamyl- 2_ (4-sulfonic acid amine- Phenyl) -ethylaminomethylamidinyl] -piperidine-1-third butyl formate: (S) -4- [Bromylaminomethylmethyl-2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl Carbamidinyl] -piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester: HL-Phe (4-N02) -NMe (0.300 g) was dissolved in 10 m LDC Μ, and 0. 1 3 0 g triethylamine , 0 · 2 4 5 g EDCI and 0.3 0 5 g 1-BOC-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid. After 18 hours, the reaction mixture was partitioned between 0.1 N HC1 and DCM. The organic layer was dried and purified by flash chromatography to obtain 0.137 g of product. (S) -4- [1-Methylaminomethylamido-2- (4-sulfonamido-phenyl) -ethylaminomethylamidol · piperidine-1-third butyl formate: according to Method of Step A, Order -77- (74) 200416214

0.137 g硝基化合物和25 mg披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所 欲的產物(tic)。令此苯胺粗產物經0.150 g三氧化硫-吼啶 錯合物處理。收拾反應及純化,得〇 . 01 5 g銨鹽產物。1 Η (D2〇):7.0 3 - 6.9 5 ( q,4H,J = 8.2Hz ) ,4.32 ( t,1H ,J = 7.9Hz) ,3.81(m,2H) ,2.95-2.62 (m,4H) 2.49 (s,3 H ) ,2.2 8 ( m,1 H ) 1 · 5 2 ( m,4 H ) ,1 .2 7 ( s, 9H )。A reduction reaction of 0.137 g of a nitro compound and 25 mg of palladium on carbon gave the desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.150 g of a sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.015 g of an ammonium salt product. 1 Η (D2〇): 7.0 3-6.9 5 (q, 4H, J = 8.2Hz), 4.32 (t, 1H, J = 7.9Hz), 3.81 (m, 2H), 2.95-2.62 (m, 4H) 2.49 (s, 3 H), 2.28 (m, 1 H) 1 · 5 2 (m, 4 H), 1.2 7 (s, 9H).

實例2 9 (S)-[4-(2-苯甲醯基胺基-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙基)-苯基 l·胺基磺酸: 甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-苯甲 醯胺:根據實例2之方法,0,175 g Η-L-Phe(4-N02)-NMe 經 0.143 g三乙胺和 0.104 g苯甲醯氯處理,由此得到 〇 . 1 1 〇 g 產物。Example 2 9 (S)-[4- (2-Benzylamidoamino-2-methylaminomethylamido-ethyl) -phenyl l · aminosulfonic acid: methylaminomethylamido-2 -(4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -benzimidamine: According to the method of Example 2, 0,175 g of fluorene-L-Phe (4-N02) -NMe was treated with 0.143 g of triethylamine and 0.104 g of benzene Formaldehyde chloride treatment, whereby 0.110 g of product was obtained.

(S)_[4-(2-苯甲醯基胺基-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙基)-苯基 ]-胺基磺酸:根據步驟A的方法,令0.1 10 g硝基化合物 和0.0 5 0 g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(tic)。令 此苯胺粗產物經〇 . 2 7 7 g三氧化硫-吼啶錯合物處理。收拾 反應及純化,得 0.0 3 4 g銨鹽產物。1H ( D20 ) : 7.59- 7.32(m,5H) ,7·16-6·99(ιη,4H) ,4.53 (t,1Η, J = 8.9Hz) ,3.08-2.90 (m,2H) ,2.55(s,3H)。 實例3 0 -78- (75) (75)200416214 (S)-[l-二甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]- 胺基甲酸第三丁酯: (3)-[1-二甲基胺甲醯基-2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基 甲酸第三丁酯:根據實例1的方法,令 0.3 0 0 g Boc-L-Phe(4-N02)-0H 經 0.108 gNMM、0.132 g 氯甲酸異 丁酯、 和0.9 6 7 mL二甲胺溶液(2 Μ的THF溶液)處理。由此得 到〇 . 3 1 6 g產物。 (S)-[l-二甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯··根據步驟A的方法,令0.3 1 6 g硝基 化合物和 〇 . 1 〇 〇 g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物 (tic)。令此苯胺粗產物經0.4 77 g三氧化硫-吡啶錯合物處 理。收拾反應及純化,得0.168 g銨鹽產物。1H ( D20 ) :7.05-6.97 (q,4H,J = 8.1Hz) ,4.53 (t,1H,J = 7.9Hz ),2.73-2.57( m,8H) ,1·21 (s,9H)。 實例3 1 (S)-(4-{2-甲基胺甲醯基-2-[(〇比啶-3-羰基)-胺基]-乙 基卜苯基)-胺基磺酸: (S)-N-[l-甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-菸醯 胺:根據實例2之方法,0.3 00 g H-L-Phe(4-N02)-NMe經 0.3 8 7 g三乙胺和0.22 6 g菸醯氯處理。 (S)-(4-{2-甲基胺甲釀基-2-[(吼D疋-3-羯基)-胺基]••乙 基卜苯基)-胺基磺酸:根據步驟A的方法,令0.72 5 g硝 基化合物和〇. 1 〇〇 g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物 •79- (76) 200416214 (11 c)。令此苯胺粗產物經1 . 0 5 4 g三氧化硫-吡B定錯合物處 理。收拾反應及純化,得0.02 5 g銨鹽產物。1H ( D20 ) :8.57(d,1H,J = 2.3Hz) ,8.47 (d,1H,J = 5.6Hz ), 8.88-7.85 (d,1H,J = 9.2Hz) ,7.35-7.31 (m,1H), 7.07-6.95 (q,4H,J = 9.5Hz) ,4.50 (t,1H,J = 8.1Hz) ,3.04-2.85 (m,2H) ,2.51(s,3H)。(S) _ [4- (2-Benzylamidoamino-2-methylaminomethylamido-ethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid: According to the method of step A, make 0.1 10 g of nitrate The base compound is reduced with 0.050 g of palladium on carbon to obtain a desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.27 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.0 3 4 g of ammonium salt product. 1H (D20): 7.59- 7.32 (m, 5H), 7.16-6 · 99 (ιη, 4H), 4.53 (t, 1Η, J = 8.9Hz), 3.08-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.55 ( s, 3H). Example 3 0 -78- (75) (75) 200416214 (S)-[l-dimethylaminomethylamido-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -carbamic acid Tributyl ester: (3)-[1-dimethylaminomethylmethyl-2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester: According to the method of Example 1, let 0.3 0 0 g of Boc-L-Phe (4-N02) -0H was treated with 0.108 g of NMM, 0.132 g of isobutyl chloroformate, and 0.9 67 mL of a dimethylamine solution (2M solution in THF). This gave 0.316 g of product. (S)-[l-Dimethylamine formamyl-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester · According to the method of Step A, let 0.3 16 g of the nitro compound and 0.1 g of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.4 77 g of a sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.168 g of ammonium salt product. 1H (D20): 7.05-6.97 (q, 4H, J = 8.1Hz), 4.53 (t, 1H, J = 7.9Hz), 2.73-2.57 (m, 8H), 1.21 (s, 9H). Example 3 1 (S)-(4- {2-Methylaminomethylmethyl-2-[(〇thiopyridin-3-carbonyl) -amino] -ethylphenylphenyl) -aminosulfonic acid: ( S) -N- [l-methylamine formamidine-2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -nicotinamine: According to the method of Example 2, 0.3 00 g of HL-Phe (4- N02) -NMe was treated with 0.3 8 7 g of triethylamine and 0.22 6 g of nicotine chloride. (S)-(4- {2-methylaminomethyl methyl-2-[(rhodium-3-methyl) -amino]-• ethylphenylphenyl) -aminosulfonic acid: according to the procedure In the method of A, 0.72 5 g of a nitro compound and 0.1 000 g of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product • 79- (76) 200416214 (11 c). This crude aniline product was treated with 1.054 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine B complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.02 5 g of ammonium salt product. 1H (D20): 8.57 (d, 1H, J = 2.3Hz), 8.47 (d, 1H, J = 5.6Hz), 8.88-7.85 (d, 1H, J = 9.2Hz), 7.35-7.31 (m, 1H ), 7.07-6.95 (q, 4H, J = 9.5Hz), 4.50 (t, 1H, J = 8.1Hz), 3.04-2.85 (m, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H).

實例3 2 (S)_[4-(2-甲基胺甲醯基-2-苯乙醯胺基-乙基)-苯基]-胺基磺酸: (S)_N_甲基硝基-苯基)-2-苯乙醯胺基-丙醯胺: 根據實例 2 之方法,0.3 0 0 g H_L-Phe(4-N02)-NMe 經 0.2 5 8 g三乙胺和0.2 4 2 g苯乙醯氯處理,由此得到0.5 1 3 g產物。Example 3 2 (S) _ [4- (2-methylaminomethylmethyl-2-phenethylamido-ethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid: (S) _N_methylnitro -Phenyl) -2-phenylethylamido-propylamidoamine: According to the method of Example 2, 0.3 0 0 g of H_L-Phe (4-N02) -NMe was passed through 0.2 5 8 g of triethylamine and 0.2 4 2 g Phenylacetamidine was treated, whereby 0.5 1 3 g of product was obtained.

(S)-[4-(2-甲基胺甲醯基-2-苯乙醯胺基-乙基)-苯基]-胺基磺酸:根據步驟A的方法,令0.5 1 3 g硝基化合物和 0.0 7 5 g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(tic)。令此 苯胺粗產物經〇 . 7 1 6 g三氧化硫-哦啶錯合物處理。收拾反 應及純化,得 0.03 0 g銨鹽產物。1H ( D20 ) : 7.19-7.13 (m,3H) ,6.92-6.89(m,6H) ,4.32(t,lH, J = 6.7Hz ) ,3.42·3·30 ( q,2H,J = 8.9Hz ) ,2.93 -2.64 ( m,2 H ) ,2 · 5 0 ( s,3 H )。 實例3 3 -80- (77) 200416214 (S)-(4-{2-甲基胺甲酿基-2-[(蔡-1-擬基)-胺基]-乙基}_ 本基)-胺基擴酸: (S) -蔡-2-甲酸[1-甲基胺甲酿基- 2- (4-硝基-本基)-乙基 ]-醯胺:根據實例 2之方法,0.3 00 g H-L-Phe(4-N02)-NMe經0.2 5 8 g三乙胺和0.2 42 g 2-萘醯氯處理,由此得 到0.4 2 3 g產物。(S)-[4- (2-methylaminomethylamido-2-phenylethylamidoamino-ethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid: According to the method of step A, make 0.5 1 3 g The base compound and 0.0 7 5 g of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.716 g of a sulfur trioxide-oxidine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.03 0 g of ammonium salt product. 1H (D20): 7.19-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.92-6.89 (m, 6H), 4.32 (t, 1H, J = 6.7Hz), 3.42 · 3 · 30 (q, 2H, J = 8.9Hz) , 2.93-2.64 (m, 2 H), 2.50 (s, 3 H). Example 3 3 -80- (77) 200416214 (S)-(4- {2-methylaminomethylmethyl-2-[(Chua-1-mimetic) -amino] -ethyl} _benzyl) -Amino acid: (S) -Cai-2-carboxylic acid [1-methylamine methylamino- 2- (4-nitro-benzyl) -ethyl] -fluorenamine: According to the method of Example 2, 0.3 00 g of HL-Phe (4-N02) -NMe was treated with 0.2 5 8 g of triethylamine and 0.2 42 g of 2-naphthalenepyrene chloride, thereby obtaining 0.4 2 3 g of the product.

(S)-(4-{2-甲基胺甲醯基-2-[(蔡-1-羰基)-胺基]-乙基}-苯基)-胺基磺酸:根據步驟A的方法,令0.42 3 g硝基化 合物和0.07 5 g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(tic) 。令此苯胺粗產物經〇 . 5 3 5 g三氧化硫-吼啶錯合物處理。 收拾反應及純化,得 0.026 g銨鹽產物。1H ( D20 ): 8.26(s,lH) ,7.99(s,lH) ,7.83-7.76(m,3H), 7.49-7.44 (m,4H) ,7.13-7.10 (d,lH,J = 9.5Hz), 7.02-6.99 (d,1H,J = 9.5Hz) ,4.59 (m,1 H ) ,3.03- 2.96 (m,2H) ,2.55(s,3H)。(S)-(4- {2-methylaminomethylamido-2-[(Cai-1-carbonyl) -amino] -ethyl} -phenyl) -aminosulfonic acid: method according to step A A 0.42 3 g nitro compound and 0.07 5 g palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.535 g of a sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.026 g of ammonium salt product. 1H (D20): 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.83-7.76 (m, 3H), 7.49-7.44 (m, 4H), 7.13-7.10 (d, 1H, J = 9.5Hz) , 7.02-6.99 (d, 1H, J = 9.5Hz), 4.59 (m, 1 H), 3.03- 2.96 (m, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H).

實例3 4 (S)-{4-[2-(i哀戊基^基-胺基)-2-甲基胺甲酿基-乙基]_ 苯基}-胺基磺酸: (S)-環戊烷甲酸[1-甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-硝基··苯基)-乙 基;I-醯胺··根據實例2之方法,0.3 00 g H-L-Phe(4-N02)-NMe經0.2 5 8 g三乙胺和0.168 g環戊醯氯處理,由此得 到〇 . 3 5 9 g產物。 (S)-{4-[2-(環戊基羰基-胺基)-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙基]- -81 - (78) (78)200416214 本基} 胺基礦酸·根據步驟A的方法’令0.3 5 9 g硝基化 合物和0.0 5 0 g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(tic) 。令此苯胺粗產物經〇 . 5 3 7 g三氧化硫-Dtt啶錯合物處理。 收拾反應及純化,得0.0 3 2 g銨鹽產物。1H ( D20 ): 7.06-6.98 (q,4H,J = 9.3Hz) ,4.34(t,1H,J = 9.0Hz) ,2.97-2.77(m,2H) ,2.52-2.49( m,4H) ,2.55(s, 3 H ) ,1 . 6 7 ( m,2 H ) ,1 · 4 4 ( m,5 H ) ,1 . 2 5 - 1 . 2 1 ( m ,1 H )。 實例3 5 (S)-(4-{2-苄基胺甲醯基-2-[2-(4-丙基-苯基)-乙醯胺 基]-乙基卜苯基)·胺基磺酸: (S)-N-苄基- 3-(4-硝基-苯基)-2-[2-(4-丙基-苯基)-乙醯 胺基丙醯胺:(S)-[l-苄基胺甲醯基-2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙 基;l·胺基甲酸第三丁酯(0.971 g)與11 mL 4 M HC1/二噁烷 混合。1 . 5小時後濃縮反應混合物,得0.9 1 4 g所欲產物 〇 (S)-3-(4-胺基-苯基)-N-苄基- 2-[2-(4-丙基-苯基)-乙醯 胺基]-丙醯胺:根據實例2之方法,0.3 00 g胺與0.37 mL 三乙胺和0.16 mL 4-丙基苄基氯處理。收拾反應和層析後 得0.3 3 3 g產物。 (S)-(4-{2-苄基胺甲醯基-2-[2-(4-丙基-苯基)-乙醯胺 基]-乙基卜苯基)-胺基磺酸:根據步驟 A的方法,令 0.3 2 5 g 硝基化合物和 0.2 60 g Pd/C 和 25 mL THF/EtOAc (79) (79)200416214 混合並進行還原反應。收拾反應得0.2 5 7 g所欲的產物。 根據步驟A的方法,令0.2 5 7 g胺與0.319 g S03-吡啶於 5 m L吡啶中混合。收拾反應及純化,得〇 . 1 〇 2 g產物。1 Η (DMSO-d6 ) : 8·53 ( 1H,t,J = 5.7 H z ) ,8.39 ( 1H,d, J = 8.4 H z ) ,7.75(2H,d,J = 8.4Hz) ,7.35-6.90 (9H, m ) ,4.64(lH,m) ,4.31(lH,d,J = 5.7Hz) ^ 2.98- 2.83 (2H,m ) ,2.60 (2H,t,7.8Hz ) ,1.6 1 (2H,q, J = 7.5 ) ,0.89(3H,t,J=10.5Hz)。Example 3 4 (S)-{4- [2- (i-pentyl ^ -amino) -2-methylaminomethyl-ethyl] -phenyl} -aminosulfonic acid: (S) -Cyclopentanoic acid [1-methylamine formamidine-2- (4-nitro ·· phenyl) -ethyl; I-amidamine ·· According to the method of Example 2, 0.3 00 g HL-Phe ( 4-N02) -NMe was treated with 0.2 5 8 g of triethylamine and 0.168 g of cyclopentamidine chloride, whereby 0.35 9 g of product was obtained. (S)-{4- [2- (Cyclopentylcarbonyl-amino) -2-methylaminomethylmethyl-ethyl]--81-(78) (78) 200416214 Benzoic acid · According to the method of step A, 0.3 5 9 g of a nitro compound and 0.0 50 g of palladium on carbon are subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.537 g of sulfur trioxide-Dttidine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.0 3 2 g of ammonium salt product. 1H (D20): 7.06-6.98 (q, 4H, J = 9.3Hz), 4.34 (t, 1H, J = 9.0Hz), 2.97-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.52-2.49 (m, 4H), 2.55 (s, 3 H), 1. 6 7 (m, 2 H), 1. 4 4 (m, 5 H), 1.2 5-1.2. 1 (m, 1 H). Example 3 5 (S)-(4- {2-Benzylaminomethylamidino-2- [2- (4-propyl-phenyl) -acetamido] -ethylphenylphenyl) · amino Sulfonic acid: (S) -N-benzyl- 3- (4-nitro-phenyl) -2- [2- (4-propyl-phenyl) -acetamidopropionamine: (S) -[l-Benzylaminomethane-2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl; l · Thirty-butylaminoformate (0.971 g) mixed with 11 mL of 4 M HC1 / dioxane . After 1.5 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated to obtain 0.9 1 4 g of the desired product. O (S) -3- (4-amino-phenyl) -N-benzyl-2- [2- (4-propyl- Phenyl) -acetamido] -propanamide: According to the method of Example 2, 0.3 00 g of amine was treated with 0.37 mL of triethylamine and 0.16 mL of 4-propylbenzyl chloride. After packing up the reaction and chromatography, 0.3 3 3 g of product was obtained. (S)-(4- {2-Benzylaminomethylamidino-2- [2- (4-propyl-phenyl) -acetamido] -ethylphenylphenyl) -aminosulfonic acid: According to the method of Step A, 0.3 2 5 g of a nitro compound and 0.2 60 g of Pd / C and 25 mL of THF / EtOAc (79) (79) 200416214 were mixed and subjected to a reduction reaction. Packing up the reaction gave 0.2 5 7 g of the desired product. According to the method of step A, 0.2 5 7 g of amine and 0.319 g of S03-pyridine were mixed in 5 ml of pyridine. The reaction was cleaned up and purified to give 0.12 g of product. 1 Η (DMSO-d6): 8.53 (1H, t, J = 5.7 Hz), 8.39 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.75 (2H, d, J = 8.4Hz), 7.35 6.90 (9H, m), 4.64 (lH, m), 4.31 (lH, d, J = 5.7Hz) ^ 2.98- 2.83 (2H, m), 2.60 (2H, t, 7.8Hz), 1.6 1 (2H, q, J = 7.5), 0.89 (3H, t, J = 10.5Hz).

實例3 6 (3)-(4-{2-[3-(3-乙醯基胺基磺醯基-苯基)-丙醯胺基]- 2- 甲基胺甲醯基-乙基卜苯基)-胺基磺酸: (S)-2-[3-(3-乙醯基胺基磺醯基-苯基丙醯胺基]-N-甲 基-3-(4-硝基v苯基)-丙醯胺:3-(3-乙醯基胺基磺醯基-苯 基)-丙酸(0.214 g,0.82 mmol)和 HOBt (0.150 g)溶於 DMF (l·5 mL)並冷卻至0 °C。於此攪拌的溶液中加入EDCI (0.188 g),所得之淤漿在0°C下攪拌45分鐘,此時反應 混合物變成均質。於此溶液中加入由(S)-2-胺基-N-甲基、 3- (4-硝基-苯基)-丙醯胺鹽酸鹽(0.224 g5 0.8 2 mmol)於 DMF (2 mL)和DiPEA (0.3 00 mL)所形成的溶液。所得之 溶液升溫至室溫,歷時1 8小時。反應混合物經乙酸乙酯 (40 mL)稀釋,並以 1 N HC1 (3 X 20 mL)和鹽水(1 X 25 mL)沖洗,以硫酸鈉乾燥。粗產物於矽膠上經快速管柱層 析純化,以8 : 1氯仿/甲醇洗提,得灰白色固體(0.188 g) -83- (80) 200416214 (S )-(4-{2-[3-(3-乙醯基胺基磺醯基-苯基)-丙醯胺基]-甲基胺甲醯基-乙基}-苯基)-胺基磺酸:根據步驟A的方 法,令0.188 g硝基化合物和100 mg披鈀碳進行還原反 應而得所欲的產物(tic)。令此苯胺粗產物經0.134 g三氧 化硫-吼啶錯合物處理。收拾反應及純化,得0.0 8 5 g銨鹽 產物。】H NMR ( 3 00MH,D20 ) δ 7.6 5 - 7 · 5 9 ( m,2 Η )Example 3 6 (3)-(4- {2- [3- (3-Ethylamidosulfonyl-phenyl) -propanamido]-2-methylaminomethylamido-ethyl Phenyl) -aminosulfonic acid: (S) -2- [3- (3-Ethylamidosulfonamido-phenylpropionamido] -N-methyl-3- (4-nitro vPhenyl) -propanamide: 3- (3-Ethylamidosulfonamido-phenyl) -propionic acid (0.214 g, 0.82 mmol) and HOBt (0.150 g) were dissolved in DMF (1.5 mL ) And cooled to 0 ° C. To this stirred solution was added EDCI (0.188 g), and the resulting slurry was stirred at 0 ° C for 45 minutes, at which time the reaction mixture became homogeneous. To this solution was added (S) 2-Amino-N-methyl, 3- (4-nitro-phenyl) -propanilamine hydrochloride (0.224 g5 0.8 2 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) and DiPEA (0.3 00 mL) The resulting solution. The resulting solution was warmed to room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (40 mL) and rinsed with 1 N HC1 (3 X 20 mL) and brine (1 X 25 mL). Dry over sodium sulfate. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel and eluted with 8: 1 chloroform / methanol to give an off-white solid (0.188 g) -83- (80) 200416214 (S)-(4- { 2- [3- (3-Ethylamino Fluorenyl-phenyl) -propanamido] -methylaminomethylamido-ethyl} -phenyl) -aminosulfonic acid: According to the method of step A, 0.188 g of a nitro compound and 100 mg of palladium The carbon is reduced to obtain the desired product (tic). This crude aniline product is treated with 0.134 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction is purified and purified to obtain 0.0 8 5 g of ammonium salt product.] H NMR (3 00MH, D20) δ 7.6 5-7 · 5 9 (m, 2 Η)

,7.38-7.23 (m,2H) ,6.97-6.88 (m,4H) ,4.21 (dd ,J = 7.4,6.5Hz,lH) ,2.87-2.64 (m,4H) ^ 2.4 8 ( m ,5H) ,:1.83(s,3H)。 實例3 7 - 3 8 下列化學式及表2說明實例3 7 -3 8所製得之化合物的 結構: Ο R11a, 7.38-7.23 (m, 2H), 6.97-6.88 (m, 4H), 4.21 (dd, J = 7.4, 6.5Hz, 1H), 2.87-2.64 (m, 4H) ^ 2.4 8 (m, 5H), : 1.83 (s, 3H). Examples 3 7-3 8 The following chemical formulas and Table 2 illustrate the structures of the compounds prepared in Examples 3 7-3 8: Ο R11a

-84- (81) (81)200416214-84- (81) (81) 200416214

實例3 7 (S)-{4-[2-苯甲醯基胺基-2-(1-胺甲醯基-2-0)-苯基-乙基胺甲醯基)-乙基]-苯基卜胺基磺酸: (S)-[l-[l-胺甲醯基-2-苯基-乙基胺甲醯基]-2-(S)-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯:根據實例1的方法 φ ,令 0.400 g Boc-L-Phe(4-N02)-OH 經 143 mg NMM、194 mg氯甲酸異丁酯、和25 5 mg L-苯基丙胺醯胺處理。由此 得到白色固體產物。 (3)-1^[1-(1-胺甲醯基-2-苯基-乙基胺甲醯基)-2-(3)-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-苯甲醯胺:根據步驟B的方法,令 0.3 0 0 g化合物經5 mL 4 M HC1/二噁烷處理。接著粗產物 經0.140 g三乙胺和0.102 g苯甲醯氯處理。由此得0.048 g產物。 Φ (S)-{4-[2-苯甲醯基胺基- 2-(1-胺甲醯基-2-(8)-苯基-乙基胺甲醯基)-乙基]-苯基}-胺基磺酸:根據步驟 A的方 法,令0.048 g硝基化合物和40 mg披鈀碳進行還原反應 而得所欲的產物(tic)。令此苯胺粗產物經0.05 0 g三氧化 硫-吼啶錯合物處理。收拾反應及純化,得0.01 8 g銨鹽產 物。】H ( CD3OD) : 6.11-6.04 (m^ 3H) ,5.98-5.93 (m ,2 Η ) ,5.6 8 - 5 · 5 4 ( m,9 Η ) 3.2 0 ( m,1 Η ) ,3 · 0 2 ( m ,1 Η ) 1.79- 1.3 4 ( m ^ 4 H )。 -85- (82) 200416214 實例3 8 (S)-[l-[l-胺甲醯基- 2-(4-羥基-苯基)-乙基胺 2(S)-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁醋 (3)-[1-[1-胺甲醯基-2-(4-羥基-苯基)-乙基胺 2(S)-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯: 1 的方法,令 1.56 g Boc-L - Phe(4-N〇2)-OH 經 NM Μ、0.7 5 5 g氯甲酸異丁酯、和1.09 g L-酪胺 。由此得到〇 . 1 6 6 g所欲產物。 (S)-[l-[卜胺甲醯基- 2-(4-羥基-苯基)-乙基胺 2 (S )-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁 步驟A的方法,令0 . 1 1 6 g硝基化合物和6 0 mg 行還原反應而得所欲的產物(tic)。令此苯胺;f 0.1 17 g三氧化硫-吼啶錯合物處理。收拾反應及 0.011 g 銨鹽產物。1H (D20) : 7.07-6.97 (m 6.78(d,2H,J = 9.3Hz) ,4.39(t,lH,J = 6 4.08 (t,1H,J = 8. 1 Hz ) ,2.99-2.67 (m,4H) ,9H ) 〇 實例39-54 下列化學式及表3說明實例3 9-5 4所製得之 結構: 甲醯基;1- 甲醯基]-根據實例 0.5 5 9 g 醯胺處理 甲醯基]-酯:根據 披鈀碳進 粗產物經 純化,得 ,6H ), • 5Hz ), ,1 ·23 ( s 化合物的 -86- (83) 200416214 〇 HO——S-〇Example 3 7 (S)-{4- [2-Benzylamidoamino-2- (1-aminomethylamido-2-0) -phenyl-ethylaminomethylamido) -ethyl]- Phenylphenylaminosulfonic acid: (S)-[l- [l-aminomethylamido-2-phenyl-ethylaminomethylamido] -2- (S)-(4-nitro-phenyl ) -Ethyl] -aminocarbamic acid third butyl ester: According to the method φ of Example 1, 0.400 g of Boc-L-Phe (4-N02) -OH was passed through 143 mg NMM, 194 mg isobutyl chloroformate, and 25 5 mg L-Phenylamphetamine. Thus, a white solid product was obtained. (3) -1 ^ [1- (1-Aminomethylamidino-2-phenyl-ethylaminomethylamidino) -2- (3)-(4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl]- Benzamidine: According to the method of step B, 0.3 0 0 g of the compound was treated with 5 mL of 4 M HC1 / dioxane. The crude product was then treated with 0.140 g of triethylamine and 0.102 g of benzamidine chloride. This gave 0.048 g of product. Φ (S)-{4- [2-benzylideneamino- 2- (1-aminoformyl-2- (8) -phenyl-ethylaminoformyl) -ethyl] -benzene } -Aminosulfonic acid: According to the method of step A, 0.048 g of a nitro compound and 40 mg of palladium on carbon are subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.050 g of a sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.01 8 g of an ammonium salt product. ] H (CD3OD): 6.11-6.04 (m ^ 3H), 5.98-5.93 (m, 2 Η), 5.68-5 · 5 4 (m, 9 Η) 3.2 0 (m, 1 Η), 3 · 0 2 (m, 1 Η) 1.79- 1.3 4 (m ^ 4 H). -85- (82) 200416214 Example 3 8 (S)-[l- [l-Aminemethylamido-2- (4-hydroxy-phenyl) -ethylamine 2 (S)-(4-sulfonic acid amine -Phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid tert-butyl acetate (3)-[1- [1-aminomethylamido-2- (4-hydroxy-phenyl) -ethylamine 2 (S) -(4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester: 1 method, 1.56 g of Boc-L-Phe (4-N〇2) -OH was subjected to NM M, 0.7 5 5 g of isobutyl chloroformate, and 1.09 g of L-tyramine. This gave 0.166 g of the desired product. (S)-[l- [Brazimidinyl 2- (4-hydroxy-phenyl) -ethylamine 2 (S)-(4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -amine In the method of step A of the third butyl carboxylic acid, 0.116 g of a nitro compound and 60 mg are subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (tic). Let this aniline; f 0.1 17 g be treated with sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. Pack up the reaction and 0.011 g of ammonium salt product. 1H (D20): 7.07-6.97 (m 6.78 (d, 2H, J = 9.3Hz), 4.39 (t, 1H, J = 6 4.08 (t, 1H, J = 8. 1 Hz)), 2.99-2.67 (m , 4H), 9H). Examples 39-54 The following chemical formulas and Table 3 illustrate the structures prepared in Examples 3 9-5 4: Formamyl; 1-formamyl]-Treating formazan according to Example 0.5 5 9 g Fluorenyl] -ester: The crude product was purified according to palladium on carbon to obtain, 6H), • 5Hz), 1,23 (-86- (83) 200416214 of compound s HO-S-〇

〇 式(IV) 表3〇 Formula (IV) Table 3

實例 L3 R7 R16 39 -C〇2~ ξ~Υ 40 共價鍵 μΧ) 41 共價鍵 42 共價鍵 43 共價鍵 c ί> ) 44 共價鍵 '~\y~ ( D -87- (84) 200416214 (84)Example L3 R7 R16 39 -C〇2 ~ ξ ~ Υ 40 Covalent bond μ ×) 41 Covalent bond 42 Covalent bond 43 Covalent bond c ί >) 44 Covalent bond '~ \ y ~ (D -87- ( 84) 200416214 (84)

45 -CO- 丨 °h 46 -CO- 47 -C〇2~ κ> 48 -C〇2~ 49 -C〇2~ K/; 〆 50 共價鍵 H 51 共價鍵 Kw) H 52 共價鍵 -ch3 H 53 共價鍵 H 54 共價鍵 K)。/ H 實例3 945 -CO- 丨 ° h 46 -CO- 47 -C〇2 ~ κ > 48 -C〇2 ~ 49 -C〇2 ~ K /; 〆50 covalent bond H 51 covalent bond Kw) H 52 covalent Bond -ch3 H 53 covalent bond H 54 covalent bond K). / H Example 3 9

[4-(2-{(第三丁氧羰基)[(4-甲苯基)磺醯基]胺基}乙基) 苯基]胺基磺酸:[4- (2-{(Third butoxycarbonyl) [(4-Tolyl) sulfofluorenyl] amino} ethyl) phenyl] aminosulfonic acid:

4_甲基-N-[2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-苯磺醯胺:令由 3 . 〇 g 4 -硝基苯乙胺鹽酸鹽和 2 0 · 6 m L三乙胺於 1 2 0 m L THF所形成的溶液經2.81 g對甲苯磺醯氯處理。反應混 合物經攪拌65小時,濃縮及再溶於CH2C12。溶液經水和 飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液沖洗,接著乾燥。以甲醇碾製並以醚 沖洗,得3.4 7 g所欲產物。 -88- (85) (85)200416214 [(4 -甲苯基)磺醯基][2 - ( 4 -硝基-苯基)乙基]胺基甲酸 第二丁醋:由上所得之化合物(0.300 g)經0.0057 g DMAP 和0.2 4 5 g二碳酸二第三丁酯於2 5 m L二氯甲烷處理並攪 拌一夜。以水沖洗溶液,於有機層中加入己烷,並以水萃 取溶液。水層經濃縮及快速層析純化,得〇 . 3 〇 3 g所欲產 物。 [2-(4-胺基-苯基)乙基][(4-甲苯基)磺醯基]胺基甲酸 第三丁酯:根據步驟A的方法,令0 · 3 0 1 g硝基化合物和 0.018 g 10% Pd/C 於 5 mL EtOAc 和 5 mL MeOH 中在 H2 和大氣壓下混合。收拾反應後得0.2 7 5 g所欲的產物。 [4-(2-{(第三丁氧羰基)[(4-甲苯基)磺醯基]胺基}乙基) 苯基]胺基磺酸:根據步驟A的方法,令0.2 7 6 g胺於8 mL吡啶中經0.3 3 7 g三氧化硫-D比啶錯合物處理。收拾反 應及純化,得 〇·1 1 1 g銨鹽產物。1H NMR ( D20 ) 5 7.62 ( d,J = 5Hz,2H ) ; 7.40 ( d,J = 6Hz,2H ) ; 6.95 ( m,4H ) ; 3.87 ( t,J 二 14Hz,2H ) ; 2.8 0 ( d,J = 6 H z, 2H ) ;2.36(s,3H) ;1.22(s,9H)。 實例4 0 (4-{2-[苄基-(甲苯-4-磺醯基)-胺基]-乙基}-苯基)-胺 基擴酸: N-苄基-4-甲基-N-[2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-苯磺醯胺 :〇 . 0 3 8 7 g氫化鈉(6 0 %油分散液)於2 m L無水D M F中以 由0.3 0 0 g 4-甲基-Ν-[2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-苯磺醯胺於 -89- (86) (86)200416214 4 mL DMF所形成的溶液處理。15分鐘後,逐滴加入0.1 1 m L苄胺和2 m L D M F。攪拌反應混合物3小時,接著加 入水以使反應驟停。以醚萃取溶液,合倂的有機萃取液經 鹽水沖洗並以硫酸鈉乾燥。快速層析純化後得〇 2 8 8 g所 欲產物。 N-[2-(4-胺基-苯基)-乙基]-N-苄基-4 -甲基-苯磺醯胺 :根據步驟B的方法,令0 · 2 8 8 g硝基化合物與〇 . 6 3 2 g 二水合氯化錫於1 〇 m L乙醇中混合。收拾反應後得〇 . 2 6 2 g所欲產物。 (4-{2-[苄基-(甲苯-4·磺醯基胺基]•乙基卜苯基胺 基磺酸:根據步驟A的方法,令〇 · 2 6 2 g胺與8 m L D比u定 和0.3 2 9 g三氧化硫-吼啶錯合物混合。收拾反應及純化, 得 0 . 1 1 8 g 所欲產物。】Η N M R ( D 2 Ο ) : ο 7 · 4 5 ( d,4-methyl-N- [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -benzenesulfonamide: Let 3.0 g of 4-nitrophenylethylamine hydrochloride and 20 · 6 A solution of m L of triethylamine in 120 m L of THF was treated with 2.81 g of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride. The reaction mixture was stirred for 65 hours, concentrated and redissolved in CH2C12. The solution was washed with water and a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, and then dried. Rolling with methanol and washing with ether gave 3.47 g of the desired product. -88- (85) (85) 200416214 [(4-Tolyl) sulfofluorenyl] [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) ethyl] amino formic acid second butyl vinegar: the compound obtained from 0.300 g) were treated with 0.0057 g of DMAP and 0.2 4 5 g of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate in 2.5 ml of dichloromethane and stirred overnight. The solution was washed with water, hexane was added to the organic layer, and the solution was extracted with water. The aqueous layer was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography to obtain 0.303 g of the desired product. [2- (4-Amino-phenyl) ethyl] [(4-Tolyl) sulfofluorenyl] carbamic acid third butyl ester: According to the method of Step A, let 0 · 3 0 1 g And 0.018 g of 10% Pd / C in 5 mL of EtOAc and 5 mL of MeOH under H2 and atmospheric pressure. After packing the reaction, 0.2 7 5 g of the desired product was obtained. [4- (2-{(Third-butoxycarbonyl) [(4-Tolyl) sulfofluorenyl] amino} ethyl) phenyl] aminosulfonic acid: 0.2 7 6 g The amine was treated with 0.3 3 7 g of sulfur trioxide-D-pyridine complex in 8 mL of pyridine. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.11 g of ammonium salt product. 1H NMR (D20) 5 7.62 (d, J = 5Hz, 2H); 7.40 (d, J = 6Hz, 2H); 6.95 (m, 4H); 3.87 (t, J 14Hz, 2H); 2.80 (d , J = 6 H z, 2H); 2.36 (s, 3H); 1.22 (s, 9H). Example 4 0 (4- {2- [benzyl- (toluene-4-sulfonyl) -amino] -ethyl} -phenyl) -amino acid: N-benzyl-4-methyl- N- [2- (4-Nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -benzenesulfonamide: 0.03 8 7 g of sodium hydride (60% oil dispersion) in 2 ml of anhydrous DMF. 0.3 0 0 g 4-methyl-N- [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -benzenesulfonamide in -89- (86) (86) 200416214 4 mL of DMF deal with. After 15 minutes, 0.1 1 ml L benzylamine and 2 ml L D M F were added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours, and then water was added to quench the reaction. The solution was extracted with ether, and the combined organic extract was washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. After purification by flash chromatography, 208 g of the desired product were obtained. N- [2- (4-Amino-phenyl) -ethyl] -N-benzyl-4 -methyl-benzenesulfonamide: According to the method of Step B, let 0 · 2 8 8 g of a nitro compound Mix with 0.62 g of tin chloride dihydrate in 10 ml of ethanol. After packing the reaction, 0.262 g of the desired product was obtained. (4- {2- [benzyl- (toluene-4 · sulfonylamino)] ethylphenylphenylaminosulfonic acid: According to the method of step A, 0.262 g of amine and 8 m LD Bidudine was mixed with 0.3 2 9 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.1 1 8 g of the desired product.] Η NMR (D 2 Ο): ο 7 · 4 5 ( d,

J = 8Hz,2H) ; 7.16-7.20 (m,5H) ; 7.07-7.09 (m,2H );6.85(d,J = 8Hz,2H) ;6.70(d,J = 8Hz,2H); 4.13(s,2H) ;3.09(t,J=l4Hz,2H) ;2.36(t, J=14Hz,2H ) ; 2.22 ( s,3H )。 實例4 1 (4-{2-[(3-甲基-丁 - 2-烯基)-(甲苯-4_磺醯基)_胺基]-乙 基}-苯基)-胺基磺酸: 4 -甲基-N-(3-甲基-丁 -2-烯基)-N-[2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙 基]-苯磺醯胺:根據實例4 0之方法,令〇 . 6 〇 〇 g 4 -甲基-N-[2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-苯磺醯胺經0.0 7 3 g NaH (60% -90- (87)200416214J = 8Hz, 2H); 7.16-7.20 (m, 5H); 7.07-7.09 (m, 2H); 6.85 (d, J = 8Hz, 2H); 6.70 (d, J = 8Hz, 2H); 4.13 (s , 2H); 3.09 (t, J = 14 Hz, 2H); 2.36 (t, J = 14 Hz, 2H); 2.22 (s, 3H). Example 4 1 (4- {2-[(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-(toluene-4_sulfonyl) _amino] -ethyl} -phenyl) -aminosulfonic acid : 4-methyl-N- (3-methyl-but-2-enyl) -N- [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -benzenesulfonamide: according to Example 4 0 In this method, 0.6 g of 4-methyl-N- [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -benzenesulfonamide was subjected to 0.0 7 3 g (87) 200416214

-N-(3-甲基-丁 -2-烯 〕g 臭-2-甲基-2·丁烯處理。收拾反應 g所欲產物。 g)、〇 . 4 0 0 g銦粉和 mL乙醇中混合並加熱至回流。 4小時後,反應混合物經水稀釋及以寅氏鹽過濾,先以水 再以乙酸乙酯充份沖洗。以1 N N a Ο Η調整濾液至p Η = 1 0 ’並以乙酸乙醋萃取。合倂的萃取液經鹽水沖洗及乾燥 ,得0 . 1 6 2 g所欲產物。 (4-{2-[(3-甲基-丁 -2-烯基)_(甲苯-4-磺醯基)-胺基]-乙 基}-苯基)-胺基磺酸:根據步驟A的方法,令0.2 6 2 g胺 與0 · 3 2 9 g三氧化硫-吼啶錯合物於5 m L吡啶中混合。收 拾反應及純化,得〇 . 1 4 8 g所欲的銨鹽產物。1 Η N MR ( D2〇 ) : (5 7·49 ( d,J = 6Hz,2H ) ; 7.27 ( d,J = 7Hz, 2H ) ; 6.9 5 - 7.02 ( m,4H ) ; 4.82 ( s,1H) ; 3.67 ( d, J = 7.0Hz,2H ) ; 3.26 ( t,J=14Hz,2H ) ; 2.66 ( t, J=14Hz,2H ) ; 2.29 (s,3H ) ; 1.49(d,J=llHz, 6H)。 實例42 (4-{2-[(3 -甲基-丁基)_(甲苯-4-磺醯基)-胺基]-乙基}- 苯基)-胺基磺酸. N-[2-(4-胺基-苯基)_乙基]-4 -甲基-N-(3 -甲基-丁基)-苯磺醯胺:根據步驟A的方法,令0.198 g 4-甲基(3-甲基-丁 -2-烯基)-N-[2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-苯磺醯胺與 (88) (88)200416214 0.0 3 0 g Pd/C於20 mL Me OH中混合及進行還原反應,得 0.192 g所欲產物。 (4-{2-[(3-甲基-丁基)-(甲苯-4-磺醯基)-胺基]-乙基}-苯基)-胺基磺酸:根據步驟A的方法,令0.192 g胺經 0.254 g三氧化硫-D比啶錯合物於5 mL吡啶中處理。收拾 反應及純化,得0.161 g所欲的銨鹽產物。】H NMR ( D20 ):(5 7·50 ( d,J = 7Hz,2H ) ; 7.15 ( d,J = 7Hz,2H ) ;6.98 ( q,J=17Hz,4H ) ; 3.29 ( t,J=14Hz,4H ); 3.06(t,J=15Hz,2H) ;2.64(t,J=14Hz,2H) ; 2.29 (s,3H) ; 1.26-1.35 (m,1H) ; 1.21-1.24 ( m - 2H ) ;0.70(d,J = 7Hz,6H)。 實例4 3 [[2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-(甲苯-4-磺醯基)-胺基]-乙酸乙酯: [[2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-(甲苯-4-磺醯基)-胺基]-乙酸 乙酯:根據實例40之方法,令0.6 00 g 4-甲基-N-[ 2-(4-硝 基-苯基)-乙基]-苯磺醯胺與0.094 g氫化鈉(60 %油分散液) 於5 mL THF中混合。加入溴乙酸乙酯(〇.3 13 g),收拾反 應後得0.798 g所欲產物。 [[2-(4-胺基-苯基)-乙基]-(甲苯_4-磺醯基)-胺基]-乙酸 乙酯:根據步驟 A的方法,令0 · 3 8 1 g硝基化合物與 0.023 g Pd/C於10 mL EtOAc/MeOH中混合及進行還原反 應,得0.3 4 1 g所欲產物。 -92- (89) (89)200416214 [[2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-(甲苯-4-磺醯基)-胺基;l· 乙 酸乙酯 :根據步驟Α的 方法,令〇 . 3 4 1 g胺經〇. 432 g 二 氧化硫 -D比啶錯合物於5 mL D[:t n定中處理 。收拾反應及 純 化 ,得〇. 1 7 7 g所欲的銨鹽產物。1 Η N M R (D20-d2) 7. 46 ( d, J = 8 Η ζ,2 Η ) \ ' 7.24 ( d,J = 8Hz ,2H ) ; 6 .9 1 ( s ,4H ) ;3.95-4.01 (ηι, 4H ) ; 3 .37 ( t, J=14Hz , 2H ) j 2.61 ( t , J=14Hz , 2Η) ;2·29 ( s,3H ) ; 1.07 (t J = 1 4 Η z, 3Η )。 實例4 4 [[2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-(甲苯-4_磺醯基)-胺基]-乙酸: [[2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-(甲苯-4-磺醯基)-胺基]-乙酸 [[2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]_(甲苯-4-磺醯基)·胺基]•乙酸 乙酯(0.4 7 1 g )與 1 5 m L M e Ο Η、5 m L 水和 0 · 1 2 3 g 碳酸鉀 混合並加熱回流。4小時後,將反應混合物冷卻至室溫, 蒸發除去甲醇。溶液經己烷沖洗並酸化之。以氯仿萃取溶 液,及乾燥合倂的有機層,得0.2 8 5 g所欲產物。 [[2-(4-胺基-苯基)·乙基]甲苯-4-磺醯基)-胺基]-乙酸 根據步驟A的方法,令〇 · 2 8 5 g硝基化合物和〇 . 〇 1 7 g Pd/C於10 mL EtOAc/MeOH中混合及進行還原反應,得 〇 · 2 7 1 g所欲的產物。 -93- (90) 200416214 [[2 - (4 -磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-(甲苯-4 -磺醯基)-胺基]_ 乙酸: 根據步驟A的方法,令〇 · 2 7 1 g胺經〇 · 3 7 1 g三氧化 硫-吼啶錯合物於5 m L吡啶中處理。收拾反應及純化’得 0.023 g 所欲的銨鹽產物。1HNMR(D20-d2) : 5 7.48 (d,J = 8Hz,2H) ;7.24(d,J = 8Hz,2H) ;6.91(q, J=14Hz,4H) ;3.68(s,2H) ;3.36(t,J=15Hz,2H)-N- (3-methyl-but-2-ene] g odor 2-methyl-2 · butene treatment. Pack the desired product of reaction g. G), 0.4 g of indium powder and mL of ethanol Mix and heat to reflux. After 4 hours, the reaction mixture was diluted with water and filtered with Yin's salt, and rinsed thoroughly with water and then with ethyl acetate. The filtrate was adjusted with 1 N N a 〇 Η to p Η = 1 0 ′ and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined extract was washed with brine and dried to obtain 0.162 g of the desired product. (4- {2-[(3-methyl-but-2-enyl) _ (toluene-4-sulfonyl) -amino] -ethyl} -phenyl) -aminosulfonic acid: according to step In the method A, 0.2 6 2 g of amine and 0.32 9 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex were mixed in 5 ml of pyridine. The reaction was cleaned up and purified to obtain 0.148 g of the desired ammonium salt product. 1 Η N MR (D2〇): (5 7 · 49 (d, J = 6Hz, 2H); 7.27 (d, J = 7Hz, 2H); 6.9 5-7.02 (m, 4H); 4.82 (s, 1H ); 3.67 (d, J = 7.0Hz, 2H); 3.26 (t, J = 14Hz, 2H); 2.66 (t, J = 14Hz, 2H); 2.29 (s, 3H); 1.49 (d, J = llHz 6H). Example 42 (4- {2-[(3-methyl-butyl) _ (toluene-4-sulfonyl) -amino] -ethyl} -phenyl) -aminosulfonic acid. N- [2- (4-Amino-phenyl) _ethyl] -4-methyl-N- (3-methyl-butyl) -benzenesulfonamide: According to the method of Step A, make 0.198 g 4-methyl (3-methyl-but-2-enyl) -N- [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -benzenesulfonamide and (88) (88) 200416214 0.0 30 g of Pd / C was mixed in 20 mL of Me OH and reduced to obtain 0.192 g of the desired product. (4- {2-[(3-methyl-butyl)-(toluene-4-sulfonyl) ) -Amino] -ethyl} -phenyl) -Aminosulfonic acid: According to the method of step A, 0.192 g of amine was treated with 0.254 g of sulfur trioxide-D-pyridine complex in 5 mL of pyridine. Pack up The reaction and purification yielded 0.161 g of the desired ammonium salt product.] H NMR (D20): (5 7 · 50 (d, J = 7 Hz, 2H); 7.15 (d, J = 7 Hz, 2H ); 6.98 (q, J = 17Hz, 4H); 3.29 (t, J = 14Hz, 4H); 3.06 (t, J = 15Hz, 2H); 2.64 (t, J = 14Hz, 2H); 2.29 (s, 3H); 1.26-1.35 (m, 1H); 1.21-1.24 (m-2H); 0.70 (d, J = 7Hz, 6H). Example 4 3 [[2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -Ethyl]-(toluene-4-sulfonyl) -amino] -ethyl acetate: [[2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl]-(toluene-4-sulfonyl) -Amine] -Ethyl acetate: According to the method of Example 40, 0.6 00 g of 4-methyl-N- [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -benzenesulfonamide and 0.094 g Sodium hydride (60% oil dispersion) was mixed in 5 mL of THF. Ethyl bromoacetate (0.33 g) was added. After the reaction, 0.798 g of the desired product was obtained. [[2- (4-Amino-benzene Group) -ethyl]-(toluene_4-sulfonyl) -amino] -ethyl acetate: According to the method of Step A, 0. 3 8 1 g of a nitro compound and 0.023 g of Pd / C in 10 mL EtOAc / MeOH was mixed and reduced to give 0.3 4 1 g of the desired product. -92- (89) (89) 200416214 [[2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl]-(toluene-4-sulfonyl) -amino group; l · Ethyl acetate: according to In the method of step A, 0.341 g of amine was treated with 0.432 g of sulfur dioxide-D-pyridine complex in 5 mL of D [: tn]. Pack up the reaction and purify to obtain 0.177 g of the desired ammonium salt product. 1 Η NMR (D20-d2) 7. 46 (d, J = 8 Η ζ, 2 Η) \ '7.24 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H); 6.9 1 (s, 4H); 3.95-4.01 ( η, 4H); 3.37 (t, J = 14Hz, 2H) j 2.61 (t, J = 14Hz, 2Η); 2.29 (s, 3H); 1.07 (t J = 1 4 Ηz, 3Η) . Example 4 4 [[2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl]-(toluene-4_sulfonyl) -amino] -acetic acid: [[2- (4-nitro-benzene ) -Ethyl]-(toluene-4-sulfonyl) -amino] -acetic acid [[2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] _ (toluene-4-sulfonyl) ·· Amine] • Ethyl acetate (0.4 7 1 g) was mixed with 15 m LM e 〇Η, 5 m L water and 0 · 1 2 3 g potassium carbonate and heated under reflux. After 4 hours, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and evaporated to remove methanol. The solution was rinsed with hexane and acidified. The solution was extracted with chloroform and the combined organic layer was dried to obtain 0.2 8 5 g of the desired product. [[2- (4-Amino-phenyl) · ethyl] toluene-4-sulfonyl) -amino] -acetic acid According to the method of Step A, 0.285 g of a nitro compound and 〇7 g of Pd / C was mixed in 10 mL of EtOAc / MeOH and reduced to obtain 0.271 g of the desired product. -93- (90) 200416214 [[2-(4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl]-(toluene-4-sulfonyl) -amino]] acetic acid: According to the method of step A, let 271 g of amine was treated with 0.37 g of sulfur trioxide-anhydropyridine complex in 5 ml of pyridine. Packing up the reaction and purification 'gave 0.023 g of the desired ammonium salt product. 1HNMR (D20-d2): 5 7.48 (d, J = 8Hz, 2H); 7.24 (d, J = 8Hz, 2H); 6.91 (q, J = 14Hz, 4H); 3.68 (s, 2H); 3.36 ( t, J = 15Hz, 2H)

;2.57(t,J=15Hz,2H) ;2.29(s,3H)。 實例45 [4-(2-{[(4 -甲苯基)磺醯基][4-(磺酸胺基)苯甲醯基]胺 基}乙基)苯基]胺基磺酸: 4 -甲基-N-(4-硝基-苯基)-N-[2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]- 苯磺醯胺: 根據實例40之方法,令0.300 g 4-甲基-N-[2-(4-硝 基-苯基)-乙基;l·苯磺醯胺與0.0 4 7 g氫化鈉(6 0 %油分散液) 於5 mL THF中混合,並以0.173 g對硝基苯甲醯氯處理 。收拾反應和純化後得0.2 05 g所欲產物。 Ν·(4-胺基-苯甲醯基)-N-[2-(4-胺基-苯基)-乙基]-4-甲 基-苯磺醯胺: 根據步驟A的方法,令〇 . 2 0 7 g硝基化合物和0 · 0 3 2 g P d / C於1 〇 ni L E t Ο A c / M e Ο Η中混合及進行還原反應,得 0 . 1 3 7 g所欲的產物。 [4-(2-{[(4-甲苯基)磺醯基][4-(磺酸胺基)苯甲醯基]胺 -94- (91) (91)200416214 基}乙基)苯基]胺基磺酸: 根據步驟A的方法,令0 . 1 3 7 g胺經0.3 2 0 g二氧化 硫-吼啶錯合物於5 mL吡啶中處理。收拾反應及純化,得 0 . 1 0 6 g 所欲的銨鹽產物。1 Η N M R ( D 2 0 ) : δ 7.55 ( d; 2.57 (t, J = 15 Hz, 2H); 2.29 (s, 3H). Example 45 [4- (2-{[(4- Tolyl) sulfofluorenyl] [4- (sulfonylamino) benzylidene] amino} ethyl) phenyl] aminosulfonic acid: 4- Methyl-N- (4-nitro-phenyl) -N- [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -benzenesulfonamide: According to the method of Example 40, make 0.300 g 4- Methyl-N- [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl; l. Besysulfame and 0.0 4 7 g of sodium hydride (60% oil dispersion) were mixed in 5 mL of THF, and Treat with 0.173 g of p-nitrobenzidine chloride. After packing up the reaction and purification, 0.2 05 g of the desired product was obtained. Ν · (4-amino-benzyl) -N- [2- (4-amino-phenyl) -ethyl] -4-methyl-benzenesulfonamide: According to the method of Step A, let 〇 2 0 7 g of a nitro compound and 0 · 0 2 2 g of P d / C were mixed and reduced in 1 〇 ni LE t 〇 A c / M e 〇 Η to obtain 0.1 3 7 g of the desired Product. [4- (2-{[(4-Tolyl) sulfofluorenyl] [4- (sulfonylamino) benzylfluorenyl] amine-94- (91) (91) 200416214 group} ethyl) phenyl ] Aminosulfonic acid: According to the method of step A, 0.137 g of amine was treated with 0.320 g of sulfur dioxide-pyridine complex in 5 mL of pyridine. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.1 106 g of the desired ammonium salt product. 1 Η N M R (D 2 0): δ 7.55 (d

,J = 8Hz,2H) ;7.32(d,J = 8Hz,2H) ;6.91(s,4H );6.84 ( d,J = 8Hz,2H ) ; 6.76 ( d,J = 8Hz,2H ); 4.21(t,J=llHz,2H) ;2.74(t,J=llHz,2H) ; 2.30 (s , 3H)。 實例4 6 (4-{2-[苯甲醯基-(甲苯-4-磺醯基)-胺基]-乙基卜苯基 )-胺基磺酸: N-苯甲醯基-4 -甲基-N-[2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-苯磺 醯胺: 根據實例40之方法,令0.3 00 g 4-甲基-N-[ 2-(4-硝 基-苯基)-乙基;I-苯磺醯胺與0.047 g氫化鈉(60%油分散液) 於5 mL THF中混合。並以0. 1 3 1 g對硝基苯甲醯氯處理 。收拾反應和純化後得0.24 5 g所欲產物。 N-[2-(4-胺基-苯基)-乙基]苯甲醯基-4-甲基-苯磺 醯胺: 根據步驟A的方法,令0.2 4 5 g硝基化合物和0.0 1 5 g Pd/C於10 mL EtOAc/MeOH中混合及進行還原反應,得 0.247 g所欲的產物。 (4-{2-[苯甲醯基-(甲苯-4-磺醯基)-胺基]-乙基卜苯基 -95- (92) 200416214 )-胺基磺酸: 根據步驟A的方法,令0.2 4 7 g胺經0.2 9 9 g三氧化 硫-吼啶錯合物於5 mL吡啶中處理。收拾反應及純化,得 〇 . 1 7 3 g所欲的銨鹽產物。1 Η N M R ( D 2〇):5 7.73 ( d ,J = 8Hz,2H ) ; 7.3 3 - 7.3 5 ( m,1H ) ; 7.28 ( d,J = 8Hz, J = 8Hz, 2H); 7.32 (d, J = 8Hz, 2H); 6.91 (s, 4H); 6.84 (d, J = 8Hz, 2H); 6.76 (d, J = 8Hz, 2H); 4.21 ( t, J = llHz, 2H); 2.74 (t, J = llHz, 2H); 2.30 (s, 3H). Example 4 6 (4- {2- [Benzylamidino- (toluene-4-sulfonyl) -amino] -ethylphenylphenyl) -aminosulfonic acid: N-benzyl-4- Methyl-N- [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -benzenesulfonamide: According to the method of Example 40, 0.3 00 g of 4-methyl-N- [2- (4- Nitro-phenyl) -ethyl; I-benzenesulfonamide is mixed with 0.047 g of sodium hydride (60% oil dispersion) in 5 mL of THF. And treated with 0.1 3 1 g p-nitrobenzidine chloride. After packing up the reaction and purification, 0.24 5 g of the desired product was obtained. N- [2- (4-Amino-phenyl) -ethyl] benzylidene-4-methyl-benzenesulfonamide: According to the method of Step A, make 0.2 4 5 g of a nitro compound and 0.0 1 5 g of Pd / C was mixed in 10 mL of EtOAc / MeOH and reduced to obtain 0.247 g of the desired product. (4- {2- [Benzylamidino- (toluene-4-sulfonyl) -amino] -ethylphenylphenyl-95- (92) 200416214) -aminosulfonic acid: Method according to step A Let 0.2 4 7 g of amine be treated with 0.2 9 9 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex in 5 mL of pyridine. The reaction was cleaned up and purified to obtain 0.173 g of the desired ammonium salt product. 1 Η N M R (D 2〇): 5 7.73 (d, J = 8Hz, 2H); 7.3 3-7.3 5 (m, 1H); 7.28 (d, J = 8Hz

,2H) ;7.19(t,J=15Hz,2H) ;6.85(d,J = 8Hz,2H );6.7 1 ( d,J = 8Hz,2H ) ; 4.08 ( t,J=12Hz,2H );, 2H); 7.19 (t, J = 15Hz, 2H); 6.85 (d, J = 8Hz, 2H); 6.71 (d, J = 8Hz, 2H); 4.08 (t, J = 12Hz, 2H);

2.71(t,J=12Hz,2H) ;2.26(s,3H)。 實例47 [4-(2-{(第三丁氧羰基)[(3-氟-4-甲苯基)磺醯基]胺基} 乙基)苯基]胺基磺酸: 3-氟-4-甲基[2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]•苯磺醯胺: 根據實例39之方法,令0.5 00 g 4 -硝基苯乙胺鹽酸鹽 經3.6mL三乙胺和〇.515g 3-氟-4-甲基-苯磺醯胺於20mL THF中處理。收拾反應和純化後得0.43 4 g所欲產物。 [(3-氟-4-甲苯基)磺醯基][2-(4-硝基-苯基)乙基]胺基 甲酸第三丁酯: 根據實例 39之方法,0.43 4 g磺醯胺與 0.0 0 8 g DMAP和0.542 g二碳酸二第三丁酯於25 mL二氯甲烷中 混合。收拾反應得0.5 8 6 g所欲產物。 [2-(4-胺基-苯基)乙基][(3-氟-4-甲苯基)磺醯基]胺基 甲酸第三丁酯: 根據步驟A的方法’令0 · 5 3 3 g硝基化合物和〇 . 0 3 2 -96- (93) (93)200416214 g Pd/C於10 mL EtOAc/MeOH中混合及進行還原反應,得 〇 . 4 9 7 g所欲的產物。 [4-(2-{(第三丁氧羰基)[(3-氟-4-甲苯基)磺醯基]胺基} 乙基)苯基]胺基磺酸: 根據步驟A的方法,令0 . 1 2 9 g胺經0 . 1 5 1 g三氧化 硫-吼啶錯合物於5 mL吡啶中處理。收拾反應及純化,得 0.044 g 所欲的銨鹽產物。】H NMR(D20) : 5 7.3 3 - 7.3 4 (2.71 (t, J = 12Hz, 2H); 2.26 (s, 3H). Example 47 [4- (2-{(Third butoxycarbonyl) [(3-fluoro-4-tolyl) sulfofluorenyl] amino} ethyl) phenyl] aminosulfonic acid: 3-fluoro-4 -Methyl [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] • benzenesulfonamide: According to the method of Example 39, 0.5 00 g of 4-nitrophenylethylamine hydrochloride was passed through 3.6 mL of triethyl The amine and 0.515 g of 3-fluoro-4-methyl-benzenesulfonamide were treated in 20 mL of THF. After packing up the reaction and purification, 0.43 4 g of the desired product was obtained. [(3-Fluoro-4-tolyl) sulfofluorenyl] [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) ethyl] carbamic acid third butyl ester: According to the method of Example 39, 0.43 4 g of sulfonamide Mix with 0.08 g of DMAP and 0.542 g of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate in 25 mL of dichloromethane. Packing up the reaction gave 0.5 8 6 g of the desired product. [2- (4-Amino-phenyl) ethyl] [(3-fluoro-4-tolyl) sulfofluorenyl] carbamic acid third butyl ester: According to the method of Step A, let 0 · 5 3 3 g of a nitro compound and 0.03 2 -96- (93) (93) 200416214 g of Pd / C were mixed in 10 mL of EtOAc / MeOH and subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain 0.497 g of the desired product. [4- (2-{(Third-butoxycarbonyl) [(3-fluoro-4-tolyl) sulfofluorenyl] amino} ethyl) phenyl] aminosulfonic acid: According to the method of Step A, let 0.129 g of amine was treated with 0.151 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex in 5 mL of pyridine. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.044 g of the desired ammonium salt product. ] H NMR (D20): 5 7.3 3-7.3 4 (

m,2H) ;7.09(d,J = 8Hz,2H) ;6.99(d,J = 7Hz,2H );6.89(s,lH) ;4.00(t,J=13Hz,2H) ;2.85(t, J=13Hz,2H) ;2.21(s,3H) ;1.09(s,9H)。 實例4 8 [4-(2-{(第三丁氧羰基)[(3-氟苯基)磺醯基]胺基}乙基) 苯基]胺基磺酸: 3-氟-N-[2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-苯磺醯胺: 根據實例39之方法,0.5 00 g 4-硝基苯乙胺鹽酸鹽經 3 ·6 mL三乙胺和0.4 8 0 g 3-氟苯磺醯氯於20 mL THF中處 理。收拾反應和純化後得0.5 3 6 g所欲產物。 [(3-氟苯基)磺醯基][2-(4-硝基-苯基)乙基]胺基甲酸 第三丁酯: 根據實例 3 9之方法,0.5 3 6 g磺醯胺與 0.0 1 0 g DMAP和0.433 g二碳酸二第三丁酯於25 mL二氯甲烷中 混合。收拾反應得0.5 8 6 g所欲產物。 [2-(4-胺基-苯基)乙基][(3-氟苯基)磺醯基]胺基甲酸 -97- (94) 200416214 第三丁酯: 根據步驟A的方法,令0.5 8 6 g硝基化合物和0.035 g Pd/C於1 0 mL EtOAc/MeOH中混合及進行還原反應,得 0 . 1 5 3 g所欲的產物。 [4-(2-{(第三丁氧羰基)[(3-氟苯基)磺醯基]胺基}乙基) 苯基]胺基礦酸:m, 2H); 7.09 (d, J = 8Hz, 2H); 6.99 (d, J = 7Hz, 2H); 6.89 (s, lH); 4.00 (t, J = 13Hz, 2H); 2.85 (t, J = 13Hz, 2H); 2.21 (s, 3H); 1.09 (s, 9H). Example 4 8 [4- (2-{(Third butoxycarbonyl) [(3-fluorophenyl) sulfonamido] amino} ethyl) phenyl] aminosulfonic acid: 3-fluoro-N- [ 2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -benzenesulfonamide: According to the method of Example 39, 0.5 00 g of 4-nitrophenylethylamine hydrochloride was subjected to 3 · 6 mL of triethylamine and 0.4 80 g of 3-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride were treated in 20 mL of THF. After packing up the reaction and purification, 0.5 3 6 g of the desired product was obtained. [(3-Fluorophenyl) sulfofluorenyl] [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) ethyl] carbamic acid third butyl ester: According to the method of Example 39, 0.5 3 6 g of sulfanilamide and 0.0 1 0 g of DMAP and 0.433 g of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate were mixed in 25 mL of dichloromethane. Packing up the reaction gave 0.5 8 6 g of the desired product. [2- (4-Amino-phenyl) ethyl] [(3-fluorophenyl) sulfonamido] aminocarboxylic acid-97- (94) 200416214 Third butyl ester: According to the method of step A, let 0.5 86 g of a nitro compound and 0.035 g of Pd / C were mixed in 10 mL of EtOAc / MeOH and subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain 0.153 g of the desired product. [4- (2-{(Third butoxycarbonyl) [(3-fluorophenyl) sulfonamido] amino} ethyl) phenyl] amino] amino mineral acid:

根據步驟A的方法,令〇 · 1 5 3 g胺經0 . 1 8 6 g三氧化 硫-批啶錯合物於5 mL吡啶中處理。收拾反應及純化,得 0.016 g 所欲的銨鹽產物。1HNMR(D20) : 5 7.42-According to the method of Step A, 0.153 g of amine was treated with 0.186 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex in 5 mL of pyridine. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.016 g of the desired ammonium salt product. 1HNMR (D20): 5 7.42-

7.43 (m,4H) ;6.91(s,4H) ;3.11(t,J=13Hz,2H )» 2.57 ( t j J = 7Hz,2 H ) ; l.l〇 ( s,9H)。 實例49 [4-(2-{(第三丁氧羰基)[(2-氟苯基)磺醯基]胺基}乙基) 苯基]胺基磺酸= 2_氟-N_[2-(4-硝基-苯基)_乙基卜苯磺醯胺: 根據貫例3 9之方法,〇 . 5 〇 〇 g 4 _硝基苯乙胺鹽酸鹽經 3.6 mL三乙胺和0.480 g 2-氟苯磺醯氯於2〇 nlL THF中處 理。收拾反應和純化後得0.6 1 1 g所欲產物。 [(2 -氟苯基)磺醯基][2 - (4 -硝基-苯基)乙基]胺基甲酸 第三丁酯: 根據實例3 9之方法,〇 · 6丨丨g磺醯胺與〇 · 〇丨2 g DMAP和0.493 g二碳酸二第三丁酯於25 mL二氯甲烷中 混合。收拾反應得〇 · 7 〇 5 g所欲產物。 -98- (95) (95)200416214 [2-(4-胺基-苯基)乙基][(2-氟苯基)磺醯基]胺基甲酸 第三丁酯: 根據步驟A的方法,令0.70 5 g硝基化合物和0.042 g Pd/C於10 mL EtOAc/MeOH中混合及進行還原反應,得 〇 . 6 3 8 g所欲的產物。 [4-(2-{(第三丁氧羰基)[(2-氟苯基)磺醯基]胺基}乙基) 苯基]胺基擴酸: 根據步驟A的方法,令0.6 3 9 g胺經0.7 7 2 g三氧化 硫-Dtt啶錯合物於8 mL吡啶中處理。收拾反應及純化,得 0.071 g 所欲的銨鹽產物。1H NMR(D20) 5 7.94 (t, J=15Hz,lH) ; 7.78-7.85 (m,lH) ; 7.46-7.5 5 (m,lH );6.88-7.12 (m,4H) ; 6.54(d,J = 8Hz,1H); 3.83-3.90 (m,2H) ; 2.7 8 -2.8 6 ( m ^ 2H ) ; 1.22 (s, 9H )。 實例5 0 {4-[2-(甲苯-4-磺醯胺基)-乙基]-苯基卜胺基磺酸: N-[2-(4-胺基-本基)·乙基]-4 -甲基-苯擴酿胺: 根據步驟 A的方法,令 0.407 g 4-甲基-N-[2-(4-硝 基-苯基)-乙基]-苯磺醯胺化合物和0.024 g Pd/C於16 mL EtOAc/MeOH中混合及進行還原反應,得0.3 6 8 g所欲的 產物。 {4-[2-(甲苯-4-擴薩胺基)-乙基]-苯基卜胺基擴酸: 根據步驟A的方法,令0.3 6 8 g胺經0.6 0 5 g三氧化 -99- (96) 200416214 硫-吼D定錯合物於1 0 m L Dtt D定中處理。收拾反應及純化, 得0.3 6 5 g所欲的銨鹽產物。1H NMR ( D20 ) 5 7.49 ( d ,卜7·0Ηζ,2Η) ;7.26(d,J = 7.0Hz,2H) ; 6.90 ( s ^ 4H ) ; 3.01-3.06( m,2H) ; 2.51-2.55 (m,2H) ; 2.30 (s , 3H)。 實例5 17.43 (m, 4H); 6.91 (s, 4H); 3.11 (t, J = 13Hz, 2H) »2.57 (t j J = 7Hz, 2H); 1.10 (s, 9H). Example 49 [4- (2-{(Third butoxycarbonyl) [(2-fluorophenyl) sulfonamido] amino} ethyl) phenyl] aminosulfonic acid = 2-fluoro-N_ [2- (4-Nitro-phenyl) -ethylbenzylsulfonamide: According to the method of Example 39, 0.5 g of 4-nitrophenylethylamine hydrochloride was passed through 3.6 mL of triethylamine and 0.480. g 2-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride was treated in 20 nL of THF. After packing up the reaction and purification, 0.6 1 1 g of the desired product was obtained. [(2-Fluorophenyl) sulfofluorenyl] [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) ethyl] carbamic acid third butyl ester: According to the method of Example 39, 0.6 丨 g The amine was mixed with 0.2 g of DMAP and 0.493 g of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate in 25 mL of dichloromethane. The reaction was cleaned up to obtain 0.705 g of the desired product. -98- (95) (95) 200416214 [2- (4-Amino-phenyl) ethyl] [(2-fluorophenyl) sulfonyl] aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester: Method according to step A , 0.70 5 g of a nitro compound and 0.042 g of Pd / C were mixed in 10 mL of EtOAc / MeOH and subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain 0.6 3 8 g of the desired product. [4- (2-{(Third-butoxycarbonyl) [(2-fluorophenyl) sulfonamido] amino} ethyl) phenyl] amino acid: According to the method of Step A, let 0.6 3 9 g of amine was treated with 0.7 7 2 g of sulfur trioxide-Dttidine complex in 8 mL of pyridine. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.071 g of the desired ammonium salt product. 1H NMR (D20) 5 7.94 (t, J = 15Hz, lH); 7.78-7.85 (m, lH); 7.46-7.5 5 (m, lH); 6.88-7.12 (m, 4H); 6.54 (d, J = 8Hz, 1H); 3.83-3.90 (m, 2H); 2.7 8 -2.8 6 (m ^ 2H); 1.22 (s, 9H). Example 5 0 {4- [2- (Toluene-4-sulfonamido) -ethyl] -phenylblylsulfonic acid: N- [2- (4-amino-benzyl) · ethyl] -4 -Methyl-Benzene Diamine: According to the method of Step A, 0.407 g of 4-methyl-N- [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -benzenesulfonamide and 0.024 g of Pd / C was mixed in 16 mL of EtOAc / MeOH and reduced to obtain 0.3 6 8 g of the desired product. {4- [2- (Toluene-4-diasaminyl) -ethyl] -phenylbutanyl amino acid: According to the method of Step A, 0.3 6 8 g of amine was subjected to trioxidation-99 of 0.6 0 5 g -(96) 200416214 Sulfur-D-D complex was treated in 10 m L Dtt D-D complex. The reaction was cleaned up and purified to obtain 0.3 6 5 g of the desired ammonium salt product. 1H NMR (D20) 5 7.49 (d, Bu 7.0.0Ηζ, 2Η); 7.26 (d, J = 7.0Hz, 2H); 6.90 (s ^ 4H); 3.01-3.06 (m, 2H); 2.51-2.55 ( m, 2H); 2.30 (s, 3H). Example 5 1

[4-(2-苯磺醯胺基-乙基)-苯基]-胺基磺酸: N-[2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-苯磺醯胺: 根據實例39之方法,0.5 0 0 g 4-硝基苯乙胺鹽酸鹽經 3.6 mL三乙胺和0.4 8 0 g 3-氟苯磺醯氯於20 mL THF中處 理。收拾反應和純化後得〇 . 5 3 6 g所欲產物。 N-[2-(4-胺基-苯基)-乙基]-苯磺醯胺:[4- (2-benzenesulfonamido-ethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid: N- [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -benzenesulfonamide: according to In the method of Example 39, 0.5 0 g of 4-nitrophenylethylamine hydrochloride was treated with 3.6 mL of triethylamine and 0.4 8 0 g of 3-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride in 20 mL of THF. After packing up the reaction and purification, 0.536 g of the desired product was obtained. N- [2- (4-Amino-phenyl) -ethyl] -benzenesulfonamide:

根據步驟A的方法,令0.705 g硝基化合物和0.042 g Pd/C於10 mL EtOAc/MeOH中混合及進行還原反應,得 0.6 3 8 g所欲的產物。 [4-(2-苯磺醯胺基-乙基)-苯基]-胺基磺酸: 根據步驟A的方法,令0.63 9 g胺經0.7 72 g三氧化 硫-吼D定錯合物於8 m L D[t D定中處理。收拾反應及純化,得 0.071 g 所欲的銨鹽產物。1HNMR(D2〇)(5 7.54-7.64 (m,3H) ;7·43-7·48(ηι,2Η) ;6.91(s,4H); 3 · 0 3 - 3 . 0 7 ( m,2 Η ) ; 2 · 5 2 - 2 · 5 7 ( m,2 Η )。 實例5 2 -100- (97) (97)200416214 [4-(2-甲磺醯胺基-乙基)-苯基]-胺基磺酸: N-[2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-甲磺醯胺: 根據實例3 9之方法,0.5 0 0 g 4 -硝基苯乙胺鹽酸鹽經 3 .6 mL三乙胺和0.4 8 0 g 3-氟苯磺醯氯於20 mL THF中處 理。收拾反應和純化後得〇 . 5 3 6 g所欲產物。 N-[2-(4-胺基-苯基)-乙基]-甲磺醯胺: 根據步驟A的方法,令0.7 0 5 g硝基化合物和0.0 4 2 g Pd/C於10 mL EtOAc/MeOH中混合及進行還原反應,得 0.6 3 8 g所欲的產物。 [4-(2-甲磺醯胺基-乙基)-苯基]-胺基磺酸: 根據步驟A的方法,令0.63 9g胺經〇.7 72 g三氧化 硫-吼啶錯合物於8 mL吡啶中處理。收拾反應及純化,得 0.07 1 g 所欲的銨鹽產物。1 HNMR (D20) ·· (5 7.18 ( d, J = 8Hz,2H ) ; 7.08(d,J = 8Hz,2H) ; 3.27 ( t,J = 6.8Hz ,2H) ;2.83(s,3H) ;2.74(t,J = 6.8Hz,2H)。 實例5 3 [4-(2-甲磺醯胺基-乙基)-苯基]-胺基磺酸: N-[2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-C-苯基-甲磺醯胺: 根據實例3 9之方法,〇 . 5 0 0 g 4 -硝基苯乙胺鹽酸鹽經 3.6 mL三乙胺和0.4 8 0 g 3-氟苯磺醯氯於20 mL THF中處 理。收拾反應和純化後得〇 . 5 3 6 g所欲產物。 N-[2-(4-胺基-苯基)-乙基]苯基-甲磺醯胺: 根據步驟A的方法,令〇 . 7 0 5 g硝基化合物和〇 . 〇 4 2 -101 - (98) (98)200416214 g P d / C於1 0 m L E t O A c / M e Ο Η中混合及進行還原反應,得 0.6 3 8 g所欲的產物。 [4-(2-甲磺醯胺基-乙基)-苯基]-胺基磺酸: 根據步驟A的方法,令0.63 9 g胺經0.7 72 g三氧化 硫-吼啶錯合物於8 mL吡啶中處理。收拾反應及純化,得 0.071 g 所欲的銨鹽產物。1HNMR(D20) 5 7.33-7.35 (m,3H) ; 7.25-7.27 (m^ 2H) ;7.12(d,J = 8.4Hz, 2H ) ;7.06(d,J = 8.4Hz,2H) ;4.27(s,2H) ; 3.14 (t,J = 6.8Hz,2H) ;2.66(t,J = 6.8Hz,2H)。 實例54 { 4-[2-(4-甲氧基-苯磺醯胺基)-乙基]-苯基卜胺基磺酸: (S)-[4-甲氧基-N-[ 2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-苯磺醯胺: 根據實例39之方法,0.5 00 g 4-硝基苯乙胺鹽酸鹽經 3.6 mL三乙胺和0.4 8 0 g 3-氟苯磺醯氯於20 mL THF中處 理。收拾反應和純化後得〇 . 5 3 6 g所欲產物。 (S)_N_[2-(4-胺基-苯基)-乙基]-4-甲氧基-苯磺醯胺: 根據步驟A的方法,令0.7 0 5 g硝基化合物和0.042 g Pd/C於10 mL EtOAc/MeOH中混合及進行還原反應,得 0.6 3 8 g所欲的產物。 (S)-{4-[2-(4-甲氧基-苯磺醯胺基)-乙基]-苯基卜胺基 磺酸: 根據步驟A的方法,令0.63 9 g胺經0.7 72 g三氧化 硫-吼啶錯合物於8 mL吡啶中處理。收拾反應及純化,得 -102 > (99) 200416214 0.0 7 1 g所欲的銨鹽產物。】Η N M R ( D 2 Ο ) 5 7.5 2 ( d,According to the method of step A, 0.705 g of a nitro compound and 0.042 g of Pd / C were mixed and reduced in 10 mL of EtOAc / MeOH to obtain 0.6 3 8 g of the desired product. [4- (2-benzenesulfonamido-ethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid: According to the method of step A, 0.63 9 g of amine was subjected to 0.7 72 g of sulfur trioxide-H-D complex Processed in 8 m LD [t D centering. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.071 g of the desired ammonium salt product. 1HNMR (D2〇) (5 7.54-7.64 (m, 3H); 7.43-7 · 48 (ηι, 2Η); 6.91 (s, 4H); 3 · 0 3-3. 0 7 (m, 2 Η ); 2 · 5 2-2 · 5 7 (m, 2 Η). Example 5 2 -100- (97) (97) 200416214 [4- (2-methylsulfonamido-ethyl) -phenyl] -Aminosulfonic acid: N- [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -methanesulfonamide: According to the method of Example 39, 0.5 0 0 g 4 -nitrophenylethylamine hydrochloride The salt was treated with 3.6 mL of triethylamine and 0.4 8 0 g of 3-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride in 20 mL of THF. After packing and reaction, 0.5 3 6 g of the desired product was obtained. N- [2- ( 4-Amino-phenyl) -ethyl] -methanesulfonamide: According to the method of step A, 0.7 0 5 g of a nitro compound and 0.0 4 2 g of Pd / C were mixed and carried out in 10 mL of EtOAc / MeOH. The reduction reaction yielded 0.6 3 8 g of the desired product. [4- (2-Methanesulfonamido-ethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid: According to the method of step A, 0.63 9 g of amine was passed through. .7 72 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex was treated in 8 mL of pyridine. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.07 1 g of the desired ammonium salt product. 1 HNMR (D20) ·· (5 7.18 (d, J = 8Hz, 2H); 7.08 (d, J = 8Hz, 2H); 3.27 (t, J = 6.8Hz, 2H); 2.83 (s, 3H); 2.74 (t, J = 6.8Hz, 2H). Example 5 3 [4- (2-Methanesulfonamido-ethyl) -phenyl] -amino group Sulfonic acid: N- [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -C-phenyl-methanesulfonamide: According to the method of Example 39, 0.5 0 0 g 4-nitrobenzene Ethylamine hydrochloride was treated with 3.6 mL of triethylamine and 0.4 8 0 g of 3-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride in 20 mL of THF. After packing up the reaction and purification, 0.5 3 6 g of the desired product was obtained. N- [2 -(4-amino-phenyl) -ethyl] phenyl-methanesulfonamide: According to the method of Step A, 0.75 g of a nitro compound and 0.04 2 -101-(98) (98) 200416214 g P d / C was mixed in 10 m LE t OA c / M e Η and subjected to reduction reaction to obtain 0.6 3 8 g of the desired product. [4- (2-Methanesulfonamido group -Ethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid: According to the method of step A, 0.63 9 g of amine was treated with 0.7 72 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex in 8 mL of pyridine. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.071 g of the desired ammonium salt product. 1HNMR (D20) 5 7.33-7.35 (m, 3H); 7.25-7.27 (m ^ 2H); 7.12 (d, J = 8.4Hz, 2H); 7.06 (d, J = 8.4Hz, 2H); 4.27 (s , 2H); 3.14 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H); 2.66 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H). Example 54 {4- [2- (4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonamido) -ethyl] -phenylbutanylsulfonic acid: (S)-[4-methoxy-N- [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -benzenesulfonamide: According to the method of Example 39, 0.5 00 g of 4-nitrophenylethylamine hydrochloride was passed through 3.6 mL of triethylamine and 0.4 8 0 g 3 -Fluorosulfenyl chloride was treated in 20 mL of THF. After packing up the reaction and purification, 0.536 g of the desired product was obtained. (S) _N_ [2- (4-Amino-phenyl) -ethyl] -4-methoxy-benzenesulfonamide: According to the method of Step A, let 0.7 0 5 g of a nitro compound and 0.042 g of Pd / C was mixed in 10 mL of EtOAc / MeOH and subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain 0.6 3 8 g of the desired product. (S)-{4- [2- (4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonamido) -ethyl] -phenylbutanylsulfonic acid: According to the method of Step A, 0.63 9 g of amine was subjected to 0.7 72 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex was treated in 8 mL of pyridine. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain -102 > (99) 200416214 0.0 7 1 g of the desired ammonium salt product. ] Η N M R (D 2 Ο) 5 7.5 2 (d,

J = 7.3Hz,2H ) ; 6.93 ( d,J = 7.5Hz,2H ) ; 6.89 ( s,4H );3.76(s,3H) ;2.99(t,J = 6.7Hz,2H) ; 2.5 1 ( t ,J = 6.7Hz,2H )。 實例5 5 - 5 9 下列化學式及表4說明實例5 5 - 5 9所製得之化合物的 結構:J = 7.3Hz, 2H); 6.93 (d, J = 7.5Hz, 2H); 6.89 (s, 4H); 3.76 (s, 3H); 2.99 (t, J = 6.7Hz, 2H); 2.5 1 (t , J = 6.7 Hz, 2H). Examples 5 5-5 9 The following chemical formulas and Table 4 illustrate the structures of the compounds prepared in Examples 5 5-5 9:

式(V)Formula (V)

-103- (100) (100)200416214-103- (100) (100) 200416214

實例5 5 (S)-[4-(2-二苄基胺基甲基胺甲醯基-乙基)_苯基]· 胺基擴酸: (S)-2-二苄胺基-N-甲基·3_(4_硝基-苯基)_丙醯胺:Η· L-Phe(4-N〇2)_NMe (0.500 g)溶於 10 mL 水中,於此溶液 中加入1.07 g碳酸鉀和〇·692 g苄基溴。攪拌反應混合物 4 8小時,並於D C Μ和1 N H C1間分配。有機層經硫酸鎂 乾燥、過濾、蒸發及快速層析純化’得0 ·4 72 g所欲產物 〇 (S)-[4-(2-二苄基胺基-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙基)-苯基]-胺基磺酸:根據步驟A的方法’令〇.472 g硝基化合物和 〇· 1 〇〇 g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(tic)。令此 苯胺粗產物經〇 · 8 6 9 g三氧化硫-吼啶錯合物處理。收拾反 應及純化,得0 · 〇 2 8 g銨鹽產物。1 H ( D 2 0 ) : 6.9 3 - 6.6 9 (m,14Η) ,3.37-3.03 (m’ 5H) ’ 2.68-2.46 (m,2H) ,2 · 2 7 ( s,3 Η ) 〇 實例5 6 (S)-{4-[2-(乙醯基-苄基·胺基)-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙基 ]-苯基}-胺基磺酸= (S)-2 -二禾胺基-甲基- 3- (4-硝基-苯基)·丙醯胺: -104- (101) (101)200416214 L-Phe(4-N02)-NMe (0.3 00 g)溶於 4 mL MeOH 並以 0.117 g三乙胺和0 . 1 8 5 g苯甲醛處理。攪拌反應混合物1 · 5小 時,接著於冰浴上冷卻。加入氫硼化鈉(0.88 g)及在室溫 下攪拌1 · 5小時。除去溶劑,殘餘物於EtOAc和水間分配 。有機層經乾燥及快速層析純化,得0.3 0 0 g產物。 (S)-2-(乙醯基-苄基-胺基)-N-甲基- 3-(4-硝基-苯基)-丙醯胺:根據實例2之方法,令〇 . 3 0 0 g 2 -苄胺基-N -甲 基-3-(4-硝基-苯基)丙醯胺經0.051 g三乙胺和0.044 g乙 醯氯處理,如此得0.1 2 6 g產物。 (S)-{4-[2-(乙醯基-苄基-胺基)-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙基 l·苯基卜胺基磺酸:根據步驟A的方法,令0.126 g硝基 化合物和50 mg披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(tic) 。令此苯胺粗產物經〇. 1 69 g三氧化硫-吼啶錯合物處理。 收拾反應及純化,得〇 · 〇 3 4 g銨鹽產物。1 H ( D 2 Ο ): 7.22-7.06 (m,3Η) ,7.00-6.89 (m,6Η) ,4.78-4.26 ( m,3H ) ,2·92 ( t,2H,J = 8.3Hz ) ,2.28 ( s,2H ), 2.13(s,1H) ,:l.90(s,2H) ,:l.65(s,lH)。 實例5 7 (S)-2-(苄基-第三丁氧羰基-胺基)-3-(4_磺酸胺基-苯基 )-丙酸甲酯: (S卜胺基-3-(4-硝基-苯基)-丙酸甲酯:根據實例 56 之方法,令 0.5 2 5 g H-L-Phe(4-N02)-0Me 經 0.2 04 g 三 乙胺、0.3 2 0 g苯甲醛和ο.! 52 mg氫硼化鈉處理,由此得 -105- (102) (102)200416214 0.2 4 1 g 產物。 (S)-2-(;基-弟二丁氧鐵基·胺基)-3-(4-硝基-苯基丙 酸甲酯:2 -苄胺基-3 - (4 -硝基-苯基)-丙酸甲酯(〇 . 2 4 1 g)溶 於10 mL D CM並以0.78 g三乙胺和0.5 02 g二碳酸二第 三丁酯處理。攪拌反應混合物7 2小時。令反應混合物於 25 mL DCM和0·1 N HC1間分配。以DCM沖洗水層,合 倂有機層,以硫酸鎂乾燥及快速層析純化,得0 . 1 2 3 g產 物。 (S)-2-(苄基-第三丁氧羰基-胺基)-3-(4_磺酸胺基-苯基 )-丙酸甲酯:根據步驟A的方法,令〇 . 1 2 3 g硝基化合物 和0.05 0 g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(tic)。令 此苯胺粗產物經0.1 42 g三氧化硫- D[t啶錯合物處理。收拾 反應及純化,得〇 · 〇 1 5 g銨鹽產物。】H ( D 2 Ο ) : 7 · 1 0 ( s ,3H) ,6.9 8 -6.86 (m,6H) ,4.23-4.01 (m,2H), 3.77 和 3.72(d,1H) ,3·55-3·41 (m,3H) ,3.04-2.86 (m,211) ,1.25 和 1.16(d,9H)。 實例5 8 (S)-苄基-[1-甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基 l·胺基甲酸甲酯: (S)-苄基- [1-甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-胺 基甲酸甲酯:根據實例2之方法,令0.2 00 g 2-苄胺基-N-甲基-3-(4-硝基-苯基)丙醯胺經0.071 g三乙胺和0.0 6 6 g 氯甲酸甲酯處理,如此得0.060 g產物。 -106- (103) 200416214 (s)-苄基-[1-甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸 ]-胺基甲酸甲酯:根據步驟A的方法,令 合物和0·02 5 g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得 此苯胺粗產物經0 · 0 7 7 g三氧化硫-口比啶錯 反應及純化,得 0 . 〇 1 2 g銨鹽產物。】t 7.11 (m,3H) ,7.03-6.88 (m,5H), ,4.35 ( s,2H ) ,3·49 ( s,3H ) ,2.95 (s,3H ) 〇 實例5 9 (S)-苄基-[1-甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸 l·胺基甲酸第三丁酯:Example 5 5 (S)-[4- (2-Dibenzylaminomethylaminomethane-ethyl) _phenyl] · Amino acid: (S) -2-Dibenzylamino-N -Methyl · 3_ (4-nitro-phenyl) _propanamide: Η · L-Phe (4-N〇2) _NMe (0.500 g) was dissolved in 10 mL of water, and 1.07 g of carbonic acid was added to this solution. Potassium and 0.692 g of benzyl bromide. The reaction mixture was stirred for 48 hours and partitioned between DCM and 1 N H C1. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, evaporated, and purified by flash chromatography to obtain 0.472 g of the desired product. O (S)-[4- (2-dibenzylamino-2-methylaminomethylamidino) -Ethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid: According to the method of Step A, 0.472 g of a nitro compound and 0.1 000 g of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (tic). . This crude aniline product was treated with 0.869 g of a sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.88 g of an ammonium salt product. 1 H (D 2 0): 6.9 3-6.6 9 (m, 14Η), 3.37-3.03 (m '5H)' 2.68-2.46 (m, 2H), 2 · 2 7 (s, 3 Η) 〇Example 5 6 (S)-{4- [2- (Ethylfluorenyl-benzyl · amino) -2-methylaminomethylmethyl-ethyl] -phenyl} -aminosulfonic acid = (S) -2 -Diethylamino-methyl- 3- (4-nitro-phenyl) · propanamide: -104- (101) (101) 200416214 L-Phe (4-N02) -NMe (0.3 00 g) It was dissolved in 4 mL of MeOH and treated with 0.117 g of triethylamine and 0.1 8 5 g of benzaldehyde. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 hours and then cooled on an ice bath. Add sodium borohydride (0.88 g) and stir at room temperature for 1.5 hours. The solvent was removed and the residue was partitioned between EtOAc and water. The organic layer was dried and purified by flash chromatography to obtain 0.3 0 g of product. (S) -2- (Ethyl-benzyl-amino) -N-methyl- 3- (4-nitro-phenyl) -propanamidin: According to the method of Example 2, let 0.30 0 g of 2-benzylamino-N-methyl-3- (4-nitro-phenyl) propanilamine was treated with 0.051 g of triethylamine and 0.044 g of acetamidine chloride to obtain 0.1 2 6 g of the product. (S)-{4- [2- (Ethylfluorenyl-benzyl-amino) -2-methylaminomethylsulfanyl-ethyl l.phenylphenylaminosulfonic acid: According to the method of Step A, let A reduction reaction of 0.126 g of a nitro compound and 50 mg of palladium on carbon yields the desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.169 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was cleaned up and purified to obtain 0.43 g of ammonium salt product. 1 H (D 2 Ο): 7.22-7.06 (m, 3Η), 7.00-6.89 (m, 6Η), 4.78-4.26 (m, 3H), 2.92 (t, 2H, J = 8.3Hz), 2.28 (s, 2H), 2.13 (s, 1H) ,: 1.90 (s, 2H) ,: 1.65 (s, 1H). Example 5 7 (S) -2- (Benzyl-tertiary butoxycarbonyl-amino) -3- (4-sulfonamido-phenyl) -propionic acid methyl ester: (S-amino-3- (4-Nitro-phenyl) -methyl propionate: According to the method of Example 56, 0.5 2 5 g of HL-Phe (4-N02) -0Me was passed through 0.2 04 g of triethylamine and 0.3 2 0 g of benzaldehyde. And ο.! 52 mg of sodium borohydride to obtain -105- (102) (102) 200416214 0.2 4 1 g of the product. (S) -2- (; ) -3- (4-nitro-phenylpropionic acid methyl ester: 2-benzylamino-3-(4-nitro-phenyl) -propionic acid methyl ester (0.2 4 1 g) dissolved in 10 mL D CM and treated with 0.78 g of triethylamine and 0.5 02 g of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate. The reaction mixture was stirred for 72 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between 25 mL of DCM and 0.1 N HC1. The water was rinsed with DCM. Layer, combined with the organic layer, dried over magnesium sulfate and purified by flash chromatography to obtain 0.1 2 3 g of the product. (S) -2- (benzyl-third butoxycarbonyl-amino) -3- (4 _Aminosulfonic acid-phenyl) -propionic acid methyl ester: According to the method of step A, 0.1 2 3 g of a nitro compound and 0.05 0 g of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (tic). Let this crude aniline undergo 0 .1 42 g of sulfur trioxide-D [t-pyridine complex. Packing the reaction and purification to obtain 0.5 g of ammonium salt product.] H (D 2 0): 7 · 10 (s, 3H) , 6.9 8 -6.86 (m, 6H), 4.23-4.01 (m, 2H), 3.77 and 3.72 (d, 1H), 3.55-3 · 41 (m, 3H), 3.04-2.86 (m, 211) , 1.25 and 1.16 (d, 9H). Example 5 8 (S) -benzyl- [1-methylaminomethylmethyl-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl l · amino Methyl formate: (S) -Benzyl- [1-methylaminomethylmethyl-2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -carbamic acid methyl ester: According to the method of Example 2, let 0.2 00 g of 2-benzylamino-N-methyl-3- (4-nitro-phenyl) propanilamine was treated with 0.071 g of triethylamine and 0.0 6 6 g of methyl chloroformate to give 0.060 g of product -106- (103) 200416214 (s) -benzyl- [1-methylaminomethylmethyl-2- (4-sulfonic acid] -carbamic acid methyl ester: According to the method of Step A, the compound and 0.02 5 g of palladium on carbon was subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain the crude aniline product. After 0.07 7 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine reaction and purification, 0.02 g of an ammonium salt product was obtained. ] T 7.11 (m, 3H), 7.03-6.88 (m, 5H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 3.49 (s, 3H), 2.95 (s, 3H). Example 5 9 (S) -Benzyl -[1-methylaminomethanemethyl-2- (4-sulfonic acid l · aminocarbamic acid third butyl ester:

(S)-苄基-[1-甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-硝基 基甲酸第三丁酯:2-(苄基-第三丁氧羰 基-苯基)-丙酸甲酯(0.245 g)溶於1〇 mL 並以0 . 1 2 4 g —水合氫氧化鋰處理。在室(S) -Benzyl- [1-methylaminomethanemethyl-2- (4-nitroaminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester: 2- (benzyl-third butoxycarbonyl-phenyl) -propionic acid methyl The ester (0.245 g) was dissolved in 10 mL and treated with 0.1 24 g of lithium hydroxide hydrate.

合物3小時。蒸發溶劑,殘餘物於DCM 分配。乾燥合併的有趨孩 口 W J洎铽層,得酸粗產物 THF混合,並根據實例丨之方法,以 〇·〇Μ g氯甲酸異丁酯和0.4 5 0 mL甲胺溶 0 · 1 6 1 g所欲產物。 (S)-苄基-[1_甲基胺甲醯基-2-(4-石| ]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯:根據步驟A的, 基化合物和〇.02 5 g披鈀碳進行還原尽 胺基-苯基)-乙基 0.060 g硝基化 所欲的產物。令 合物處理。收拾 (D2〇 ) :7.26- 4 · 5 1 ( m,1 Η ) (s,2Η ) ,2·36 胺基-苯基)-乙基 -苯基)-乙基]-胺 _ -胺基)-3-(4-硝 1:1 EtOH:EtOAc 溫下攪拌反應混 和 0.1 N HC1 間 。令酸與 5 mL 0.05 0 g NMM、 液處理,如此得 胺基-苯基)-乙基 ,令 0 . 1 6 1 g 硝 而得所欲的產物 -107- (104)200416214 。令 收拾 7.14 3H ) 1.28 實例 結構 此苯胺粗產物經〇 . 1 8 6 g三氧化硫-Dtt D定錯合物處理。 反應及純化,得0.0 5 8 g銨鹽產物4(020 ):7.26-(ill,3 Η ) ,7 · 0 7 - 7 · 0 0 ( m,6 Η ) ,4.3 4 - 4.0 1 ( m, ,2·99 和 2.96(d,2H,J = 8.9) ,2.45(s,3H), (s , 9H)。 60-66 下列化學式及表5說明實例60-66所製得之化合物的 式(VI)Compound for 3 hours. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was partitioned in DCM. The combined WJB layers were dried, and the crude acid THF was obtained and mixed according to the method of Example 丨 with 0. 0 g g of isobutyl chloroformate and 0.4 5 0 mL of methylamine to dissolve 0 · 1 6 1 g desired product. (S) -Benzyl- [1-methylaminomethylmethyl-2- (4-stone |] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester: according to step A, the base compound and 0.02 5 g of palladium on carbon Reduction was carried out to 0.060 g of amine-phenyl) -ethyl to nitrate the desired product. Order compound processing. Pack (D2〇): 7.26-4 · 5 1 (m, 1 Η) (s, 2 Η), 2.36 Amino-phenyl) -ethyl-phenyl) -ethyl] -amine- -amino ) -3- (4-Nitro 1: 1 EtOH: EtOAc was stirred at room temperature and the reaction was mixed with 0.1 N HC1. The acid was treated with 5 mL of 0.05 0 g NMM, so that amine-phenyl) -ethyl was obtained. 0.1 6 1 g of nitrate to obtain the desired product -107- (104) 200416214. Let's pack up 7.14 3H) 1.28 Example structure This crude aniline product was treated with 0.186 g of sulfur trioxide-Dtt D complex. The reaction and purification yield 0.0 5 8 g of ammonium salt product 4 (020): 7.26- (ill, 3 Η), 7. 0 7-7 · 0 0 (m, 6 Η), 4.3 4-4.0 1 (m, , 2.99 and 2.96 (d, 2H, J = 8.9), 2.45 (s, 3H), (s, 9H) 60-66 The following chemical formula and Table 5 illustrate the formula of the compound prepared in Example 60-66 ( VI)

-108- (105) (105)200416214 表5 實例 * R7 R8 R9 R12 60 S 、、〉 — H -ch3 61 S 〆、 H -ch3 62 S ,j〇 H -ch3 63 S [,万 H -ch3 64 S ιιιπιπ·^^ H -ch3 65 S ^^nh2 、川…"· 0 H -ch3 66 S ( \\\\Wt,,y//^ D H K· -ch3 實例6 0 N-[(l,l-二甲基乙氧基)碳基]-L -売胺醯基-N -甲基- L-4-磺酸胺基-苯基丙胺醯胺: 1[(1,1-二甲基乙氧基)羰基卜1^亮胺醯基-1甲基-1^ 4-硝基-苯基丙胺醯胺:H-L-Phe(4-N02)-NMe (200 mg)溶 於 1 mL DMF並以 〇 · 2 0 9 g二異丙基乙胺、〇. 1 3 0 g HOBt.H20、0.211 g L-Boc-Leu、和 0.162 g EDCI 處理。 1 8小時後,反應混合物於水和EtO Ac間分配,合倂的有 機層經乾燥及快速層析純化,得〇 · 1 9 3 g產物。 N-[(l,l-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]_L·亮胺醯基—N乂甲基 -109- (106) (106)200416214 4-磺酸胺基-苯基丙胺醯胺:根據步驟A的方法’令〇·193 g硝基化合物和0 · 02 5 g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的 產物(tic)。令此苯胺粗產物經〇·21 1 g三氧化硫-吡啶錯合 物處理。收拾反應及純化’得0 · 04 8 g銨鹽產物。1 H ( D2O) : 7.19-6.99 ( m 5 4H) ’ 4.43 (t’ 1H’ 1 = 8.5 ) ’ 3.86 (t,1H,J = 6.3Hz ) ,3.04-2.86 (m,2H) ,2.58 ( s ,1 Η ) ,:l ·4 8 - 1 .40 ( m,3H ) ,1.33 ( s,9Η) ,0·81- Ο · 7 Ο ( m,6 Η )。 實例6 1 ^[(1,1-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]-1^甲硫胺醯基-!^-甲基-L-4-磺酸胺基-苯基丙胺醯胺: N-[(l,l-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]甲硫胺醯基甲基-L-4-硝基·苯基丙胺醯胺:根據實例60之方法,令0.200 g H-L-Phe(4-N〇2)-NMe 經 0.209 g 二異丙基乙胺、0.211 g L-Boc-Met、0.130 g H0Bt.H20、和 0.162 g EDCI 處理。 由此得0 · 1 2 2 g產物。 1^-[(1,1-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]-1^甲硫胺醯基^-甲基-L-4-磺酸胺基-苯基丙胺醯胺:根據步驟 a的方法,令 0.122 g硝基化合物和〇.025 g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所 欲的產物(tic)。令此苯胺粗產物經0.128 g三氧化硫-D比啶 錯合物處理。收拾反應及純化,得〇 · 〇 1 3 g銨鹽產物。1 Η (D2〇) : 7.34-6.94 (m,4H) ,4.39(t,1H,J = 8.8) ,3.96 (t,1H,J = 8.3Hz) ,2.98-2.76( m,2H) ,2.53 -110- (107) (107)200416214 (s,3 Η ) ,2 · 3 1 ( m,2 Η ) ,1 · 9 3 ( s,3 Η ) ,1 . 7 0 - 1 . 5 5 (ηι,2 Η ) ,1 · 2 8 ( s,9 Η )。 實例6 2 N-[(l,l-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]-L-苯基丙胺醯基-N-甲 基磺酸胺基-苯基丙胺醯胺: N-[(l,l-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]-L-苯基丙胺醯基甲 基-L-4-硝基-苯基丙胺醯胺:根據實例 60之方法,令 0.200 g H-L-Phe(4-N02)-NMe 經 0.209 g 二異丙基乙胺、 0.22 5 g L-Boc-Phe、0.130 g H0Bt.H20、和 0.162 g EDCI 處理。由此得〇 . 2 4 6 g產物。 N-[(l,l-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]-L-苯基丙胺醯基-N-甲 基-L-4-磺酸胺基-苯基丙胺醯胺:根據步驟A的方法,令 0.246 g硝基化合物和0.0 5 0 g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所 欲的產物。令此苯胺粗產物經0.25 0 g三氧化硫4比啶錯合 物處理。收拾反應及純化,得 0.043 g銨鹽產物。1Η ( D2〇 ) : 7.26-7.17 (m,3H) ,7.06-6.99 (m,6H), 4.3 1 (t,1H,J = 9.0) ,4.12 (t,1H,t=8.3Hz) ,2.84- 2.72(m,4H) ,2.49(s,3H) ,l,22(s,9H)。 實例6 3 N-[(l,l-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]-L-酪胺醯基-N-甲基-L-4-磺酸胺基-苯基丙胺醯胺: ]^[(1,1-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]4-酪胺醯基-1^-甲基-1^ -111 - (108) (108)200416214 4-硝基-苯基丙胺醯胺:根據實例60之方法,令0.200 g H-L-Phe(4-N02)-NMe 經 0.2 09 g 二異丙基乙胺、0.2 3 8 g L-Boc-Tyr、0.130 g H0Bt'H20、和 0.162 g EDCI 處理。 由此得0.3 0 0 g產物。 N-[(l,l-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]-L-酪胺醯基-N-甲基- L- 4- 磺酸胺基 -苯基丙胺醯 胺:根據 步驟 A 的方法: ,令 0.3 00 g 硝基化合 物和0.0 5 0 g披鈀碳 進行還原反應而 得所欲 的 產 物(tic)。 令此苯胺粗產物經〇 . 295 g 二 氧化硫_ -吡啶錯 合 物 處理。收 拾反應及純 化,得 0.062 g 銨鹽產 物。 ]Η ( >〇 ) : 7·丨 00-6.87 ( m, ,6H ), 6.69 和 6.6 6 ( d, 2Η , J = 9.3Hz ) ,4.28 ( t , 1 Η,J = :8.0 ) 4.05 ( t , 1 Η j J = 8.7Hz ) > 2.81-2.65 ( m,4 Η ) ,2. 47 (s,3 Η ) ,1 · 2 1 (s , 9 Η ) 〇 實例64 N-[(l,l-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]-L-纈胺醯基-Ν-甲基- L-4-磺酸胺基-苯基丙胺醯胺: 心[(1,1-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]-1^纈胺醯基-1甲基-1^ 4-硝基-苯基丙胺醯胺:根據實例60之方法,令0.2 00 g H,L-Phe(4-N02)-NMe 經 0.2 09 g 二異丙基乙胺、0.184 g L-Boc-Val、0.130 g H0Bt-H20、和 0.162 g EDCI 處理。 由此得0.2 1 9 g產物。 N-[(l,l-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]-L-纈胺醯基-N-甲基- ί-ΐ磺 酸胺基 -苯基 丙胺醯 胺:根 據步驟 A 的方法 ,令 0.219 -112- (109) (109)200416214 g硝基化合物和0.05 0 g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的 產物(tic)。令此苯胺粗產物經0.24 7 g三氧化硫-D[t啶錯合 物處理。收拾反應及純化,得0.04 1 g銨鹽產物。1 Η ( D2〇):7.0 8 - 6.99 ( q,4H,J = 1 1 Hz ) ,4.40 ( t,lH, J = 8.3 ) ,3.64 (t,1H,J = 6.7Hz) ,2.99-2.83 (m,2H) ,2.52(s,3H) ,1.81( m,1H) ,1.25(s,9H), 0.68 ( s,6H ) 〇 實例6 5 N-[(l,l-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]-L-谷胺醯基-N-甲基- L-4-磺酸胺基-苯基丙胺醯胺: N-[(l,l-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]-L-谷胺醯基-N-甲基- ίο硝基-苯基丙 胺醯胺 : 〇.300gH-L-Phe(4-N02)-NMe 溶於 4 mL無水Me 0H並以0.3 15 g二異丙基乙胺和0.414 g L-Boc-Glu-ONp處理。反應混合物在60 °C下加熱並攬拌18 小時,冷卻反應混合物,溶液於EtOAc和H20間分配, 有機層經水沖洗及乾燥,油狀粗產物經1:1 EtO Ac :己烷 再結晶,得〇. 1 98 g產物。 N-[(l/i-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]谷胺醯基-N-甲基-4-磺酸胺基-苯基丙胺醯胺:根據步驟A的方法,令0.198 g硝基化合物和〇.〇5〇 g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的 產物(tic)。令此苯胺粗產物經0.209 g三氧化硫-Dtt啶錯合 物處理。收拾反應及純化,得0.0 8 2 g銨鹽產物。1 Η ( D2〇 ) : 7.08-7.00 (q,4H,J 二 9·7Ηζ) ,4.40(t,1H, -113- (110) (110)200416214 J = 8.0 ) ,3.83 (t,1H,J = 9.0Hz) ,2.95-2.85 (m,2H) ,2.54(s,3H) ,2.07(t,2H,J = 7.3Hz) ,1.73-1.66 (m,2 H ) ,1 . 3 0 ( s,9 H )。 實例6 6 N-[(l,l-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]-L-門冬胺醯基-N-甲基-L-4-磺酸胺基·苯基丙胺醯胺: N-[(l,l-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]-L-門冬胺醯基-N-甲基-L-4-硝基-苯基丙胺醯胺:根據實例65之方法,令0.300 g H-L-Phe(4-N〇2)-NMe 經 0·3 1 5 g 二異丙基乙胺和 0.388 g L-Boc-Asn-ONp 處理。由此得 0.176 g 產物。-108- (105) (105) 200416214 Table 5 Examples * R7 R8 R9 R12 60 S 、 —— — H -ch3 61 S 〆, H -ch3 62 S, j〇H -ch3 63 S [, Wan H -ch3 64 S ιιιπιπ · ^^ H -ch3 65 S ^^ nh2, Chuan ... " · 0 H -ch3 66 S (\\\\ Wt ,, y // ^ DHK · -ch3 Example 6 0 N-[(l , L-dimethylethoxy) carbon group] -L-fluorenylaminofluorenyl-N-methyl-L-4-sulfonylamino-phenylpropylamine hydrazone: 1 [(1,1-dimethyl Ethoxy) carbonyl 1 ^ Leucylamine-1Methyl-1 ^ 4-nitro-phenylpropylamineamine: HL-Phe (4-N02) -NMe (200 mg) dissolved in 1 mL DMF It was treated with 0.209 g of diisopropylethylamine, 0.13 g of HOBt.H20, 0.211 g of L-Boc-Leu, and 0.162 g of EDCI. After 18 hours, the reaction mixture was treated with water and EtO Partitioned between Ac, and the combined organic layer was dried and purified by flash chromatography to obtain 0.193 g of product. N-[(l, l-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] _L·leucinefluorenyl— N-methyl-109- (106) (106) 200416214 4-sulfonamido-phenylpropylamine sulfonamide: according to the method of step A 'let 193 g nitro compound and 0. 02 5 g palladium carbon Perform the reduction reaction to get the desired product (Tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.21 g of sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was cleaned up and purified to obtain 0. 04 8 g of ammonium salt product. 1 H (D2O): 7.19-6.99 (m 5 4H) '4.43 (t' 1H '1 = 8.5)' 3.86 (t, 1H, J = 6.3Hz), 3.04-2.86 (m, 2H), 2.58 (s, 1 Η), l · 4 8-1.40 (m, 3H), 1.33 (s, 9Η), 0.81-〇 · 7 Ο (m, 6 Η). Example 6 1 ^ [(1,1-dimethylethoxy) Carbonyl] -1 ^ methylthiaminefluorenyl-! ^-Methyl-L-4-sulfonylamino-phenylpropylaminesulfonylamine: N-[(l, l-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] methyl Thiamine methyl-L-4-nitro · phenylpropylamine amine: According to the method of Example 60, 0.200 g of HL-Phe (4-N〇2) -NMe was passed through 0.209 g of diisopropylethylamine , 0.211 g L-Boc-Met, 0.130 g HOBt.H20, and 0.162 g EDCI treatment. This gave 0 · 1 2 2 g of product. 1 ^-[(1,1-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] -1 ^ methylthiaminefluorenyl ^ -methyl-L-4-sulfonylamino-phenylpropylaminesulfonylamine: according to step a In the method, 0.122 g of a nitro compound and 0.025 g of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.128 g of a sulfur trioxide-D-pyridine complex. The reaction was cleaned up and purified to obtain 0.13 g of ammonium salt product. 1 Η (D2〇): 7.34-6.94 (m, 4H), 4.39 (t, 1H, J = 8.8), 3.96 (t, 1H, J = 8.3Hz), 2.98-2.76 (m, 2H), 2.53- 110- (107) (107) 200416214 (s, 3 Η), 2 · 3 1 (m, 2 Η), 1. 9 3 (s, 3 Η), 1. 7 0-1.5. 5 (ηι, 2 Η), 1 · 2 8 (s, 9 Η). Example 6 2 N-[(l, l-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] -L-phenylpropylaminefluorenyl-N-methanesulfonylamino-phenylpropylaminesulfonylamine: N-[(l, l-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] -L-phenylpropylaminefluorenylmethyl-L-4-nitro-phenylpropylaminesulfonylamine: According to the method of Example 60, 0.200 g of HL-Phe (4- N02) -NMe was treated with 0.209 g of diisopropylethylamine, 0.22 5 g of L-Boc-Phe, 0.130 g of HOBt.H20, and 0.162 g of EDCI. This gave 0.246 g of product. N-[(l, l-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] -L-phenylpropylaminefluorenyl-N-methyl-L-4-sulfonylamino-phenylpropylaminesulfonyl: according to step A In the method, 0.246 g of a nitro compound and 0.0 50 g of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product. This crude aniline product was treated with 0.250 g of sulfur trioxide 4 ratio pyridine complex. The reaction was cleaned up and purified to obtain 0.043 g of ammonium salt product. 1Η (D2〇): 7.26-7.17 (m, 3H), 7.06-6.99 (m, 6H), 4.3 1 (t, 1H, J = 9.0), 4.12 (t, 1H, t = 8.3Hz), 2.84- 2.72 (m, 4H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 1,22 (s, 9H). Example 6 3 N-[(l, l-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] -L-tyraminofluorenyl-N-methyl-L-4-sulfonylamino-phenylpropylamine ammonium amine:] ^ [(1,1-Dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] 4-tyraminefluorenyl-1 ^ -methyl-1 ^ -111-(108) (108) 200416214 4-nitro-phenylpropylamine : According to the method of Example 60, 0.200 g of HL-Phe (4-N02) -NMe was passed through 0.2 09 g of diisopropylethylamine, 0.2 3 8 g of L-Boc-Tyr, 0.130 g of H0Bt'H20, and 0.162 g EDCI processing. This gave 0.3 0 0 g of product. N-[(l, l-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] -L-tyraminesulfonyl-N-methyl-L- 4-sulfonamido-phenylpropylaminesulfonamide: Method according to step A :, Make a reduction reaction of 0.3 00 g of a nitro compound and 0.0 50 g of palladium on carbon to obtain a desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.295 g of sulfur dioxide-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.062 g of ammonium salt product. ] Η (> 〇): 7 · 00-6.87 (m,, 6H), 6.69 and 6.66 (d, 2Η, J = 9.3Hz), 4.28 (t, 1Η, J =: 8.0) 4.05 ( t, 1 Η j J = 8.7 Hz) > 2.81-2.65 (m, 4 Η), 2. 47 (s, 3 Η), 1 · 2 1 (s, 9 Η) 〇 Example 64 N-[(l , L-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] -L-valamine group-N-methyl-L-4-sulfonylamino group-phenylpropylamine group: Heart [(1,1-dimethyl Ethoxy) carbonyl] -1 ^ valaminomethyl-1 methyl-1 ^ 4-nitro-phenylpropylamine amine: According to the method of Example 60, make 0.2 00 g H, L-Phe (4-N02 ) -NMe was treated with 0.2 09 g of diisopropylethylamine, 0.184 g of L-Boc-Val, 0.130 g of HOBt-H20, and 0.162 g of EDCI. This gave 0.2 1 9 g of product. N-[(l, l-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] -L-valamine group-N-methyl- fluorenesulfonylamino-phenylpropylamine amine: according to the method of step A, 0.219 -112- (109) (109) 200416214 g of a nitro compound and 0.05 0 g of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.24 7 g of sulfur trioxide-D [tidine complex. The reaction was cleaned up and purified to obtain 0.04 1 g of ammonium salt product. 1 Η (D2〇): 7.0 8-6.99 (q, 4H, J = 1 1 Hz), 4.40 (t, 1H, J = 8.3), 3.64 (t, 1H, J = 6.7Hz), 2.99-2.83 ( m, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 1.81 (m, 1H), 1.25 (s, 9H), 0.68 (s, 6H). Example 6 5 N-[(l, l-dimethylethoxy ) Carbonyl] -L-glutamine-N-methyl-L-4-sulfonylamino-phenylpropylamine amine: N-[(l, l-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] -L -Glutamine-N-methyl-nitro-phenylpropylamine amine: 0.300 g of H-L-Phe (4-N02) -NMe dissolved in 4 mL of anhydrous Me 0H and 0.3 15 g of diisopropyl Ethylamine and 0.414 g L-Boc-Glu-ONp treatment. The reaction mixture was heated at 60 ° C and stirred for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled. The solution was partitioned between EtOAc and H20. The organic layer was washed with water and dried. The crude oily product was recrystallized from 1: 1 EtO Ac: hexane. 0.198 g of product was obtained. N-[(l / i-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] glutamine-N-methyl-4-sulfonylamino-phenylpropylamine: According to the method of step A, 0.198 g of nitrate The base compound and 0.050 g of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.209 g of sulfur trioxide-Dttidine complex. The reaction was cleaned up and purified to obtain 0.0 8 2 g of ammonium salt product. 1 Η (D2〇): 7.08-7.00 (q, 4H, J 2 9.7Ηζ), 4.40 (t, 1H, -113- (110) (110) 200416214 J = 8.0), 3.83 (t, 1H, J = 9.0Hz), 2.95-2.85 (m, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.07 (t, 2H, J = 7.3Hz), 1.73-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.30 (s, 9 H). Example 6 6 N-[(l, l-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] -L-aspartyl-N-methyl-L-4-sulfonylamino · phenylpropylamine amine: N -[(l, l-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] -L-aspartyl-N-methyl-L-4-nitro-phenylpropylamine amidin: According to the method of Example 65, let 0.300 g of HL-Phe (4-N〇2) -NMe was treated with 0.315 g of diisopropylethylamine and 0.388 g of L-Boc-Asn-ONp. This gave 0.176 g of product.

N-[(l,l-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]-L-門冬胺醯基-N-甲基-L-4-磺酸胺基-苯基丙胺醯胺:根據步驟 A的方法,令 0.176 g硝基化合物和0.0 5 0 g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所 欲的產物(tic)。令此苯胺粗產物經0.192 g三氧化硫-D比啶 錯合物處理。收拾反應及純化,得0.047 g銨鹽產物。1Η (D2〇 ) : 7.07-7.00 ( q,4H,J=1 0.0Hz ) ,4.38 ( t,1H ,J = 8.0 ) ,4.25 (t,1H,J= 1 0.0Hz ) ,2.97-2.85 (m, 2H ) ,2.54(s,3H) ,2.48-2.30 (m,2H) ,:l.29(s, 9H )。 實例6 7 - 6 8 下列化學式及表6說明實例67-6 8所製得之化合物的 結構: -114- (111)200416214N-[(l, l-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] -L-aspartylamino-N-methyl-L-4-sulfonylamino-phenylpropylamine In the method, 0.176 g of a nitro compound and 0.050 g of palladium on carbon are subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.192 g of a sulfur trioxide-D-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.047 g of ammonium salt product. 1Η (D2〇): 7.07-7.00 (q, 4H, J = 1 0.0Hz), 4.38 (t, 1H, J = 8.0), 4.25 (t, 1H, J = 1 0.0Hz), 2.97-2.85 (m , 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.48-2.30 (m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 9H). Examples 6 7-6 8 The following chemical formulas and Table 6 illustrate the structures of the compounds prepared in Examples 67-6 8: -114- (111) 200416214

式(νπ) 表6 實例 * R2 R9 67 S C c Η Η 〇 68 S ( 〕 Η 實例6 7 N-{1-[1-戊基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基胺 甲醯基]-2-苯基-乙基卜琥珀醯胺酸: [(lS)-;l-[(4-硝基-苯基)-甲基]-2-酮- 2-(戊胺基)乙基]-胺基甲酸1,卜二甲基乙酯:於 40 mL二氯甲烷中加入 3.103 g L-B〇c-(4-N02)Phe。在冰浴的溫度下加入 EDCI (1.9 17 g)。加入戊胺(1.16 mL),並使反應升溫至室溫。 1 8小時後,反應混合物經二氯甲烷稀釋並以1 N HC1沖 洗二次,以硫酸鈉乾燥,及快速層析純化,得1 . 8 6 6 g產 物。 (2 S)-2-胺基- 3-(4-硝基-苯基戊基-丙醯胺鹽酸鹽 :[(IS )-1-[(4-硝基-苯基)-甲基]-2-酮- 2-(戊胺基)乙基]-胺 基甲酸1,1-二甲基乙酯( 1.8 5 8 g)於二噁烷中經18 mL 4 Μ -115- (112) (112)200416214 H C1處理。2小時後,濃縮反應混合物,並直接用於下一 步驟無須純化。 N-[(l,l -二甲基乙氧基)羰基]-苯基丙胺醯基-4-硝 基-N-戊基-L-苯基丙胺醯胺:(2S)-2-胺基-3-(4-硝基-苯基 )-N -戊基-丙醯胺鹽酸鹽與2 5 m L二氯甲烷和2 . 1 m L三乙 月女混合’力口入 HOBt (0.662 g)和 1.300 g L-Boc-Plie。在冰 浴的溫度下於混合物中加入ED Cl ( 0.9 3 9 g)。接著使反應 混合物升溫至室溫,1 8小時後,反應混合物經乙酸乙酯 稀釋,並以1 N H C1沖洗二次,以硫酸鈉乾燥,快速層析 純化,得1 . 7 3 2 g產物。 L-苯基丙胺醯基-4-硝基-N-戊基-L-苯基丙胺醯胺鹽酸 鹽:N-[(l,卜二甲基乙氧基)羰基]苯基丙胺醯基-4-硝 基· N -戊基-L -苯基丙胺醯胺(〇 . 4 0 0 g)於二噁烷中與8 m L 4 Μ H Cl混合。1 ·5小時後,濃縮反應混合物,並直接用於 下一步驟無須純化。 Ν-(4-羥基-1,4-二酮丁基)-L-苯基丙胺醯基-4-硝基-Ν- 戊基苯基丙胺醯胺:L-苯基丙胺醯基-4-硝基戊基-L -苯基丙胺醯胺鹽酸鹽與0 · 2 2 m L三乙胺混合。溶液於冰 浴中冷卻,及加入0.077 g琥珀酸酐。在室溫下攪拌反應 混合物1 . 5小時,及濃縮。產物直接用於下一步驟無須純 化。 N-(4-羥基-1,4-二酮丁基)苯基丙胺醯基-4-胺基-N-戊基· L -苯基丙胺醯胺:根據步驟 A的方法,0.2 4 0 g N -(4-羥基-1,4-二酮丁基)苯基丙胺醯基-4-硝基_N-戊基- -116- (113) (113)200416214 L-苯基丙胺醯胺與 20 mL 1··1 EtOH/THF 和 0.200g 10% Pd/C混合並進行還原反應,得0.215 g產物。 戊基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基胺 甲醯基]-2-苯基-乙基卜琥珀醯胺酸:根據步驟A的方法, 0.215 g胺經 0.191 g S03-吡啶錯合物處理。純化後得 0.096 g 產物。NMR(D20) : 0.72 (3H,t,J = 7.1Hz ),0.94-1.22 (6H,m) ,2.8 1-2.96 (10H,m) ,4.26( 1 Η,t,J = 7.7Hz ) ,4.37 ( 1 H,t,J = 7.7 H z ) ,6.99-7.06 (5H,m) ,7.16-7.23 (4H,m)。 實例6 8 N-{l-L-[l-戊基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基 胺甲醯基]苯基-乙基卜胺基甲酸第三丁酯: N-[(l,l-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]苯基丙胺醯基-4-胺 基戊基-L-苯基丙胺醯胺:根據步驟A的方法,0.2 8 0 g N-[(1J-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]-L-苯基丙胺醯基-4-硝基-N-戊基苯基丙胺醯胺與10 mL 1··1 MeOH/THF和0.165 g Pd/C混合並置於氫氣氛下,收拾反應後,胺粗產物直接 用於下一步驟無須純化。 N-U-L-[卜戊基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基 胺甲醯基]-2-L-苯基-乙基}-胺基甲酸第三丁酯:根據步驟 A的方法,0.2 5 3 g胺經0.4 70 g三氧化硫-哦啶於5 mL吡 啶中處理。收拾反應及純化,得 〇 . 1 5 0 g銨鹽產物。1 Η NMR ( D2〇 ) : 7.26-7.20 (9H,m) ,4.32(lH,t, -117- (114)200416214 J = 7.3 Η z ) ,4.16 ( 1H,t,J = 7.3Hz ) ,2.96-2.8 1 ),:l.25(9H,s) ,1·21-1·09(2Η,ηι) ,0.98 ),0.74 ( 3H,t,J = 7.2Hz )。 實例6 9 - 7 3 實例6 9 (S)-2-第三丁氧羰胺基- 磺酸胺基-苯基) 酯: 6H,m 2H,m 丙酸甲 〇Formula (νπ) Table 6 Examples * R2 R9 67 SC c Η Η 〇68 S () Η Example 6 7 N- {1- [1-pentylaminemethylamidino- 2- (4-sulfonylamino-benzene ) -Ethylaminomethylmethyl] -2-phenyl-ethylpyrosuccinic acid: [(lS)-; l-[(4-nitro-phenyl) -methyl] -2-one -2- (pentylamino) ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid 1,2-dimethylethyl ester: 3.103 g of LBOc- (4-N02) Phe was added to 40 mL of dichloromethane. Temperature in ice bath EDCI (1.9 17 g) was added below. Amylamine (1.16 mL) was added and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 18 hours, the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and washed twice with 1 N HC1 and dried over sodium sulfate. And purified by flash chromatography to give 1.86 g of product. (2 S) -2-amino-3- (4-nitro-phenylpentyl-propanamidin hydrochloride: [(IS) -1-[(4-nitro-phenyl) -methyl] -2-one-2- (pentylamino) ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid 1,1-dimethylethyl ester (1.8 5 8 g ) Was treated with 18 mL of 4 M -115- (112) (112) 200416214 H C1 in dioxane. After 2 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated and used directly in the next step without purification. N-[(l, l -Dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] -phenylpropylaminofluorenyl- 4-nitro-N-pentyl-L-phenylpropylamine amine: (2S) -2-amino-3- (4-nitro-phenyl) -N-pentyl-propylamine HCl Mix with 2 5 m L of dichloromethane and 2.1 m L of triethyl ether, and add HOBt (0.662 g) and 1.300 g of L-Boc-Plie. Add ED Cl ( 0.9 3 9 g). Then the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 18 hours, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed twice with 1 NH C1, dried over sodium sulfate, and purified by flash chromatography to obtain 1. 7 3 2 g of product. L-phenylpropylamine amidino-4-nitro-N-pentyl-L-phenylpropylamine amidamine hydrochloride: N-[(l, budimethylethoxy) carbonyl ] Phenylpropylamine-4-nitro · N-pentyl-L-phenylpropylamine amine (0.40 g) was mixed with 8 ml L 4 MH HCl in dioxane. 1.5 After hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated and used directly in the next step without purification. N- (4-hydroxy-1,4-diketobutyl) -L-phenylpropylaminofluorenyl-4-nitro-N-pentyl Phenylpropylamine amine: L-phenylpropylamine amine 4-nitropentyl-L-phenylpropylamine amine hydrochloride was mixed with 0.22 m L of triethylamine. The solution was cooled in an ice bath, and 0.077 g of succinic anhydride was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours and concentrated. The product was used directly in the next step without purification. N- (4-hydroxy-1,4-diketobutyl) phenylpropylamine-4-amino-N-pentyl · L-phenylpropylamine amine: 0.2 4 0 g N- (4-hydroxy-1,4-diketobutyl) phenylpropylaminofluorenyl-4-nitro_N-pentyl- -116- (113) (113) 200416214 L-phenylpropylaminephosphonium and 20 mL of 1 ·· 1 EtOH / THF and 0.200 g of 10% Pd / C were mixed and reduced to obtain 0.215 g of product. Amylaminomethane- 2- (4-sulfonamido-phenyl) -ethylaminomethane] -2-phenyl-ethylsuccinimide: according to the method of step A, 0.215 g The amine was treated with 0.191 g of a S03-pyridine complex. 0.096 g of product was obtained after purification. NMR (D20): 0.72 (3H, t, J = 7.1Hz), 0.94-1.22 (6H, m), 2.8 1-2.96 (10H, m), 4.26 (1Η, t, J = 7.7Hz), 4.37 (1 H, t, J = 7.7 H z), 6.99-7.06 (5H, m), 7.16-7.23 (4H, m). Example 6 8 N- {lL- [l-pentylaminomethylamidino-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethylaminomethylamidino] phenyl-ethylpyridinecarboxylic acid Butyl ester: N-[(l, l-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] phenylpropylaminefluorenyl-4-aminopentyl-L-phenylpropylaminesulfonamide: according to the method of step A, 0.2 8 0 g N-[(1J-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] -L-phenylpropylaminefluorenyl-4-nitro-N-pentylphenylpropylaminesulfonamide with 10 mL 1 ·· 1 MeOH / THF and 0.165 g of Pd / C was mixed and placed under a hydrogen atmosphere. After packing up the reaction, the crude amine was used directly in the next step without purification. NUL- [Pentylaminomethylamido- 2- (4-sulfonamido-phenyl) -ethylaminomethylamido] -2-L-phenyl-ethyl} -aminocarboxylic acid tert-butyl Ester: According to the method of step A, 0.2 5 3 g of amine was treated with 0.4 70 g of sulfur trioxide-oxidine in 5 mL of pyridine. Packing the reaction and purification, 0.150 g of ammonium salt product was obtained. 1 Η NMR (D2〇): 7.26-7.20 (9H, m), 4.32 (lH, t, -117- (114) 200416214 J = 7.3 Η z), 4.16 (1H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 2.96 -2.8 1) ,: 1.25 (9H, s), 1.22-1 · 09 (2Η, η), 0.98), 0.74 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz). Examples 6 9-7 3 Example 6 9 (S) -2-Third-butoxycarbonylamino-sulfonic acid amine-phenyl ester: 6H, m 2H, m methyl propionate

Boc-L-Phe(4-N02)-NMe:Boc-L-Phe(4-N〇2)-〇H g)溶於20 mL甲醇。在0°C下逐滴加入(三甲基甲; 重氮甲烷(6.4 mL,2.0 Μ己烷溶液)直到溶液維持 此時於混合物中加入AcOH以使反應驟停直到溶液 。接著濃縮反應混合物,得0.423 g所欲產物。 (S)-2-第三丁氧羰胺基- 3-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-酯:根據步驟A的方法,令0.42 3 g硝基化合物和 披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(tic)。令此苯 物經0.62 3 g三氧化硫-Dtt啶錯合物處理。收拾反應 ,得 0.134 g 銨鹽產物。1H (D20) : 7. 1 5-7.09 ( q J = 1 0 . 1 Η z ) ,4.34(t,lH,J = 6.0Hz) ,3.68(s, 3.08-2.83 (m,2H) ,1.32(s,9H)。 (0.400 夕烷基) 黃色, 呈無色 丙酸甲 10 0 mg 胺粗產 及純化 ,4H, 3H ),Boc-L-Phe (4-N02) -NMe: Boc-L-Phe (4-N02) -OHH) was dissolved in 20 mL of methanol. (Trimethylmethyl; diazomethane (6.4 mL, 2.0 M hexane solution) was added dropwise at 0 ° C until the solution was maintained. AcOH was then added to the mixture to stop the reaction until the solution. Then the reaction mixture was concentrated, 0.423 g of the desired product is obtained. (S) -2-Third-butoxycarbonylamino-3- (4-sulfonamido-phenyl) -ester: According to the method of step A, make 0.42 3 g of a nitro compound Reduction reaction with palladium on carbon yields the desired product (tic). This benzene is treated with 0.62 3 g of sulfur trioxide-Dttidine complex. Packing the reaction yields 0.134 g of ammonium salt product. 1H (D20) : 7. 1 5-7.09 (q J = 1 0.1. 1 Η z), 4.34 (t, lH, J = 6.0 Hz), 3.68 (s, 3.08-2.83 (m, 2H), 1.32 (s, 9H) (0.400 alkyl group) yellow, colorless methyl propionate 100 mg amine crude and purified, 4H, 3H),

-118- (115) 200416214 實例7 0 [2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)_乙基]_胺基甲酸第三丁酯:-118- (115) 200416214 Example 7 0 [2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) _ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester:

JJ

I 〇=s=oI 〇 = s = o

II

OHOH

[2-(4-硝基-苯基)_乙基]_胺基甲酸第三丁酯:硝基 苯乙胺鹽酸鹽(0.5 00 g)溶於5 mL乙醇以及0.72 3 mL三乙 胺和BOC-ON (0.669 g)。反應混合物在室溫下攪拌1〇分 鐘。反應混合物經濃縮及於DCM (25 mL)和〇. 1 N HC1間 分配。有機層經鹽水沖洗,以硫酸鎂乾燥,過濾及蒸發, 得粗產物,接著進行層析純化,得〇 . 3 5 2 g所欲產物。 [2 4 -磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯··根[2- (4-nitro-phenyl) _ethyl] _aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester: nitrophenylethylamine hydrochloride (0.5 00 g) dissolved in 5 mL ethanol and 0.72 3 mL triethylamine And BOC-ON (0.669 g). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated and partitioned between DCM (25 mL) and 0.1 N HC1. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to obtain a crude product, which was then purified by chromatography to obtain 0.352 g of the desired product. [2 4 -Aminosulfonic acid-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester

據步驟A的方法,令〇 . 3 5 2 g硝基化合物和1 〇 〇 nl g披鈀 碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物(11 c)。令此苯胺粗產物經 〇 . 6 3 1 g三氧化硫·吼啶錯合物處理。收拾反應及純化,得 〇·160 g 銨鹽產物。1H ( D20 ) : 7.0 8-6.99 ( q,4H, J = 7.2 Η z ) ,3·16 ( t,2Η,J = 7.4 Η ζ ) ,2.59 ( t,3Η, J '= 7.4 Η ζ ) ,1 .23 ( s,9Η )。 實例7 1 [4 - ( 2 -二苯乙醯胺基-乙基)-苯基]-胺基磺酸:According to the method of step A, 0.352 g of a nitro compound and 1000 nl of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (11c). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.63 g of sulfur trioxide · rotidine complex. The reaction was cleaned up and purified to obtain 0.160 g of ammonium salt product. 1H (D20): 7.0 8-6.99 (q, 4H, J = 7.2 Η z), 3.16 (t, 2Η, J = 7.4 Η ζ), 2.59 (t, 3 ', J' = 7.4 ζ), 1.23 (s, 9Η). Example 7 1 [4- (2-Diphenylethylamido-ethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid:

-119- (116) 200416214 1Ν-[2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基]-2,2 -二苯基-乙醯胺:於 10 mL二氯甲烷中令0.300 g 4-NO 2苯乙胺鹽酸鹽與0.49 m L三乙胺混合。於此溶液中加入〇 . 4 〇 4 g二苯基乙醯氯 。1 8小時後,反應混合物經1 n H C1沖洗二次並以鹽水 沖洗一次。粗產物經快速層析純化,得0 · 2 8 5 g產物。-119- (116) 200416214 1N- [2- (4-nitro-phenyl) -ethyl] -2,2-diphenyl-acetamidamine: 0.300 g 4-methylene chloride in 10 mL NO 2 phenethylamine hydrochloride was mixed with 0.49 ml L of triethylamine. To this solution was added 0.404 g of diphenylacetamidine chloride. After 18 hours, the reaction mixture was washed twice with 1 n H C1 and once with brine. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography to obtain 0.285 g of product.

1Ν-[2-(4-胺基-苯基)-乙基]-2,2 -二苯基-乙醯胺:根據 步驟 A的方法,令0.2 8 5 g 1Ν-[2-(4-硝基-苯基)-乙基卜 2,2 -二苯基-乙醯胺於6 mL乙醇和20 mL THF中經0.200 g 10% Pd/C處理並進行還原反應,得所欲產物。 [4-(2-二苯乙醯胺基-乙基)-苯基]-胺基磺酸:於乾燥 的燒瓶內,將1 N - [ 2 - (4 -胺基-苯基)-乙基]-2,2 -二苯基-乙 釀S女彳谷於一氯甲丨兀中。溶液經 0.0 6 4 m L卩比B定和 〇 . 1 2 m L· C1S03TMS處理。5小時後,濃縮反應混合物並以20 mL 水和2 mL氫氧化銨處理。水層經醚沖洗二次,接著濃縮 。純化後得 〇 · 〇 8 3 g 產物。1 Η N M R ( D 2 Ο ) : 2 · 6 2 ( 2 Η,t1N- [2- (4-amino-phenyl) -ethyl] -2,2-diphenyl-acetamidamine: According to the method of Step A, make 0.2 8 5 g 1N- [2- (4- Nitro-phenyl) -ethyl 2,2-diphenyl-acetamidamine was treated with 0.200 g of 10% Pd / C in 6 mL of ethanol and 20 mL of THF and reduced to obtain the desired product. [4- (2-Diphenylethylamino-ethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid: In a dry flask, add 1 N-[2-(4-amino-phenyl) -ethyl Benzyl] -2,2-diphenyl-ethyl-S-Synthrolol in chloroform. The solution was treated with 0.0 6 4 m L of pyridine and 0.1 2 m L · C1S03TMS. After 5 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated and treated with 20 mL of water and 2 mL of ammonium hydroxide. The aqueous layer was washed twice with ether and then concentrated. After purification, 0.83 g of the product was obtained. 1 Η N M R (D 2 Ο): 2 · 6 2 (2 Η, t

,J = 6.6Hz) ,3·37 ( 2H,t,J = 6.6Hz ) ,4.85 ( 1H,s) ,6.95-7.01 (8H,m) ,7.20-7.25 (6H,m)。 實例7 2 (S)-[4-(3·乙醯基-1,2,2-三甲基-5-酮-咪唑烷-4-基甲基 )-苯基]-胺基磺酸: -120- (117) 200416214, J = 6.6 Hz), 3.37 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.85 (1H, s), 6.95-7.01 (8H, m), 7.20-7.25 (6H, m). Example 7 2 (S)-[4- (3.Ethyl-2,2,2-trimethyl-5-one-imidazolidin-4-ylmethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid: -120- (117) 200416214

(S)-2,2,3-三甲基-5-(4-硝基-苄基)-咪唑烷-4-_:H-L - P h e ( 4 - Ν Ο 2) - N M e ( 0.5 0 0 g )溶於 2 m L 甲醇並以 0.7 1 m L 丙酮和0.03 7 g pTSA處理,並在回流的情況下加熱76小 時。濃縮混合物並快速層析純化,得〇 . 3 3 9 g產物。 (S)-3-乙醯基- 2,2,3-三甲基- 5-(4-硝基-苄基)-咪唑烷- 4- 酮:根據實例2之方法,令0.3 3 9 g (S)-2,2,3-三甲基- 5- (4-硝基-苄基)-咪唑烷-4-酮經0.18 mL三乙胺和0.111 g 乙醯氯處理,由此得0.3 44 g產物。(S) -2,2,3-trimethyl-5- (4-nitro-benzyl) -imidazolidine-4 -_: HL-P he (4-Ν Ο 2)-NM e (0.5 0 0 g) was dissolved in 2 ml of methanol and treated with 0.7 1 ml of acetone and 0.037 g of pTSA, and heated under reflux for 76 hours. The mixture was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography to give 0.339 g of product. (S) -3-Ethyl-2,2,3-trimethyl-5- (4-nitro-benzyl) -imidazolidin-4-one: According to the method of Example 2, let 0.3 3 9 g (S) -2,2,3-trimethyl-5- (4-nitro-benzyl) -imidazolidin-4-one was treated with 0.18 mL of triethylamine and 0.111 g of acetamidine chloride, thereby obtaining 0.3 44 g of product.

(S)-[4-(3-乙醯基-1,2,2-三甲基-5-酮-咪唑烷-4-基甲基 )-苯基]-胺基擴酸:根據步驟A的方法’令0.3 4 4 g硝基 化合物和 0.0 5 0 g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的產物 (tic)。令此苯胺粗產物經0.5 3 8 g三氧化硫-D比啶錯合物處 理。收拾反應及純化,得0.049 g銨鹽產物。1H ( D20 ) :6.97-6.76 (m,4H) ,4·50 (ηι,1H) ,3.09-3.03 (m(S)-[4- (3-Ethylfluorenyl-1,2,2-trimethyl-5-one-imidazolidin-4-ylmethyl) -phenyl] -amino acid: according to step A The method 'reduced 0.3 4 4 g of a nitro compound and 0.0 50 g of palladium on carbon to obtain the desired product (tic). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.5 3 8 g of sulfur trioxide-D-pyridine complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.049 g of ammonium salt product. 1H (D20): 6.97-6.76 (m, 4H), 4.50 (η, 1H), 3.09-3.03 (m

,2H) ,2.55(s,3H) ,2.13(s,3H) ,1.37(s,3H ),0.45(s,3H) ° 實例7 3 N-[(l,l - —•甲基乙氧基)鑛基]-L -脑胺酿基-N -甲基- L_ 4-磺酸胺基-苯基丙胺醯胺: -121 (118) (118)200416214 HN’, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.13 (s, 3H), 1.37 (s, 3H), 0.45 (s, 3H) ° Example 7 3 N-[(l, l-— • methylethoxy ) Mine-based] -L-Ceramine-N-methyl-L-4-aminosulfonic acid-phenylpropylamine amine: -121 (118) (118) 200416214 HN '

N-[(l,l - 一甲基乙氧基)鑛基]-L-脑胺釀基-N -甲基- L-4-硝基-苯基丙胺醯胺:根據實例60之方法,令0.20 0 g H-L-Phe(4-N02)-NMe 經 0.2 09 g 二異丙基乙胺、0.182 g L-Boc-Pro、0.130 g H0Bt.H20、和 0.162 g EDCI 處理。 由此得0.2 2 0 g產物。 1^[(1,1-二甲基乙氧基)羰基]4-脯胺醯基-1甲基-1^ 4-磺酸胺基-苯基丙胺醯胺:根據步驟A的方法,令0.220 g硝基化合物和0.05 0 g披鈀碳進行還原反應而得所欲的 產物(11 c )。令此苯胺粗產物經0.2 5 0 g三氧化硫-π定錯合 物處理。收拾反應及純化,得 0.066 g銨鹽產物。1Η ( D2〇 ) : 7.12-6.92 (m,4H) ,4.33 (t,1H,J = 8.9 ), 4.06-4.01 (m,1H) ,3.24 (t,2H,J = 7.5Hz ) ,2.87- 2.79(m,2H) ,2.50(s,3H) ,2.02( m,lH) ^ 1.68- 1.50(m,3H) ,1.15(s,9H)。N-[(l, l-monomethylethoxy) mine] -L-Ceramine-N-methyl-L-4-nitro-phenylpropylamine hydrazone: According to the method of Example 60, 0.20 0 g of HL-Phe (4-N02) -NMe was treated with 0.2 09 g of diisopropylethylamine, 0.182 g of L-Boc-Pro, 0.130 g of H0Bt.H20, and 0.162 g of EDCI. This gave 0.2 2 0 g of product. 1 ^ [(1,1-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] 4-proline fluorenyl-1 methyl-1 ^ 4-sulfonylamino-phenylpropylamine hydrazone: According to the method of step A, let 0.220 g of a nitro compound and 0.05 0 g of palladium on carbon were subjected to a reduction reaction to obtain a desired product (11 c). This crude aniline product was treated with 0.2 50 g of a sulfur trioxide-π fixed complex. The reaction was purified and purified to obtain 0.066 g of an ammonium salt product. 1Η (D2〇): 7.12-6.92 (m, 4H), 4.33 (t, 1H, J = 8.9), 4.06-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.24 (t, 2H, J = 7.5Hz), 2.87- 2.79 (m, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.02 (m, 1H) ^ 1.68-1.50 (m, 3H), 1.15 (s, 9H).

實例A 製備本發明之口服錠劑組成物,其包含下列成份: -122- (119) (119)200416214 組份 含量 實例1化合物 15 0 mg 乳糖 12 0 mg 玉米源粉 7 0 mg 滑石 4 m g 硬脂酸鎂 1 mg 實例B 製備本發明之含有200 mg 活性化合物之口服膠囊 其包含下列成份= 組份 含量(% w / w) 實例2化合物 1 5% 含水乳糖 43% 微晶纖維素 3 3% 交聯聚乙烯吡咯烷酮 3 . 3 % 硬脂酸鎂 5.7 % 其他本發明化合物可得到實質上類似的結果。 除非特別指明,須明白的是 ,所有的定量、百分比 份數和比率可根據“約”字而加以變化,且數量並未表示出 有效位數。 除非特別指明,(原文說明書中之)“a”、“an”和“the’' 意指“ 一或多’’。 -123- (120) (120)200416214 所有引用的文獻均倂入本文之相關的內容中以供參考 ,所有文獻的引用並不表示其爲本發明之先前技藝。 雖然本發明之特殊體系已經例示’但熟悉此項技術人 士均明白可進行多種其他的變化和改良而不會偏離本發明 的精神和範圍。因此’申請專利範圍亦涵蓋所有上述之在 η μ # μ和的變化和改良。 本發明的軺圍内W %Example A An oral tablet composition of the present invention was prepared, which contained the following ingredients: -122- (119) (119) 200416214 Component Content Example 1 Compound 15 0 mg lactose 12 0 mg corn source powder 70 mg talc 4 mg hard Magnesium stearate 1 mg Example B Preparation of an oral capsule containing 200 mg of the active compound of the present invention which contains the following ingredients = component content (% w / w) Example 2 Compound 1 5% hydrous lactose 43% microcrystalline cellulose 3 3% Cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone 3.3% magnesium stearate 5.7% Other compounds of the present invention can achieve substantially similar results. Unless otherwise specified, it is important to understand that all quantifications, percentages, and ratios can be changed based on the word "about" and the quantities do not indicate significant digits. Unless specifically stated, (in the original description) "a", "an" and "the '' means" one or more '". -123- (120) (120) 200416214 All the cited documents are incorporated in the relevant content of this document for reference. The citation of all documents does not indicate that it is a prior art of the present invention. Although the particular system of the present invention has been exemplified, those skilled in the art will recognize that many other changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Therefore, the scope of patent application also covers all the above-mentioned changes and improvements in η μ # μ. W% within the enclosure of the present invention

-124--124-

Claims (1)

200416214 (1) 拾、申請專利範圍 種如下式I所不之化合物: HO—S一HN200416214 (1) The scope of application for patents The following compounds are not included in formula I: HO-S-HN r4c /R4b 〇 II (I) 其中: a A) R1 是,其中: L1是選自共價鍵、-〇… 'CO- 、-0C02-、-so·、_s〇2_、_Csn(r8)、_c〇N(w)〇〜, C〇N(RV、.OCONdlV;其巾 r8 是氫或經 、' 代的Cl-C5院基; 代块未經取 b) R“和R6b分別是選自氫、·〇r9、,⑻ C〇2R9、-C〇n(r9)2、_nhcor9、_NHC〇2R9、=叫9、)'、- 及其混合物,其中各個R9分別選自氫、經 Μ 1V获未經取 代的Cl-C:5院基、和經取代或未經取代的芳基或伸产其# 基;或二個R9可—起形成經取代或未經取代之含有^^方 7個碳原子的碳環或雜環; 3至 c) m是選自0至5之數字; d) R7是不存在或選自氫、柯g· 3 I取代或未經取代的CV k基、經取代或未經取代的 — 1 1 0箱丨兀基、經取代 未經取代的烴基、經取代或未 一 n耵雑1哀基、經取代或 未經取代的芳基或伸烷基芳基成土 取代双 ^ ^ /Λ ^ I取代或未經取代的雜芳 基或伸烷基雜芳基;或 e ) R和一個R9可一起形 既I取代孰未經取代之含有 -125- (2)200416214 3至7個碳原子的碳環或雜環; B) R2 是-(CH2)rL2-[C(R】】aRi】b 2,其中: a) j是選自0至5之數字; b) L2是選自共價鍵、-〇_、 、N-、C〇2- 、-〇C〇2-、-SO-、-S02-、-CSn(r1〇 、卜、-C0N(R1 c〇N(R10)〇-、-oconcr1。)·;其中 疋氫或經取 經取代的C 1 - C 5院基; c) Rlla和Rllb分別是選自氫、or13 C02R13、-CON(r】3)2、-NHCOR13、\TtT ’HC〇2Ru、㈠ R】3、及其混合物;其中各個R〗3 ^別選自氫、終 未經取代的c】-C5烷基、和經取代或未經取: 烷基芳基;或二個R13可一起形成經取 有3至7個碳原子的碳環或雜環; _ ’工取 d) g是選自0至5之數字; e) R12是不存在或選自氫、經 — 代或未經IV枰 C】〇烷基、經取代或未經取代的烴基 _ 經取代试:f 的雜瓌基、經取代或未經取代的芳基 一 评甚宅:^ 代或末經取代的雜芳基或伸烷基雜芳基;或 i f) R12和-個Rl3可—起形成經取代或 有3至7個碳原子的碳環或雜環; _未 c) R3 是-(CH2)n-L^Ri6,其中: a ) η是選自〇至5之數字; b ) L3是選自共價鍵、_〇_、_s •CCK - 、 或未 N(r 經 代或 或伸 之含 C,- 取代 經取 之含 …丨只撕 、-u _、- ύ ^ 、〇C〇r、-S〇·、-叫-、-CSNH-、-C〇Nh_ CO- -0C0NH-; -126- (3) 200416214 」H16 θ — 、經取什疋選自氫、經取代或未經取代的c Γ 弋或朱經取代的c丨·ClQ雜 】c10烷基 勺方基或伸院基芳基、經取代戌 代块未經取 取代或未經取代的雜芳基或伸院基雜芳基;W基、經 R、R和R5是分別選自氫或取代單元;或 )R和R4a、R41 R4b、R1和R2、或汉】和R3可— 起开_/成t取代或未經取代之含有3至7個碳原子的碳環或 雜環。r4c / R4b 〇II (I) where: a A) R1 is, where: L1 is selected from covalent bonds, -〇 ... 'CO-, -0C02-, -so ·, _s〇2_, _Csn (r8), _c〇N (w) 〇 ~, C〇N (RV, .OCONdlV; its r8 is hydrogen or C, C-C5 courtyard; the block is not taken b) R "and R6b are selected from Hydrogen, · 〇r9, ⑻ C〇2R9, -C〇n (r9) 2, _nhcor9, _NHC〇2R9, = called 9,) ',-, and mixtures thereof, wherein each R9 is selected from hydrogen, Obtain unsubstituted Cl-C: 5 radicals, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl groups or their # groups; or two R9 may together form a substituted or unsubstituted containing ^^ 方 7 Carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring of 3 carbon atoms; 3 to c) m is a number selected from 0 to 5; d) R7 is absent or selected from hydrogen, Ke g · 3 I substituted or unsubstituted CV k group, Substituted or unsubstituted — 1 10 boxes, carbyl, substituted unsubstituted hydrocarbyl, substituted or unsubstituted n-alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or alkylene aromatic ^^^^ / Λ ^ I substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl or alkylene heteroaryl; or e ) R and one R9 can form together I substituted 孰 unsubstituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring containing -125- (2) 200416214 3 to 7 carbon atoms; B) R2 is-(CH2) rL2- [C ( R]] aRi] b 2, where: a) j is a number selected from 0 to 5; b) L2 is selected from a covalent bond, -0_,, N-, Co2-, -Co2 -, -SO-, -S02-, -CSn (r1〇, Bu, -C0N (R1 cON (R10) 〇-, -oconcr1.) ·; Wherein hydrazine or substituted C 1-C 5 College base; c) Rlla and Rllb are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, or13 C02R13, -CON (r) 3) 2, -NHCOR13, \ TtT 'HC〇2Ru, ㈠R] 3, and mixtures thereof; each of R〗 3 ^ Not selected from hydrogen, terminal unsubstituted c] -C5 alkyl, and substituted or unselected: alkylaryl; or two R13 may together form a carbocyclic ring having 3 to 7 carbon atoms Or a heterocyclic ring; _ 'by d) g is a number selected from 0 to 5; e) R12 is absent or selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted IV 枰 C alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Substituted hydrocarbyl group_ Substituted test: Hetero group of f, substituted or unsubstituted aryl group One comment: ^ substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group or alkylene group Aryl; or if) R12 and R13 may together form a substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring having 3 to 7 carbon atoms; _ not c) R3 is-(CH2) nL ^ Ri6, where: a) η is a number selected from 0 to 5; b) L3 is selected from a covalent bond, _〇_, _s • CCK-, or non-N (r is substituted or substituted by C,-instead of the contained by ... 丨Only tear, -u _,-ύ ^, 〇C〇r, -S〇 ·, -called-, -CSNH-, -C〇Nh_ CO- -0C0NH-; -126- (3) 200416214 "H16 θ — What is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted c Γ 弋 or Zhu Jing substituted c 丨 · ClQ hetero] c10 alkyl squaryl or phenylene aryl, substituted fluorene Take a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl or phenylene heteroaryl; the W group, R, R and R5 are selected from hydrogen or substituted units respectively; or) R and R4a, R41 R4b, R1 and R2, or Han] and R3 can — open _ / into t substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring containing 3 to 7 carbon atoms. 2·如申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其係如下式(11) 所示:2. If the compound in the scope of patent application No. 1 is represented by the following formula (11): -127- (4) (4)200416214 c ) g 是 1 0 7 .如申請專利範圍第6項之化合物,其中R3是氫。 8 .如申請專利範圍第7項之化合物,其中至少R 1 1 a或 R1 1 h 是-C〇NH2。 9 .如申請專利範圍第2項之化合物,其中R2是氫。 10.如申請專利範圍第9項之化合物,其中L1是- S02- 〇 1 1 .如申請專利範圍第1 0項之化合物,其中 L3是選 自共價鍵、-CO-、和-C02-。 1 2 .如申請專利範圍第1 0項之化合物,其中R3是氫 〇 1 3 .如申請專利範圍第1 0項之化合物,其中 a ) m是選自1和2之數字;及 b ) R7是經取代或未經取代的苯基。 1 4 .如申請專利範圍第2項之化合物,其中R3是苄基 〇 1 5 .如申請專利範圍第1 4項之化合物,其中 0 j 是 〇 ; b) L2 是選自-C02-和-CON(R8)-。 1 6 .如申請專利範圍第2項之化合物,其中 a ) j 是 〇 ; b ) L1 是-CO-; c ) m 是 1 ; d)尺“或R6b至少是-NHC02R9;及 -128- (5) (5)200416214 e ) L2 是-CON(R8)-。 1 7 .如申請專利範圍第2項之化合物,其中 a ) j 是 0 ; b ) L】是-CO-; c ) m 是 1 ; d) 1163或 R6b 至少是-NHC02R9;及 e ) R7是;基。 1 8 .如申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其中化合物係 選自下列: (R)-[l-甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺 基甲酸第三丁酯;(R)-[l-甲基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯 基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸苄酯;(S)-[l-甲基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸 胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸苄酯;(S)-[l-甲基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯;(11)-[卜 戊基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三 丁酯;(R)-[l-苄基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯;(S)-Π-苄基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基;l·胺基甲酸第三丁酯;(R)-[l-(2-嗎啉-4-基乙 基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁 酯;(S)-[l-戊基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺 基甲酸第三丁酯;(S)-[4-(2-己醯胺基-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙 基)-苯基]-胺基磺酸;(S)-{4-[2-甲基胺甲醯基-2-(甲苯-4-磺醯胺基)-乙基;I-苯基卜胺基磺酸;(R)-{4-[2-甲基胺甲醯 基-2-(3-苯基-丙醯胺基)-乙基]-苯基}-胺基磺酸;(S)-{4- -129- (6) (6)200416214 [2-甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(3-苯基-丙醯胺基)-乙基]-苯基卜胺基 磺酸;(S)-[l-(2-甲氧基-乙基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯 基)-乙基:I-胺基甲酸第三丁酯;(S)-[l-(2-乙氧基-乙基胺 甲醯基)-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯; (S)-[ 1-(2-乙硫基-乙基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙 基;I-胺基甲酸第三丁酯;(S)-[l-(4-苯基-丁基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯;(S)-3-[2-第 三丁氧羰胺基-3-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-丙醯胺基]-丙酸; (S)-{4-[2-(3-苄基-脲基)-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙基]-苯基卜胺 基磺酸;(S)-(4-{2-[3-(2-甲氧基-苯基)-脲基]-2-甲基胺甲 醯基-乙基}-苯基)-胺基磺酸;(S)-[4-(2-苯磺醯胺基-2-甲 基胺甲酸基-乙基)-苯基]~胺基擴酸;(S)-{4-[2-( 4 -甲氧基_ 苯磺醯胺基)-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙基]-苯基}-胺基磺酸; (S)-{4-[2-甲基胺甲醯基- 2-(萘-1-磺醯胺基)-乙基]-苯基}-胺基磺酸;(S)-[l-(苄基-甲基•胺甲醯基)-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯;(S)-[l-(2-甲基-5-苯基-2H-吼唑-3-基胺甲醯基)-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基 甲酸第三丁酯;(S)-[卜苯基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基 )-乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯;(S)-[l-二苄基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基;l·胺基甲酸第三丁酯;(S)-4-[卜甲基 胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基胺甲醯基]-哌啶-1-甲 酸第三丁酯;(S)-[4-(2-苯甲醯基胺基-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙 基)-苯基]-胺基磺酸;(S)-[l-二甲基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸胺 基-苯基乙基]-胺基甲酸第三丁酯;(S)-(4-{2-甲基胺甲 -130- (7) (7)200416214 醯基-2-[(吼啶-3-羰基)-胺基]-乙基卜苯基)-胺基磺酸; (S)-[4-(2-甲基胺甲醯基-2-苯乙醯胺基-乙基)-苯基]-胺基 磺酸;(S)-(4-{2-甲基胺甲醯基-2-[(萘-卜羰基)-胺基]-乙 基}-苯基)-胺基磺酸;(S)-{4-[2-(環戊基羰基-胺基)-2-甲 基胺甲醯基-乙基:l·苯基卜胺基磺酸;(S)-(4-{2-苄基胺甲 醯基- 2-[2-(4-丙基-苯基乙醯胺基]-乙基}-苯基)-胺基磺 酸;(S)-(4-{2-[3-(3-乙醯基胺基磺醯基-苯基)-丙醯胺基]-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙基}-苯基)-胺基磺酸;(S)-{4-[2-苯甲 醯基胺基- 2-(1-胺甲醯基- 2-(S)-苯基-乙基胺甲醯基)-乙基 ]-苯基}-胺基磺酸;(S)-[l-[l-胺甲醯基-2-(4-羥基-苯基)-乙基胺甲醯基]-2 (S)-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸 第三丁酯;[4-(2-{(第三丁氧羰基)[(4-甲苯基)磺醯基]胺 基}乙基)苯基]胺基磺酸;(4-{2-[苄基-(甲苯-4-磺醯基)-胺 基]-乙基卜苯基)-胺基磺酸;(4-{2-[(3-甲基-丁 -2-烯基)-( 甲苯-4-磺醯基)-胺基]-乙基卜苯基)-胺基磺酸;(4-{2-[(3-甲基-丁基)-(甲苯-4-磺醯基)-胺基]-乙基}-苯基)-胺基磺酸 ;[[2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-(甲苯-4-磺醯基)-胺基]-乙 酸乙酯;[[2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基]-(甲苯-4-磺醯基)-胺基;l·乙酸;[4-(2-{[(4-甲苯基)磺醯基][4-(磺酸胺基)苯 甲醯基]胺基}乙基)苯基]胺基磺酸;(4-{2-[苯甲醯基-(甲 苯-4-磺醯基)-胺基]-乙基卜苯基)-胺基磺酸;[4-(2-{(第三 丁氧羰基)[(3-氟-4 -甲苯基)磺醯基]胺基}乙基)苯基]胺基 磺酸;[4-(2-{(第三丁氧羰基)[(3-氟苯基)磺醯基]胺基}乙 基)苯基]胺基磺酸;[4-(2-{(第三丁氧羰基)[(2-氟苯基)磺 (8) (8)200416214 醯基]胺基}乙基)苯基]胺基磺酸;{心[2-(甲苯擴釀胺基 )-乙基]-苯基卜胺基磺酸;[4-(2_苯擴醒胺基-乙基)_苯基卜 胺基磺酸;[4_(2_甲磺醯胺基-乙基)-苯基卜胺基磺酸;[4_ (2_甲磺醯胺基-乙基)_苯基]-胺基磺酸;{4-[2_(4_甲氧基_ 苯磺醯胺基)_乙基]-苯基卜胺基擴酸;(S)-[4-(2-二卡基胺 基-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙基)-苯基]-胺基磺酸;(S)-{4-[2-(乙 醯基-苄基-胺基)-2-甲基胺甲醯基-乙基]-苯基卜胺基磺酸 ;(S)-2-(苄基-第三丁氧羰基-胺基)-3-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)一 丙酸甲酯;(S )-节基-[1 -甲基胺甲醯基-2 - (4 -磺酸胺基-苯 基)-乙基]-胺基甲酸甲酯;(S)-苄基-[卜甲基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基;1-胺基甲酸第三丁酯;.[(U-二 甲基乙氧基)羰基]亮胺醯基-甲基一 L_4·磺酸胺基-苯 基丙胺醯胺;N - [ (1,1 -二甲基乙氧基)幾基卜L -甲硫胺醯基-N -甲基- L-4-磺酸胺基-苯基丙胺醯胺;N-[(l,卜二甲基乙 氧基)羰基]-L-苯基丙胺醯基-N-甲基- L-4-磺酸胺基-苯基 丙胺醯胺;.[(15卜二甲基乙氧基)羰基;I-L·酪胺醯基甲 基磺酸胺基-苯基丙胺醯胺;N-[(l,卜二甲基乙氧基) 羰基]_L_纈胺醯基-N-甲基- L-4-磺酸胺·基-苯基丙胺醯胺; N-KIJ-二甲基乙氧基)羰基;I-L-谷胺醯基-N-甲基- L-4-磺 酸胺基-苯基丙胺醯胺;N-[(l,卜二甲基乙氧基)羰基]-L-門 冬胺醯基-N-甲基- L-4-磺酸胺基-苯基丙胺醯胺;N-{1-[卜 戊基胺甲醯基- 2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基胺甲醯基]-2-苯 基-乙基}_琥珀醯胺酸;戊基胺甲醯基-2-(4-磺 酸胺基-苯基)-乙基胺甲醯基]-2-L-苯基-乙基卜胺基甲酸第 -132- (9) (9)200416214 三丁酯;(S)-2-第三丁氧羰胺基-3-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)·丙 酸甲酯;[2-(4-磺酸胺基-苯基)-乙基卜胺基甲酸第三丁酯 ;[4-(二苯乙醯胺基-乙基)-苯基]-胺基磺酸;(S)-[4-(3-乙 醯基-1,2,2-三甲基-5-酮-咪唑烷-4-基甲基)-苯基]-胺基磺 酸;及N-[(l,l-二甲基乙氧基)羰基;|-L-脯胺醯基-N-甲基-L-4-磺酸胺基-苯基丙胺醯胺。 19.一種用於治療蛋白質酪胺酸磷酸酶(PTPase)相關的 疾病之藥學組成物,其包含如申請專利範圍第1項之化合 物。 20·如申請專利範圍第19項之藥學組成物,其中疾病 係選自動脈硬化心血管疾病包含末稍血管疾病、冠狀動脈 疾病和腦血管疾病;心臟衰竭;高血壓;糖尿病(第1型 或第2型);骨骼肌肉萎縮;骨質疏鬆;肥胖;胃腸道疾 病包含炎性腸症和潰瘍;傷口癒合/皺紋修復/預防;掉髮 :和癌症。 2 1.—種藥學組成物,其包含: a )安全和有效劑量之如申請專利範圍第1項之化合 物;及 b )藥學上可接受之載體。 -133- 200416214 柒、(一) (二) 、本案指定代表圖為:無 、本代表圖之元件代表符號簡單說明:無-127- (4) (4) 200416214 c) g is 107. The compound according to item 6 of the patent application scope, wherein R3 is hydrogen. 8. The compound according to item 7 of the scope of patent application, wherein at least R 1 1 a or R 1 1 h is -CONH2. 9. The compound according to item 2 of the patent application, wherein R2 is hydrogen. 10. The compound according to item 9 of the patent application, wherein L1 is -S02- 〇1 1. The compound according to item 10 of the patent application, wherein L3 is selected from the group consisting of covalent bonds, -CO-, and -C02- . 1 2. A compound as claimed in item 10 of the scope of patent application, wherein R3 is hydrogen 0 1 3. A compound as claimed in item 10 of the scope of patent application, wherein a) m is a number selected from 1 and 2; and b) R7 Is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. 14. The compound as claimed in item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein R3 is benzyl 〇5. The compound as described in item 14 of the scope of patent application, wherein 0 j is 0; b) L2 is selected from -C02- and- CON (R8)-. 16. The compound according to item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein a) j is 0; b) L1 is -CO-; c) m is 1; d) ruler "or R6b is at least -NHC02R9; and -128- ( 5) (5) 200416214 e) L2 is -CON (R8)-. 1 7. If the compound in the scope of the patent application item 2, a) j is 0; b) L] is -CO-; c) m is 1; d) 1163 or R6b is at least -NHC02R9; and e) R7 is a group. 1 8. The compound according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the compound is selected from the following: (R)-[l-methylamine Formamyl-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester; (R)-[l-methylaminomethylamidino-2- (4-sulfo Acid amine-phenyl) -ethyl] -carbamic acid benzyl ester; (S)-[l-methylaminomethylmethyl-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl]- Benzyl aminoformate; (S)-[l-methylaminomethylmethyl-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminoformic acid third butyl ester; (11)- [Bupentylaminomethane- 2- (4-sulfonamido-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester; (R)-[l-benzylaminomethane-2 -(4-sulfonic acidamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester; (S) -Π-benzylaminomethyl 2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl; l · butylaminocarbamate; (R)-[l- (2-morpholin-4-ylethylaminoformamidine) ) -2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenylethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester; (S)-[l-pentylaminomethylamidino-2- (4-sulfonic acid amine group -Phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester; (S)-[4- (2-Hexamidineamino-2-methylaminomethylamidino-ethyl) -phenyl] -amine Sulfonic acid; (S)-{4- [2-methylaminomethylsulfanyl-2- (toluene-4-sulfonamido) -ethyl; I-phenyltriphenylsulfonic acid; (R) -{4- [2-methylaminomethylmethyl-2- (3-phenyl-propylamido) -ethyl] -phenyl} -aminosulfonic acid; (S)-{4- -129 -(6) (6) 200416214 [2-methylaminomethylmethyl-2- (3-phenyl-propylamino) -ethyl] -phenyltriphenylsulfonic acid; (S)-[l -(2-methoxy-ethylaminomethylamidino) -2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl: tert-butyl I-aminoformate; (S)-[l- (2-ethoxy-ethylaminomethylmethyl) -2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester; (S)-[1- (2 -Ethylthio-ethylaminomethyl) -2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl; I-aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester; (S)-[l- (4- benzene -Butyl-butylaminomethyl) -2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester; (S) -3- [2-third butoxycarbonyl Amino-3- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -propanamido] -propionic acid; (S)-{4- [2- (3-benzyl-ureido) -2-methyl Carbamoyl-ethyl] -phenyl-bromidesulfonic acid; (S)-(4- {2- [3- (2-methoxy-phenyl) -ureido] -2-methylamine Formamyl-ethyl} -phenyl) -aminosulfonic acid; (S)-[4- (2-benzenesulfonamido-2-methylcarbamate-ethyl) -phenyl] ~ amine Base acid; (S)-{4- [2- (4- (methoxy-benzenesulfonamido) -2-methylaminomethylamido-ethyl] -phenyl} -aminosulfonic acid; (S)-{4- [2-methylaminomethylamido- 2- (naphthalene-1-sulfonamido) -ethyl] -phenyl} -aminosulfonic acid; (S)-[l- (Benzyl-methyl • aminomethylamidino) -2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester; (S)-[l- (2-methyl Methyl-5-phenyl-2H-oxazol-3-ylaminomethylmethyl) -2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester; (S) -[Buphenylaminomethylmethyl-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester; (S)-[l-Dibenzylaminomethylmethyl -2- (4-sulfonic acid amino-benzene ) -Ethyl; l · Thirty-butylaminoformate; (S) -4- [Bumethylaminoformyl-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethylaminoformyl] -Piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester; (S)-[4- (2-benzylideneamino-2-methylaminoformamido-ethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid ; (S)-[l-dimethylaminomethylmethyl-2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenylethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester; (S)-(4- {2- Methylaminomethyl-130- (7) (7) 200416214 fluorenyl-2-[(romidin-3-carbonyl) -amino] -ethylphenylphenyl) -aminosulfonic acid; (S)-[ 4- (2-methylaminomethylamidino-2-phenylethylamidoamino-ethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid; (S)-(4- {2-methylaminomethylamido- 2-[(naphthalene-carbonyl) -amino] -ethyl} -phenyl) -aminosulfonic acid; (S)-{4- [2- (cyclopentylcarbonyl-amino) -2-methyl Methylaminomethane-ethyl: l.phenylphenylaminosulfonic acid; (S)-(4- {2-benzylaminomethanemethyl- 2- [2- (4-propyl-phenylethyl Fluorenylamino] -ethyl} -phenyl) -aminosulfonic acid; (S)-(4- {2- [3- (3-ethylfluorenylaminosulfonyl-phenyl) -propanamide [] Methyl] -2-methylaminomethylamidino-ethyl} -phenyl) -aminosulfonic acid; (S)-{4- [2-benzylaminoamino-2- (1-aminomethyl) 2- (S) -phenyl-ethylaminomethylsulfanyl) -ethyl] -phenyl} -aminosulfonic acid; (S)-[l- [l-aminomethylsulfanyl-2- ( 4-hydroxy-phenyl) -ethylaminomethylmethyl] -2 (S)-(4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -aminocarboxylic acid third butyl ester; [4- (2 -{(Third butoxycarbonyl) [(4-tolyl) sulfofluorenyl] amino} ethyl) phenyl] aminosulfonic acid; (4- {2- [benzyl- (toluene-4-sulfonic acid) Fluorenyl) -amino] -ethylphenylphenyl) -aminosulfonic acid; (4- {2-[(3-methyl-but-2-enyl)-(toluene-4-sulfonyl) -Amino] -ethylphenylphenyl) -aminosulfonic acid; (4- {2-[(3-methyl-butyl)-(toluene-4-sulfonyl) -amino] -ethyl } -Phenyl) -aminosulfonic acid; [[2- (4-sulfonic acidamino-phenyl) -ethyl]-(toluene-4-sulfonyl) -amino] -ethyl acetate; [ [2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl]-(toluene-4-sulfonyl) -amino; l · acetic acid; [4- (2-{[(4-tolyl) Sulfofluorenyl] [4- (sulfonylamino) benzylfluorenyl] amino} ethyl) phenyl] aminosulfonic acid; Fluorenyl) -amino] -ethylphenylphenyl) -aminosulfonic acid; [4- (2-{(third butoxycarbonyl) [(3-fluoro-4 -tolyl) sulfonyl) ] Amino} ethyl) phenyl] aminosulfonic acid; [4- (2-{(third butoxycarbonyl) [(3-fluorophenyl) sulfonyl] amino} ethyl) phenyl] Aminosulfonic acid; [4- (2-{(Third-butoxycarbonyl) [(2-fluorophenyl) sulfo (8) (8) 200416214 fluorenyl] amino} ethyl) phenyl] aminosulfonic acid Acid; {Heart [2- (toluene amine-amino) -ethyl] -phenyl-bromidesulfonic acid; [4- (2-Benzylamine-ethyl) -phenylbromidesulfonic acid ; [4_ (2-Methanesulfonylamino-ethyl) -phenyl-bromidesulfonic acid; [4_ (2-Methanesulfonylamino-ethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid; {4 -[2_ (4_methoxy_benzenesulfonamido) _ethyl] -phenylbutanyl acid; (S)-[4- (2-dicarylamino-2-methylamine) Formamyl-ethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid; (S)-{4- [2- (ethylamidino-benzyl-amino) -2-methylaminoformamyl-ethyl ] -Phenylphenylaminosulfonic acid; (S) -2- (benzyl-third butoxycarbonyl-amino) -3- (4-sulfonic acid amino-phenyl) monopropionate; ( S) -benzyl- [1-methylaminomethylmethyl-2-(4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl] -carbamic acid methyl ester; (S) -benzyl- [trimethylamine Formamyl-2- (4-sulfoamino-phenyl) -ethyl; 1-aminocarboxylic acid Tributyl ester;. [(U-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl] Leucylamido-methyl-L_4 · sulfonic acid amine-phenylpropylamine amine; N-[(1,1-dimethyl Ethoxy) kistilbyl L-methionamine-N-methyl-L-4-sulfonylamino-phenylpropylamine amine; N-[(l, dimethyl ethoxy) carbonyl ] -L-Phenylpropylamine-N-methyl-L-4-sulfonylamino-phenylpropylamine sulfonamide; [(15 dimethylethoxy) carbonyl; IL · Tyramine N-[(l, dimethyl ethoxy) carbonyl] _L_valamine group-N-methyl-L-4-sulfonic acid amine group -Phenylpropylamine; N-KIJ-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl; IL-glutamine-N-methyl-L-4-sulfonylamino-phenylpropylamine; N- [ (l, dimethyl ethoxy) carbonyl] -L-aspartyl-N-methyl-L-4-sulfonylamino-phenylpropylamine; N- {1- [ Methylaminomethane- 2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethylaminomethane] -2-phenyl-ethyl} _succinimidine; pentylaminomethane-2 -(4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethylaminomethyl] -2-L-phenyl-ethylpyridinecarboxylic acid -132- (9) (9) 200416214 tributyl ester ; (S) -2-Third-butoxycarbonylamino-3- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) · methyl propionate; [2- (4-sulfonylamino-phenyl) -ethyl Tert-butyl aminocarbamate; [4- (diphenylethylamido-ethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid; (S)-[4- (3-ethylamido-1, 2,2-trimethyl-5-one-imidazolidin-4-ylmethyl) -phenyl] -aminosulfonic acid; and N-[(l, l-dimethylethoxy) carbonyl; | -L-proline amidino-N-methyl-L-4-sulfonylamino-phenylpropylamine amidinium. 19. A pharmaceutical composition for treating a protein tyrosine phosphatase (PTPase) -related disease, comprising the compound according to item 1 of the scope of patent application. 20. The pharmaceutical composition according to item 19 of the application, wherein the disease is selected from the group consisting of arteriosclerotic cardiovascular disease including terminal vascular disease, coronary artery disease and cerebrovascular disease; heart failure; hypertension; diabetes (type 1 or Type 2); skeletal muscle atrophy; osteoporosis; obesity; gastrointestinal diseases include inflammatory bowel disease and ulcers; wound healing / wrinkle repair / prevention; hair loss: and cancer. 2 1. A pharmaceutical composition comprising: a) a safe and effective dose of a compound as described in item 1 of the patent application scope; and b) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. -133- 200416214 柒, (a) (b), the designated representative figure in this case is: None, the component representative symbol of this representative figure is simply explained: None 拓J、本案若 式:式 有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學Top J. If the formula is: When there is a chemical formula, please disclose the chemistry that best shows the characteristics of the invention -4 - 200416214 (此處由本局於收 文時黏貼條碼-4-200416214 (here, the barcode is pasted by the Bureau at the time of receipt 發明專利說明書一 (本申請謙式1辭及粗體字 > 請輕壬意麵,※言聽辦Invention Patent Specification 1 (1 word and bold type in this application > Please lightly noodle pasta, ※ obey 841784 ※申請案號:92123654 ※申請日期:92年08月27日 ※沉分類: 壹、發明名稱: (中)苯乙胺基胺基磺酸類_ (外) Phenethvlamino sulfamic acids_ 戴、申請人:(共1人) 1.姓名:(中)寶鹼公司_ (英)THE PROCTER & GAMBLE COMPANY_ 代表人··(中)1·琳達羅瑞兒_ (英)1.RQHRER. LINDA D,_ 地址:(中)美國俄亥俄州辛辛那提寶鹼一號廣場_ (英)One Procter & Gamble Plaza, Cincinnati,Ohio 45202,U.S.A· 國籍:(中英)美匾^_U.S.A·_ 參、發明人:(共7人) .姓名= 地址: (中)傑佛瑞葛瑞 (英)GRAY. JEFFREY LYLE (中)美國俄亥俄州洛弗蘭恩亞特路一一三一三號 (英)11313 Envart Road, Loveland, OH 45140, U.S_A 2·姓名:(中)馬休麥爾 (英)MAIER. MATTHEW BRIAN 地址:(中)美國俄亥俄州辛辛那提林伍德路三一六Ο號第 (英)3160 Linwood Ave. / Apt 308, Cincinnati, 3·姓名:(中)辛柯洛普菲斯i C英)KLOPFENSTEIN, SEAN REES 地址:(中)美國俄亥俄州'片 4·姓名:(中)大衞瓊斯 (英)JONES, DAVID ROBERT 200416214 841784 (英)55262 Wolfpen Pleasant Hill Rd., Milford, OH 45150. U. S. L_ 5·姓名:(中)凱文彼德斯_ (英)PETERS, KEVIN GENE_ 地址:(中)美國俄亥俄州洛弗蘭史利皮瑞吉大道一〇二〇二號_ (英)10202 Sleepy Ridge Drive, Loveland, OH 45140, U. S. A, 6·姓 地 7.姓 地 名:(中)馬休帕克羅斯 (英)POKROSS, MATTHEW EUGENE 址:(中)美國俄亥俄州洛弗蘭達特麥斯路九六六九號_ (英)9669 Dartmouth Way, Loveland, OH 45140,U. S. A· 名:(中)亞森 伊弗德奇吴夫 址: (英)EVDOKIMOV, ARIEM GENNADY (英)22 Highridge Drive, Loveland. OH 45140, U. S. A 肆、聲明事項: ◎本案申請前已向下列國家(地區)申請專利□主張國際優先權: 2.美國 :2003/02/20 : 60/448,749 Μ有主張優先權 3.美國 :2003/03/18 : 60/455,977 Μ有主張優先權 【格式請依:受理國家(地區);申請日;申請案號數順序註記】 1·美國_: 2002/08/29 : 60/406,829 Μ無主張優先權 -2- 200416214 841784 (英)55262 Wolfpen Pleasant Hill Rd., Milford, OH 45150. U. S. L_ 5·姓名:(中)凱文彼德斯_ (英)PETERS, KEVIN GENE_ 地址:(中)美國俄亥俄州洛弗蘭史利皮瑞吉大道一〇二〇二號_ (英)10202 Sleepy Ridge Drive, Loveland, OH 45140, U. S. A, 6·姓 地 7.姓 地 名:(中)馬休帕克羅斯 (英)POKROSS, MATTHEW EUGENE 址:(中)美國俄亥俄州洛弗蘭達特麥斯路九六六九號_ (英)9669 Dartmouth Way, Loveland, OH 45140,U. S. A· 名:(中)亞森 伊弗德奇吴夫 址: (英)EVDOKIMOV, ARIEM GENNADY (英)22 Highridge Drive, Loveland. OH 45140, U. S. A 肆、聲明事項: ◎本案申請前已向下列國家(地區)申請專利□主張國際優先權: 2.美國 :2003/02/20 : 60/448,749 Μ有主張優先權 3.美國 :2003/03/18 : 60/455,977 Μ有主張優先權 【格式請依:受理國家(地區);申請日;申請案號數順序註記】 1·美國_: 2002/08/29 : 60/406,829 Μ無主張優先權 -2-841784 ※ Application number: 92123654 ※ Application date: August 27, 1992 ※ Shen classification: 1. Name of the invention: (middle) phenethylaminoaminosulfonic acid _ (outside) Phenethvlamino sulfamic acids_ Dai, applicant: ( A total of 1 people) 1. Name: (Chinese) Breguet Company _ (English) THE PROCTER & GAMBLE COMPANY_ Representative · (Chinese) 1 · Linda Loreer _ (English) 1.RQHRER. LINDA D, _ Address: (Chinese) One Plaza, Cincinnati, Ohio, United States _ (English) One Procter & Gamble Plaza, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202, USA · Nationality: (Chinese and English) US plaque ^ _U.SA · _ References, inventors: ( A total of 7 people). Name = Address: (Chinese) Jeffrey Grey (English) GRAY. JEFFREY LYLE (Chinese) 11313 Envart Road, Loveland, Ohio, USA 11313 Envart Road, Loveland, OH 45140, U.S_A 2 · Name: (Middle) Matthew Maier (English) MAIER. MATTHEW BRIAN Address: (Middle) 3160 Linwood Ave, 3160 Linwood Road, Cincinnati, Ohio, United States 3160 Linwood Ave . / Apt 308, Cincinnati, 3 · Name: (Middle) Sincroppus i C English) KLOPFEN STEIN, SEAN REES Address: (Central), Ohio, United States' Film 4. Name: (Central) David Jones (English) JONES, DAVID ROBERT 200416214 841784 (English) 55262 Wolfpen Pleasant Hill Rd., Milford, OH 45150. US L_ 5 · Name: (Chinese) Kevin Peters_ (English) PETERS, KEVIN GENE_ Address: (Chinese) 10202 Sleepy Ridge Road, Loveland, Ohio, USA _ (English) 10202 Sleepy Ridge Drive, Loveland, OH 45140, US A, 6. Last name 7. Last name place name: (Middle) Matthew Parker Cross (English) POKROSS, MATTHEW EUGENE Address: (Middle) Loving Dartmouth Road, Ohio, USA六六 九号 _ (English) 9669 Dartmouth Way, Loveland, OH 45140, US A. Name: (Chinese) Yasen Yvdqi Wufu Address: (English) EVDOKIMOV, ARIEM GENNADY (English) 22 Highridge Drive, Loveland OH 45140, US A Explained matters: ◎ Patent applications have been applied to the following countries (regions) before the application of this case □ Claiming international priority: 2. United States: 2003/02/20: 60 / 448,749 Μ has claimed priority 3. United States: 2003/03/18: 60 / 455,977 Μ has priority [Format please follow: receiving country (region); application date; note of application number sequence] 1 · United States_: 2002/08/29: 60 / 406,829 Μ No claim of priority -2- 200416214 841784 (English) 55262 Wolfpen Pleasant Hill Rd., Milford, OH 45150. US L_ 5 · Name: (Middle) Kevin Peters_ (English) PETERS, KEVIN GENE_ Address: (Middle) Loferland, Ohio 〇202_ (English) 10202 Sleepy Ridge Drive, Loveland, OH 45140, US A, 6. Last name and place 7. Last name and place name: (Chinese) Matthew Parker Cross (English) POKROSS, MATTHEW EUGENE Address: (Chinese) 9669 Dartmouth Way, Loveland, OH 45140, US A · Name: (Middle) Yassen Ivditch Wufu Address: (English) EVDOKIMOV, ARIEM GENNADY (English) 22 Highridge Drive, Loveland. OH 45140, US A. Declaration matters: ◎ Before the application of this case, patents have been applied to the following countries (regions) □ Claiming international priority: 2. United States: 2003/02 / 20: 60 / 448,749 Μ has priority claim 3. United States: 2003/03/18 : 60 / 455,977 Μ has priority claim [format please follow: receiving country (region); application date; application note number sequence notes] 1 · United States_: 2002/08/29: 60 / 406,829 Μ does not claim priority- 2-
TW92123654A 2002-08-29 2003-08-27 Phenethylamino sulfamic acids TW200416214A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US40682902P 2002-08-29 2002-08-29
US44874903P 2003-02-20 2003-02-20
US45597703P 2003-03-18 2003-03-18

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200416214A true TW200416214A (en) 2004-09-01

Family

ID=40261384

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW92123656A TW200416219A (en) 2002-08-29 2003-08-27 Tetrahydroisoquinolinyl sulfamic acids
TW92123654A TW200416214A (en) 2002-08-29 2003-08-27 Phenethylamino sulfamic acids

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW92123656A TW200416219A (en) 2002-08-29 2003-08-27 Tetrahydroisoquinolinyl sulfamic acids

Country Status (4)

Country Link
AR (2) AR041077A1 (en)
CL (1) CL2003001745A1 (en)
PE (2) PE20040977A1 (en)
TW (2) TW200416219A (en)

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AR041077A1 (en) 2005-04-27
AR041076A1 (en) 2005-04-27
PE20040976A1 (en) 2005-01-11
PE20040977A1 (en) 2005-01-11
TW200416219A (en) 2004-09-01
CL2003001745A1 (en) 2005-01-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20040167183A1 (en) Phenethylamino sulfamic acids
US6271247B1 (en) Hydrazide compounds
AU2005236055B2 (en) Substituted thiazole and pyrimidine derivatives as melanocortin receptor modulators
EP1776347B1 (en) Sulphonamide derivatives, their preparation and their therapeutic application
CA2769474C (en) Acyl guanidine derivatives modulating the hedgehog protein signaling pathway
US8518999B2 (en) Modulators of TNF-αsignaling
US6906094B2 (en) 1,2,4-tribsubstituted benzenes as inhibitors of 15-lipoxygenase
CZ291556B6 (en) Cell adhesion inhibitors and pharmaceutical compositions in which they are comprised
KR20010110669A (en) Novel compounds and compositions as protease inhibitors
TW200808734A (en) Methods and compositions for modulating sphingosine-1-phosphate (SIP) receptor activity
JP5450407B2 (en) Substituted amino-quinazolinones, drugs containing said compounds, their use and methods of manufacture
JP5329656B2 (en) Imidazolidine derivatives
TW200817319A (en) Sulfonamide compound or salt thereof
EP2291352A2 (en) N-acylthiourea and n-acylurea inhibitors of the hedgehog protein signalling pathway
NZ509310A (en) N,N-substituted cyclic amine derivatives as calcium channel antagonists
US20050070534A1 (en) Non-peptidic NPY Y2 receptor inhibitors
BR112019015191A2 (en) STARCH COMPOUNDS AND USE OF THE SAME
Attah et al. Pro-Gly based dipeptide containing sulphonamide functionality, their antidiabetic, antioxidant, and anti-inflammatory activities. Synthesis, characterization and computational studies
TW200416214A (en) Phenethylamino sulfamic acids
SK242001A3 (en) Rdg mimetic compound, method for their producing and method for differentiation inhibiting of cell adhesion
US20050119245A1 (en) GlyT2 modulators
JPH02169562A (en) Glycine derivative and production thereof
MXPA00000712A (en) Therapeutic or prophylactic agent for glomerulopathy